Kia XCeed 2020 Owner's Manual

page of 725

/ 725
Contents
Table of Contents
Bookmarks

Table of Contents

Quick Links

Download this manual

FOREWORD

Dear Customer,

Thank you for selecting your new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality vehicles with exceptional

value, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer service experience that

exceeds your expectations.

If technical assistance is needed on your vehicle, authorized Kia dealerships

factorytrained technicians, recommended special tools, and genuine Kia replacement

parts.

This Owner's Manual will acquaint you with the operation of features and equipment

that are either standa rd or optional on this vehicle, along with the maintenance

needs of this vehicle. Therefore, you may find some descriptions and illustrations not

applicable to your vehicle. You are advised to read this publication carefully and follow

the instructions and recommendations. Please always keep this manual in the vehicle

for your, and any subsequent owner's, reference.

All information contained in this Owner's Manual was accurate at the time of

publication. However, as Kia continues to make improvements to its products, the

company reserves the right to make changes to this manual or any of its vehicles at

any time without notice and without incurring any obligations.

Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle!

Motors Slovakia s.r.o..

Printed in Slovakia

Table of Contents

Chapters

Table of Contents

Need help?

Do you have a question about the XCeed 2020 and is the answer not in the manual?

Questions and answers

graham

January 21, 2025

how to lubricate rear door locks and handles

Summary of Contents for Kia XCeed 2020

Page 1 Please drive safely, and enjoy your Kia vehicle! © 2019 KIA MOTORS Slovakia s.r.o. All rights reserved. May not be reproduced or translated in whole or in part without the written consent of Kia Motors Slovakia s.r.o.. Printed in Slovakia...
Page 3 How to use this manual You will find various WARNINGs, CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this We want to help you get the manual. These WARNINGs were greatest possible driving pleasure prepared to enhance your personal from your vehicle. Your Owner’s safety.
Page 5: Table Of Contents
Table of Contents Introduction Your vehicle at a glance Safety features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle Infotainment system Driving your vehicle What to do in an emergency Maintenance Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects Abbreviation A Index...
Page 7 Introduction Fuel requirements ................ 1-2 Vehicle modifications ..............1-6 Vehicle break-in process ............. 1-7 Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle ....1-7...
Page 8: Introduction
(Kia recommends to consult an RON (Research Octane Number) 95 / authorized Kia dealer/service AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher.
Page 9 Introduction Fuel requirements Gasoline containing alcohol and Other fuel methanol Using fuels such as Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline • Silicone (Si) contained fuel, and ethanol (also known as grain • MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol fuel, containing methanol (also known as •...
Page 10 Kia problems that are caused by the use recommends to visit an authorized of fuels containing methanol or fuels Kia dealer/service partner.
Page 11 Introduction Fuel requirements will increase wear and cause damage If you use diesel fuel including to the engine and fuel system. The high sulfur (more than 50 ppm use of non-approved fuels and sulfur) and unspecified additives, / or fuel additives will result in a it can cause the DPF system to be limitation of your warranty rights.
Page 12: Vehicle Modifications
Introduction Vehicle modifications recommended or approved by the Vehicle modifications vehicle manufacturer. (if equipped) This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle could affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any modification may not be covered...
Page 13: Vehicle Break-In Process
Introduction Vehicle break-in process Vehicle break-in process Risk of burns when parking or stopping vehicle No special break-in period is • Do not park or stop the vehicle needed. By following a few simple near flammable items such as precautions for the first 1,000 km leaves, paper, oil, and tire.
Page 15 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview ................. 2-2 Interior overview ................2-8 Instrument panel overview ............2-10 Engine compartment ..............2-12...
Page 16: Exterior Overview
Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview YOUR VEHICLE AT A GLANCE Exterior overview Front view (Type A) OCDW019008 * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Hood 4-41 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-123 Head lamp (Maintenance) 8-91 3.
Page 17 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview Front windshield wiper blades (Maintenance) 8-50 9. Windows 4-36 10. Parking distance warning 4-98 11. Front fog lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-129 Front fog lamp (Maintenance) 8-95...
Page 18 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview Front view (Type B) OCDW019006 * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Hood 4-41 2. Head lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-123 Head lamp (Maintenance) 8-91 3. DRL lamp (Features of your vehicle) 4-129 DRL lamp (Maintenance) 8-95...
Page 19 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview Front fog lamp (Maintenance) 8-95...
Page 20 Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview Rear view (Type A) OCDW019002 * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Door locks 4-19 2. Fuel filler door 4-44 3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) 8-97 4. High Mounted Stop Lamp (Maintenance) 8-106 5.
Page 21: Your Vehicle At A Glance
Your vehicle at a glance Exterior overview Rear view (Type B) OCDW019007 * The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 1. Door locks 4-19 2. Fuel filler door 4-44 3. Rear combination lamp (Maintenance) 8-97 4. High Mounted Stop Lamp (Maintenance) 8-106 5.
Page 22: Interior Overview
Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview Interior overview OCDW019003 1. Inside door handle 4-20 2. Outside rearview mirror control 4-57 3. Outside rearview mirror folding 4-58 4. Power window switch 4-37 5. Power window lock button 4-39 6. Driver position memory button 7.
Page 23 Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 15. Inner fuse panel 8-69 16. Seat 17. Power tailgate open/close button (for Wagon, Shooting brake and CUV) 4-28 18. TPMS SET button 7-16...
Page 24: Instrument Panel Overview
Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview Instrument panel overview OCDW019005 1. Instrument cluster 4-59 2. Horn 4-54 3. Driver’s front air bag 3-52 4. Light control/Turn signals 4-124, 4-128 5. Wiper/Washer 4-131 6. Ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button 6-10, 6-13 7.
Page 25 Your vehicle at a glance Instrument panel overview 15. Shift lever 6-20, 6-23, 6-29 16. SPORT button 6-119 17. ISG system Off button 6-114 18. Parking distance warning On/Off button 4-98 19. Parking Assist system button 4-103 20. Electronic parking brake switch 6-45 21.
Page 26: Engine Compartment
Your vehicle at a glance Engine compartment Engine compartment Kappa 1.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) OCDW079001 Kappa 1.4L MPI Engine (Gasoline) OCD078079 * The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 8-39 2. Engine oil filler cap 8-35 3.
Page 27 Your vehicle at a glance Engine compartment Kappa 1.4L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) OCD078080 Gamma 1.6L MPI Engine (Gasoline) OCD078081 * The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 8-39 2. Engine oil filler cap 8-35 3.
Page 28 Your vehicle at a glance Engine compartment Gamma 1.6L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) OCD078100 SmartStream D 1.6 Engine (Diesel) OCDW079002 * The actual engine cover in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 8-39 2. Engine oil filler cap 8-35, 8-38 3.
Page 29 Safety features of your vehicle Seats ....................3-3 • Front seat adjustment - manual ..........3-6 • Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped) ...... 3-7 • Driver position memory system (if equipped, for power seat) ....................3-9 • Headrest - For front seat ............3-12 • Seatback pocket (if equipped) ..........3-15 • Rear seat adjustment .............3-15 Seat belts ..................3-21 • Seat belt restraint system .............3-21 • Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped) ........3-28 • Seat belt precautions ..............3-30 • Care of seat belts ..............3-33 Child restraint system (CRS) ............3-34 • Our recommendation: Children always in the rear....3-34 • Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ......3-35 • Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) .
Page 30: Safety Features Of Your Vehicle
Safety features of your vehicle • Air bag warning label (if equipped) ........3-69...
Page 31: Seats
Safety features of your vehicle Seats SAFETY FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE For the safety of the driver and vehicle passengers, you should become familiar with the vehicle’s safety features. Seats OCDW039001 * The actual seats in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Driver’s seat 1. Driver position memory system* 2. Forward and backward 3. Seatback angle 4. Seat cushion height 5. Lumbar support* 6. Headrest...
Page 32: Safety Features Of Your Vehicle
Safety features of your vehicle Seats Front passenger’s seat Riding in a vehicle with the seatback 7. Forward and backward reclined could lead to serious or 8. Seatback angle fatal injury in an accident. If a seat 9. Seat cushion height is reclined during an accident, the 10. Lumbar support* occupant’s hips may slide under the 11. Headrest lap portion of the seat belt, applying great force to the unprotected Rear seat abdomen. Serious or fatal internal 12. Armrest* injuries could result. The driver 13. Headrest must advise the passenger to keep * : if equipped the seatback in an upright position whenever the vehicle is in motion. WARNING Loose objects WARNING Loose objects in the driver’s foot Do not use a sitting cushion that area could interfere with the reduces friction between the seat operation of the foot pedals, and passenger. The passenger’s hips possibly causing an accident. Do may slide under the lap portion of...
Page 33 Safety features of your vehicle Seats or fatal injury in a sudden stop or • No passenger should ride in the collision. cargo area or sit or lie on folded • Always drive and ride with your seatbacks while the vehicle is seatback upright and the lap moving. All passengers must portion of the seat belt snug and be properly seated in seats and low across the hips. This is the restrained properly while riding. best position to protect you in • When resetting the seatback to case of an accident. the upright position, make sure it • In order to avoid unnecessary and is securely latched by pushing it perhaps severe air bag injuries, forward and backwards. always sit as far back as possible • To avoid the possibility of burns, from the steering wheel while do not remove the carpet in the maintaining comfortable control of cargo area. Emission control the vehicle. We recommend that devices beneath this floor your chest is at least 250 mm (10 generate high temperatures.
Page 34: Front Seat Adjustment - Manual
Safety features of your vehicle Seats • If there are occupants in the rear pocket may damage the seat seats, be careful while adjusting fabric. the front seat position. • Make sure not to wet the seat. It • Use extreme caution when picking may change the nature of natural small objects trapped under the leather. seats or between the seat and the • Jeans or clothes which could center console. Your hands might bleach may contaminate the be cut or injured by the sharp surface of the seat covering edges of the seat mechanism. fabric. Feature of Seat Leather Front seat adjustment - manual • Leather is made from the outer skin of an animal, which goes through a special process to Forward and backward be available for use. Since it is...
Page 35: Front Seat Adjustment - Power (If Equipped)
Safety features of your vehicle Seats lever. If the seat moves, it is not • To raise the seat cushion, pull the locked properly. lever up several times. Seatback angle Lumbar support (if equipped) OCDW039003 OCDW039055 • Turn the control knob forward or The lumbar support can be adjusted rearward to move the seatback to by pressing the lumbar support the desired angle. switch on the side of the seat. 1. Press the front portion of the switch to increase support, or Seat cushion height (if equipped) the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support. 2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position. Front seat adjustment - power (if equipped) The front seat can be adjusted by using the control switches located...
Page 36 Safety features of your vehicle Seats Forward and backward (if The power seat is operable with the equipped) ignition OFF. Therefore, children should never be left unattended in the vehicle. CAUTION • The power seat is driven by an electric motor. Stop operating once the adjustment is completed. Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment. • When in operation, the power OCDW039005 • Push the control switch forward seat consumes a large amount or rearward to move the seat to of electrical power. To prevent the desired position. Release the unnecessary charging system switch once the seat reaches the drain, don’t adjust the power seat desired position. longer than necessary while the engine is not running. Seatback angle • Do not operate two or more power seat control switches at the same time. Doing so may result in power seat motor or electrical...
Page 37: Driver Position Memory System (If Equipped, For Power Seat)
Safety features of your vehicle Seats Seat height the rear portion of the switch, to decrease support. 2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position. Driver position memory system (if equipped, for power seat) OCDW039007 • Pull the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the front part of the seat cushion. Pull the rear portion of the control switch up to raise or down to lower the seat cushion. OCDW039009 • Release the switch once the seat A driver position memory system reaches the desired position. is provided to store and recall the driver seat position with a simple button operation. By saving the Lumbar support (if equipped) desired position into the system memory, different drivers can reposition the driver seat based...
Page 38 Safety features of your vehicle Seats This could result in loss of control, driver’s seat will automatically and an accident causing death, adjust to the stored position. serious injury, or property damage. Adjusting the control switch for the driver’s seat while the system is recalling the stored position will Storing positions into memory cause the movement to stop and using the buttons on the door move in the direction that the control switch is moved. Storing driver’s seat positions 1. Shift the shift lever into P or N WARNING (for Dual clutch transmission Use caution when recalling the and Automatic transmission) or adjustment memory while sitting in Neutral (for Manual transmission) the vehicle. Push the seat position while the ENGINE START/STOP control switch to the desired position button is ON or ignition switch ON.
Page 39 Safety features of your vehicle Seats 3. Press both [SET] button and the • Once initialization is completed, forward movement control switch make sure to adjust the seat at the same time for two seconds. to the driver’s preferences and remember the driving position. Initialization process 1. The alarm sounds and the Easy access function (if equipped) initialization process starts. 2. The driver seat and its seatback The system will move the driver’s automatically move backward. seat automatically as follows: The alarm continues to sound • Without smart key system during the movement. - It will move the driver’s seat 3. The seat and seatback move to rearward when the ignition key the center and the alarm sounds is removed and front driver’s and the initialization is completed. door is opened. - It will move the driver’s seat In the following cases, however, forward when the ignition key is the initialization process and the inserted.
Page 40: Headrest - For Front Seat
Safety features of your vehicle Seats behind the driver seat, the driver to your head as possible. For this seat can fail to move backward. reason, the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended. Headrest - For front seat • Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed or reversed as severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event of an accident. Headrests may provide protection against neck injuries when properly adjusted. • Do not adjust the headrest position of the driver’s seat while the vehicle is in motion. OCDW039065 CAUTION The driver’s and front passenger’s seats are equipped with a headrest When there is no occupant in the for the occupant’s safety and rear seats, adjust the height of the comfort. headrest to the lowest position. The rear seat headrest can reduce the The headrest not only provides visibility of the rear area.
Page 41 Safety features of your vehicle Seats • To lower (2) the headrest, push Type B and hold the release button (3) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position. OCDW039013 To remove the headrest: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline lever or switch (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. ODEEV058008NR 3. Press the headrest release button CAUTION (3) while pulling the headrest up If you recline the seatback towards (4). the front with the headrest and seat cushion raised, the headrest may WARNING come in contact with the sunvisor or A gap between the seat and the other parts of the vehicle. headrest release button may appear when seating on the seat or when you push or pull the seat. Be careful Removal and installation not to get your finger, etc. caught in Type A the gap. OCDW039012...
Page 42 Safety features of your vehicle Seats Type A not to get your finger, etc. caught in the gap. Forward and backward adjustment (for front seat) OCDW039015 Type B OCDW039011 The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by pulling the headrest forward to the desired detent. • To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest backwards position, pull it fully forward to the farthest OCDW039014 position and release it. Adjust To reinstall the headrest: the headrest so that it properly 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the supports the head and neck. holes while pressing the release button (1). WARNING 2. Recline the seatback (4) with the recline lever or switch (3). A gap between the seat and the 3. Adjust the headrest to the headrest release button may appear appropriate height.
Page 43: Seatback Pocket (If Equipped)
Safety features of your vehicle Seats Seatback pocket (if equipped) The rear seat is equipped with headrests for the occupant’s safety and comfort. The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps to protect the head and neck in the event of a collision. WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident, the headrest OCDW039016 should be adjusted so the middle The seatback pocket is provided on of the headrest is at the same the back of the front passenger’s height as the center of gravity of and driver’s seatbacks. an occupant’s head. Generally, the WARNING center of gravity of most people’s WARNING head is similar with the height of Seatback pockets the top of their eyes. Also adjust Do not put heavy or sharp objects in the headrest as close to your head the seatback pockets. In an accident as possible. For this reason, the they could come loose from the use of a cushion that holds the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
Page 44 Safety features of your vehicle Seats Adjusting the height up and down (3) while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height. WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants. Armrest (if equipped) OCDW039017 To raise the headrest, • Pull it up to the desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2) on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position (3). Removal and installation OCDW039019 To use the armrest, • Pull it forward from the seatback. Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the...
Page 45 Safety features of your vehicle Seats Never allow passengers to sit on top • When folding or unfolding the rear of the folded down seatback while seat, make sure to move the front the car is moving as this is not a seat fully forward. If there are proper seating position and no seat not enough space to fold the rear belts are available for use. This could seat, never fold it by force. It will result in serious injury or death in cause damage to the headrest or case of an accident or sudden stop. the related parts of the seat. Objects carried on the folded down • Before using the seat belt, be sure seatback should not extend higher to remove it from the holder. If than the top of the front seats. This you pull out the seat belt while it’s could allow cargo to slide forward in the holder, it may damage the and cause injury or damage during seat belt or holder. sudden stops. • Use the holder only when there is no passenger in the rear seat or when you need to fold the rear The rear seatbacks may be folded seat. forward to provide additional cargo space and to provide access to the cargo area.
Page 46 Safety features of your vehicle Seats the rear seatback forward and WARNING down firmly. 2nd row right side seat folding In the luggage room OCDW039079 OCDW039064 Be careful when you fold the 2nd In the luggage room (Remote row right side seat, if the center folding, for Wagon, Shooting seat is folded. It may cause injury or Brake, if equipped): damage to you. 4. Pull on the seatback folding lever (2), then the rear seatback will be folded. To unfold the rear seat CAUTION Remote folding Do not strongly push back the seat back to lock. It may unlock and return by repulsive power. WARNING Remote folding Do not fold the rear seats, if OCDW039022...
Page 47 Safety features of your vehicle Seats position, always be sure it has 3. Pull the lever (1) to unlock the locked into position by pushing on center seatback. the top of the seatback. 4. After unlocking, pull forward the If you can not see the red line center seatback and fold it. at the bottom of folding lever, WARNING it means the seatback is locked completely. Uprighting seat 2. Return the rear seat belt to the When you return the seatback to its proper position. upright position, hold the seatback 3. When the seatback is completely and return it slowly. If the seatback installed, check the seatback is returned without holding it, folding lever again. the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in injury caused by To fold down the rear center being struck by the seatback. seatback separately (for Wagon, Shooting Brake and CUV) (if equipped) WARNING...
Page 48 Safety features of your vehicle Seats accident or sudden stop, the seat Cargo loading could fold down and allow cargo Make sure the engine is off, the enter the passenger compartment, manual transmission is in 1st, and which could result in serious injury or the parking brake is securely applied death. whenever loading or unloading cargo. Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the CAUTION shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position. Damaging rear seat belt buckles When you fold the rear seatback, insert the buckle between the rear seatback and cushion. Doing so can prevent the buckle from being damaged by the rear seatback. CAUTION Rear seat belts When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position, remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position. WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to...
Page 49: Seat Belts
Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Seat belts into you. Be sure the belt webbing is straight and not twisted. • Be careful not to damage the belt Seat belt restraint system webbing or hardware. If the belt webbing or hardware is damaged, WARNING replace it. • For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always be used whenever the car WARNING is moving. Seat belts are designed to bear upon • Seat belts are most effective the bony structure of the body, and when seatbacks are in the upright should be worn low across the front position. of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and • Children age 13 and younger must shoulders, as applicable; wearing the always be properly restrained in lap section of the belt across the the rear seat. Never allow children abdominal area must be avoided.
Page 50 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Driver seat belt warning dangerous to put a belt around a child being carried on the occupant’s lap. WARNING ODEEV068095NR As a reminder to the driver, the • No modifications or additions driver`s seat belt warning lights should be made by the user which will illuminate for approximately will either prevent the seat belt 6 seconds each time you turn the adjusting devices from operating ignition switch ON regardless of to remove slack, or prevent the belt fastening. If the seatbelt is not seat belt assembly from being fastened, the warning chime will adjusted to remove slack. sound for about 6 seconds. • When you fasten the seat belt, be careful not to latch the seat If you start to drive without the belt in buckles of other seat. It’s seat belt fastened or you unfasten very dangerous and you may not the seat belt when you drive under be protected by the seat belt 20 km/h or stop, the corresponding properly.
Page 51 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Front passenger seat belt warning NOTICE As a reminder to the front • Although the front passenger passenger, the front passenger`s seat is not occupied, the seat belt seat belt warning lights will warning light will illuminate for 6 illuminate for approximately 6 seconds. seconds each time you turn the • The front passenger’s seat belt ignition switch ON regardless of belt warning may operate when fastening. luggage is placed on the front If you start to drive without the passenger seat. seat belt fastened or you unfasten the seat belt when you drive under 20 km/h or stop, the corresponding Rear passenger’s seat belt warning warning light will illuminate. (if equipped) If you start to drive without the seat belt fastened or you unfasten the...
Page 52 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts light will continue to illuminate until If you unfasten the seat belt when you fasten the seat belt. you drive under 20 km/h (12 mph), the corresponding warning light If you continue to drive without will illuminate for approximately 70 the seat belt fastened or you seconds. unfasten the seat belt when you drive 20 km/h and faster, the seat If you unfasten the seat belt when belt warning chime will sound for you drive over 20 km/h (12 mph), approximately 35 seconds and the the seat belt warning chime will corresponding warning light will sound for approximately 35 seconds blink. and the corresponding warning light will blink. When the seat belt is unfastened during driving, the warning lights will If the rear door is opened while illuminate when the speed is under driving under 20 km/h, warning light 20 km/h. and warning sound does not work even if driving over 20 km/h. When the speed is 20 km/h and faster, the warning light will blink Lap/Shoulder belt and warning chime will sound for approximately 35 seconds.
Page 53 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts To fasten your seat belt The height of the adjusting seat belt should not be too close to your neck. The shoulder portion should be adjusted so that it lies across your chest and midway over your shoulder near the door and not your neck. • To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster into an appropriate position. • To raise the height adjuster, pull ODEEV058025NR • To fasten your seat belt, pull it it up (1). To lower it, push it down out of the retractor and insert (3) while pressing the height the metal tab (1) into the buckle adjuster button (2). (2). There will be an audible “click” Release the button to lock the when the tab locks into the buckle. anchor into position. Try sliding the The seat belt automatically height adjuster to make sure that it adjusts to the proper length has locked into position.
Page 54 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts The seat belt should be locked into the buckle on each seat cushion to be properly fastened. 1. Rear right seat belt fastening buckle 2. Rear center seat belt fastening buckle 3. Rear left seat belt fastening buckle ODEEV058026NR WARNING You should place the lap belt portion as low as possible and snugly across your hips, not on your waist. If the lap belt is located too high on your waist, it may increase the chance of injury in the event of a collision. Both arms should not be under or over OCDW039027 the belt. Rather, one should be over When using the rear center seat and the other under, as shown in the belt, the buckle with the “CENTER” illustration. mark must be used. Never wear the seat belt under the arm nearest the door. CAUTION Do not force to lock the left or right seat belt into the center seat belt buckle. Make sure to lock the rear center seat belt into the center seat belt buckle.
Page 55 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Rear center seatbelt To release the seat belt OCDW039067 ODEEV058078NR • The seat belt is released by pressing the release button (1) on the locking buckle. When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor. If this does not happen, check the belt to be sure it is not twisted, then try again. OCDW039068 Stowing the rear seat belt • Pull the metal tab (3) and insert it into the buckle (4). There will be an audible “click” when the tab locks into the buckle. Make sure the belt is not twisted. When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be used.
Page 56: Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt (If Equipped)
Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Pre-tensioner seat belt (if the pressure on the affected seat equipped) belt. (if equipped) WARNING For your safety, be sure that the belt webbing is not loose or twisted and always sit properly on your seat. NOTICE The pre-tensioner will activate not only in a frontal collision but also OON038092NR in a side collision, if the vehicle is Your vehicle is equipped with pre- equipped with a side or curtain air tensioner seatbelts at the front and bag. rear outboard seating positions. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly against the occupant’s body in certain collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in crashes where the collision is severe enough. When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly, the seat belt retractor OON039121NR The seat belt pre-tensioner system will lock into position. In certain consists mainly of the following frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner...
Page 57 ON, or if it remains illuminated after air bags. illuminating for approximately 6 • When the pre-tensioner seat seconds, or if it illuminates while belts are activated, a loud noise the vehicle is being driven, have the may be heard and fine dust, system inspected by a professional which may appear to be smoke, workshop. Kia recommends to visit may be visible in the passenger an authorized Kia dealer/service compartment. These are normal partner. operating conditions and are not hazardous. WARNING • Although it is harmless, the fine dust may cause skin irritation • Pre-tensioners are designed to and should not be breathed operate only one time. After for prolonged periods. Wash all activation, pre-tensioner seat exposed skin areas thoroughly belts must be replaced. All seat after an accident in which the belts, of any type, should always...
Page 58: Seat Belt Precautions
Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts • The pre-tensioner seat belt Body work on the front area assembly mechanisms become of the vehicle may damage the hot during activation. Do not pre-tensioner seat belt system. touch the pre-tensioner seat belt Therefore, have the system serviced assemblies for several minutes by a professional workshop. Kia after they have been activated. recommends to visit an authorized • Do not attempt to inspect or Kia dealer/service partner. replace the pre-tensioner seat belts yourself. Have the system inspected by a professional Seat belt precautions workshop. Kia recommends to WARNING visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. • All occupants of the vehicle must • Do not strike the pre-tensioner wear their seat belts at all times. seat belt assemblies. Seat belts and child restraints • Do not attempt to service or...
Page 59 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Infant or small child Check the label on the child restraint for this information. Refer to “Child You should be aware of the specific restraint system (CRS)” on page requirements in your country. Child 3-34. and/or infant seats must be properly placed and installed in the rear seat. For more information about the use Larger children of these restraints, refer to “Child restraint system (CRS)” on page Children who are too large for child 3-34. restraint systems should always occupy the rear seat and use the WARNING available lap/shoulder belts. The lap portion should be fastened Every person in your vehicle needs and snugged on the hips and as to be properly restrained at all low as possible. Check if belt fits times, including infants and children. periodically. A child’s squirming could Never hold a child in your arms or put the belt out of position. Children lap when riding in a vehicle. The are given the most safety in the violent forces created during a crash event of an accident when they are...
Page 60 Safety features of your vehicle Seat belts Injured person they need to be returned to a child restraint system. A seat belt should be used when an injured person is being transported. WARNING When this is necessary, you Shoulder belts on small children should consult a physician for • Never allow a shoulder belt to be recommendations. in contact with a child’s neck or face while the vehicle is in motion. One person per belt • If seat belts are not properly worn Two people (including children) and adjusted on children, there is a should never attempt to use a single risk of death or serious injury. seat belt. This could increase the severity of injuries in case of an accident. Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is Do not lie down recommended for pregnant women...
Page 61: Care Of Seat Belts
WARNING When to replace seat belts • When you return the rear Entire in-use seat belt assembly seatback to its upright position or assemblies should be replaced after the rear seatback has been if the vehicle has been involved in folded down, be careful not to an accident. This should be done damage the seat belt webbing or even if no damage is visible. In this buckle. Be sure that the webbing case, have the system replaced or buckle does not get caught or by a professional workshop. pinched in the rear seat. A seat Kia recommends to consult an belt with damaged webbing or authorized Kia dealer/service buckle could possibly fail during a partner. collision or sudden stop, resulting in serious injury. If the webbing or...
Page 62: Child Restraint System (Crs)
Child Restraint System. accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. WARNING According to accident statistics, • Always follow the Child Restraint children are safer when properly System manufacturer’s restrained in the rear seats than in instructions for installation and the front seat. Children too large for use. a Child Restraint System must use • Always properly restrain your the seat belts provided. child in the Child Restraint System. • Do not use an infant carrier or Most countries have regulations a child safety seat that “hooks” which require children to travel in over a seatback, it may not approved Child Restraint Systems. provide adequate protection in an The laws governing the age or accident. height/weight restrictions at which • After an accident, have the seat belts can be used instead system checked by a professional of Child Restraint System differs workshop. Kia recommends to among countries, so you should be visit an authorized Kia dealer/ aware of the specific requirements service partner.
Page 63: Selecting A Child Restraint System (Crs)
Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) Selecting a Child Restraint System They are classified according to the (CRS) child’s age, height and weight. When selecting a Child Restraint Rearward-facing Child Restraint System for your child, always: System • Make sure the Child Restraint System has a label certifying that it meets applicable Safety Standards of your country. A Child Restraint System may only be installed if it was approved in accordance with the requirements of ECE-R44 or ECE-R129. • Select a Child Restraint System based on your child’s height and weight. The required label or ODEEV058035NR the instructions for use typically A rearward-facing Child Restraint provide this information. System provides restraint with the •...
Page 64: Installing A Child Restraint System (Crs)
Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) Booster seats rearward-facing for a longer period of time. A booster seat is a Child Restraint Keep using Child Restraint Systems System designed to improve the fit in the rearward-facing position of the vehicle’s seat belt system. as long as children fit within the A booster seat positions the seat height and weight limits allowed belt so that it fits properly over the by the Child Restraint System’s stronger parts of your child’s body. manufacturer. Keep your children in booster seats until they are big enough to fit in a seat belt properly. Forward-facing Child Restraint System For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt must lie comfortable across the upper thighs, not the stomach. The shoulder belt should lie comfortable across the shoulder and chest and not across the neck or face. Children under age 13 must always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
Page 65: Isofix Anchorage And Top-Tether Anchorage (Isofix Anchorage System) For Children
Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) so that your child fits in the Child WARNING Restraint System in a confortable manner. If the vehicle headrest prevents • Secure the child in the Child proper installation of a Child Restraint System. Make sure the Restraint System, the headrest of child is properly strapped in the the respective seating position shall Child Restraint System according be readjusted or entirely removed. to the Child Restraint System manufacturer’s instructions. After selecting a proper Child Restraint System for your child and CAUTION checking that the Child Restraint System fits properly on the seating A Child Restraint System in a closed position, there are three general vehicle can become very hot. To steps for a proper installation: prevent burns, check the seating •...
Page 66 Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) ISOFIX anchorages are metal seating position. There are no ISOFIX bars built into the vehicle. There anchorages provided for this seat. are two lower anchors for each Using the outboard seat anchorages, ISOFIX seating position that will for the CRS installation on the rear accommodate a Child Restraint center seating position, can damage System with lower attachments. the anchorages. To use the ISOFIX system in your vehicle, you must have a Child Restraint System with ISOFIX attachments. The Child Restraint System manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to use the Child Restraint System with its attachments for the ISOFIX anchorages. OCDW039029 ISOFIX(i-Size) anchorages are located between the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions, indicated by the symbols. 1. * I SOFIX(i-Size) Anchor Position Indicator ( 2. ISOFIX(i-Size) Anchor OCDW039056...
Page 67 Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) prevent a secure connection anchor or attachment to come between the Child Restraint loose or break. System and the ISOFIX(i-Size) • Always have the ISOFIX(i- Size) anchorages. system inspected by your dealer 3. Place the Child Restraint System after an accident. An accident can on the vehicle seat, then attach damage the ISOFIX(i-Size) system the seat to the ISOFIX(i-Size) and may not properly secure the anchorages according to the Child Restraint System. instructions provided by the Child Restraint System manufacturer. 4. Follow the instructions of the Child Securing a Child Restraint System seat with “Top-tether Anchorage” Restraint System’s manufacturer system for proper installation and connection of the ISOFIX(i- Size) attachments on the Child...
Page 68 Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) 1. Route the Child Restraint for adult seat belts or harnesses System top-tether strap over or for attaching other items or the seatback. Placing the top equipment to the vehicle. tether strap, please follow the instructions of the Child Restraint Securing a Child Restraint System System manufacturer. with a lap/shoulder belt 2. Connect the top-tether strap to the top-tether anchorage, then When not using the ISOFIX system, tighten the top-tether strap all Child Restraint Systems must be according to the instructions of secured to a rear seat with the lap your Child Restraint System’s part of a lap/shoulder belt. manufacturer to firmly attach the Child Restraint System to the Installing a Child Restraint System seat.
Page 69 Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emergency. Make sure the seat belt webbing is not twisted. ODEEV058042NR 3. Remove as much slack from the belt as possible by pushing down on the Child Restraint System while feeding the shoulder belt back into the retractor. 4. Push and pull on the Child Restraint System to confirm that the seat belt is holding it firmly in place. If your Child Restraint System manufacturer recommends the use of a top-tether with the lap/ shoulder belt. To remove the Child Restraint System, press the release button on the buckle and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of the Child Restraint System and allow the seat belt to retract fully.
Page 70 Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems (CRS) according to UN regulations. (Information for use by vehicle users and CRS manufacturers) • Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS • No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS • “-” : Not applicable • The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD vehicle. For RHD vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position number 3. Seating positions CRS categories Remarks Airbag Airbag...
Page 71 Safety features of your vehicle Child restraint system (CRS) Seat number Position in the vehicle Front left Front center Front right 2nd row left 2nd row center 2nd row right OBD038066L Recommended child restraint systems - For Europe ECE-R44 Mass Group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation Approval No. Cabriofix & Group 0+ Maxi Cosi ISOFIX E4 04443907 Familyfix Group I Duo Plus Britax Römer ISOFIX and top-tether E1 04301133 Group II...
Page 72: Air Bag - Supplemental Restraint System (If Equipped)
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system Air bag - supplemental restraint system (if equipped) OCDW039031 * T he actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Driver’s front air bag 2. Passenger’s front air bag 3. Side air bag* 4. Curtain air bag* 5. Front passenger’s air bag ON/OFF switch * : if equipped OCDW039063...
Page 73: How Does The Air Bag System Operate
• SRS and pre-tensioners contain explosive chemicals. If scraping a • In normal conditions, the airbag vehicle without removing SRS and is designed to deploy based on pre-tensioners from a vehicle, it certain angle and intensity of may cause fire. Before scraping the collision. These two factors a vehicle, contact a professional are crucial elements for deciding workshop. Kia recommends to whether to transmit airbag visit an authorized Kia dealer/ deployment signal or start the service partner. electrical operation or not. • Keep the SRS parts and wirings • The airbag will deploy based on away from water or any liquid. angle and intensity of the collision. If the SRS components are It will not deploy in every crash or inoperative due to exposure to collision situations. water or liquids, it may cause fire • The front air bags will completely or severe injury. inflate and deflate in an instant.
Page 74 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system bag between the occupant and air bag expansion force if they are the vehicle structures before not in a proper position. the occupant impacts those • Air bag inflation may cause injuries structures. including facial or bodily abrasions, This speed of inflation reduces the injuries from broken glasses or risk of serious or life-threatening burns. injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary part of the air Noise and smoke bag design. However, air bag inflation can When the air bags inflate, they also cause injuries which can make a loud noise and they leave include facial abrasions, bruises smoke and powder in the air inside and broken bones because the of the vehicle. This is normal and is inflation speed also causes the air a result of the ignition of the air bag bags to expand with a great deal inflator. After the air bag inflates, of force.
Page 75: Air Bag Warning Light
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system or in both sides of the roof rails deactivate the front passenger’s air above the front and rear doors are bag when necessary. very hot. To prevent injury, do not WARNING touch the air bag storage area’s internal components immediately • Extreme Hazard! Do not use a after an air bag has inflated. rearward facing child restraint on Do not install or place any a seat protected by an air bag in accessories near air bag deployment front of it! areas, such as the instrument panel, • NEVER use a rearward facing child windows, pillars, and roof rails. restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the Front passenger’s air bag warning CHILD can occur. label for child restraint system • Never put a child restraint in the front passenger’s seat. If the front...
Page 76 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system to alert you of a potential problem Type B with your air bag - Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). When the ignition switch is turned ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds, then goes off. Have the system checked if: • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after OCDW039032 The passenger’s front air illuminating for approximately 6 bag ON indicator illuminates seconds. for approximately 4 seconds • The light comes on while the after the ignition switch is turned to vehicle is in motion. the ON position. • The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position. The passenger’s front air bag ON indicator also comes on when the Passenger’s front air bag ON passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF...
Page 77: Srs Components And Functions
Type A CAUTION If the passenger’s front air bag ON/ OFF switch malfunctions, the passenger ‘s front air bag OFF indicator will not illuminate (The passenger’s front air bag ON indicator comes on and goes off after approximately 60 seconds) and the passenger’s front air bag will inflate in a frontal impact even if the OCDW039059 passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF Type B switch is set to the OFF position. In this case, have the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch and the SRS air bag system inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. SRS components and functions OCDW039033 The passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position. The passenger’s front air bag OFF indicator also comes on when the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch is set to the OFF position and goes off when the passenger’s front OCDW039058 The SRS consists of the following components:...
Page 78 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system 1. Driver’s front air bag module workshop. Kia recommends to visit 2. Passenger’s front air bag module an authorized Kia dealer/service 3. Side air bag modules* partner. 4. Curtain air bag modules* • The light does not turn on briefly 5. Retractor pre-tensioner when you turn the ignition ON. assemblies* • The light stays on after 6. Air bag warning light illuminating for approximately 6 7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/ seconds. Rollover sensor* • The light comes on while the 8. Front impact sensors vehicle is in motion. 9. Side impact sensors • The light blinks when the ignition 10. Side pressure sensors switch is in ON position. 11. P assenger’s front air bag ON/ OFF switch Driver’s front air bag (1)
Page 79 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system Driver’s front air bag (2) enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate other controls. Passenger’s front air bag ODEEV058049NR Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from ODEEV058051NR the expansion of the air bags. Further opening of the covers then WARNING allows full inflation of the air bags. • Do not install or place any Driver’s front air bag (3) accessories (drink holder, sticker, etc.) on the front passenger’s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a passenger’s air bag. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the passenger’s air bag inflates. • When installing a container of liquid air freshener inside the vehicle, do not place it near the ODEEV058050NR instrument cluster nor on the A fully inflated air bag, in...
Page 80: Driver's And Passenger's Front Air Bag
• The SRS can function only when the ignition switch is in the ON position. If the SRS “ ” warning light does not illuminate, or OCDW039034 continuously remains on after Passenger’s front air bag illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, or after the engine is started, comes on while driving, the SRS is not working properly. In this case, have the system inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Before you replace a fuse or OCDW039035 disconnect a battery terminal, Your vehicle is equipped with a turn the ignition switch to the Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag) LOCK position and remove the System and lap/shoulder belts ignition key. Never remove or at both the driver and passenger replace the air bag related fuse(s) seating positions. when the ignition switch is in the The indications of the system’s ON position. Failure to heed this presence are the letters “AIRBAG”...
Page 81 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system engraved on the air bag pad cover belts, air bags and occupant safety in the steering wheel and the contained in this manual. passenger’s side front panel pad To reduce the chance of serious above the glove box. or fatal injuries and receive the maximum safety benefit from your The SRS consists of air bags installed restraint system: under the pad covers in the center • Never place a child in any child or of the steering wheel and the booster seat in the front seat. passenger’s side front panel above • ABC - Always Buckle Children in the glove box. the back seat. It is the safest place The purpose of the SRS is to provide for children of any age to ride. the vehicle’s driver and/or the front • Front and side air bags can injure passenger with additional protection occupants improperly positioned than that offered by the seat belt in the front seats.
Page 82 • Children age 13 and under must of the SRS system. Doing so could always be properly restrained in result in injury, due to accidental the rear seat. Never allow children deployment of the air bags or by to ride in the front passenger rendering the SRS inoperative. seat. If a child over 13 must be • If the SRS air bag warning light seated in the front seat, he or she remains illuminated while the must be properly belted and the vehicle is being driven, have seat should be moved as far back the system inspected by a as possible. professional workshop. Kia • For maximum safety protection in recommends to visit an authorized all types of crashes, all occupants Kia dealer/service partner. including the driver should always • Air bags can only be used once wear their seat belts whether or - have the system replaced by not an air bag is also provided at a professional workshop. Kia their seating position to minimize recommends to visit an authorized the risk of severe injury or death Kia dealer/service partner. in the event of a crash. Do not • The SRS is designed to deploy sit or lean unnecessarily close to...
Page 83 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system To deactivate or reactivate the • The SRS air bag system must passenger’s front air bag deploy very rapidly to provide protection in a crash. If an Type A occupant is out of position because of not wearing a seat belt, the air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing serious or fatal injuries. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch (if equipped) OCDW039062 Type B OCDW039070 The passenger’s front air bag can be deactivated by the passenger’s...
Page 84 OFF indicator will go out and the the SRS Control Module reactivate passenger‘s front air bag ON the passenger’s front air bag and indicator ( ) will illuminate for the passenger’s front air bag will approximately 60 seconds. inflate in frontal impact crashes even if the passenger’s front air WARNING bag ON/OFF switch is set to the The front air bag ON/OFF switch OFF position. could turn by using a similar small In this case, have the system rigid device. Always check the status inspected by a professional of the front air bag ON/OFF switch workshop. Kia recommends to and passenger’s front air bag ON/ visit an authorized Kia dealer/ OFF indicator. service partner. • If the SRS air bag warning light blinks or does not illuminate when NOTICE the ignition switch is turned to • When the passenger’s front air the ON position, or if it illuminates bag ON/OFF switch is set to the while the vehicle is being driven, ON position, the passenger’s front have the system inspected by air bag is activated and child or a professional workshop. Kia infant seat should not be installed recommends to visit an authorized on the front passenger seat.
Page 85: Side Air Bag (If Equipped)
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system passenger ‘s and/or side and unexpected accident or bodily curtain air bag may fail to trigger, harm. or not trigger correctly during a collision. WARNING • Never install a rearward facing child seat on the front passenger’s No attaching objects seat unless the passenger’s front No objects (such as crash pad air bag has been deactivated. The cover, cellular phone holder, cup infant or child could be severely holder, perfume or stickers) should injured or killed by an air bag be placed over or near the air bag deployment in case of an accident. modules on the steering wheel, • Even though your vehicle is instrument panel, windshield glass, equipped with the passenger’s and the front passenger’s panel front air bag ON/OFF switch, do above the glove box. Such objects not install a child restraint system could cause harm if the vehicle is in...
Page 86 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system on seats equipped with side and/or curtain air bags. NOTICE if equipped with rollover sensor • Also, both side of the side air bags deploy in certain rollover situations. • The side air bag may deploy when OCDW039038 the rollover sensor detects the * T he actual air bags in the vehicle situation as a rollover. may differ from the illustration. Your vehicle is equipped with a side WARNING impact air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to • The side air bag is supplemental to provide the vehicle’s driver and the the seat belt systems and is not front passenger with additional a substitute for them. Therefore protection than that offered by the...
Page 87: Curtain Air Bag (If Equipped)
• Use of seat covers could reduce or Curtain air bag (if equipped) prevent the effectiveness of the system. • To prevent unexpected deployment of the side air bag that may result in personal injury, avoid impact to the side impact sensor when the ignition switch is on. • If the seat or seat cover is damaged, have the system serviced by a professional OCDW039039 workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. WARNING No attaching objects • Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself. Also, do not attach any OCDW039061 objects around the area the air * T he actual air bags in the vehicle bag inflates such as the door, side may differ from the illustration. door glass, front and rear pillar.
Page 88 NOTICE passengers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and/ if equipped with rollover sensor or curtain air bags. • Also, both sides of the curtain • Never try to open or repair any air bags deploy in certain rollover components of the side curtain air situations. bag system. If necessary, have the • The curtain air bag may deploy system serviced by a professional when the rollover sensor detects workshop. Kia recommends to the situation as a rollover. visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. WARNING Failure to follow the above • In order for side and curtain instructions can result in injury or air bags to provide their best death to the vehicle occupants in an protection, front seat occupants accident. and outboard rear occupants should sit in an upright position WARNING with the seat belts properly fastened. Importantly, children...
Page 89 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system Air bag collision sensors Type A OCDW039069...
Page 90 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system Type B OCDW039041 OCDW039042 OCDW039043 OCDW039044 OCDW039045 * T he actual air bag collision sensors in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor (if equipped) 2. Front impact sensor 3. Side pressure sensors 4. Side impact sensor...
Page 91 • If the installation location or angle the vehicle is being towed. of the sensors is altered in any way, the air bags may deploy The side and curtain air bag may deploy when the ignitions is ON, when they should not or they may not deploy when they should, and the rollover sensor detects the situation as a rollover. causing severe injury or death. Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. Have the system serviced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. • Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper, body or B pillars where side collision sensors are installed. In this case, have the system serviced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. • Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag(s) in certain collisions. Installing bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non- genuine parts may adversely...
Page 92 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? (Inflation and non- inflation conditions of the air bag) There are many types of accidents in which the air bag would not be expected to provide additional protection. These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as well as low speed OCDW039047 impacts. Air bag inflation conditions Front air bags OLM032311L * T he actual air bags in the vehicle...
Page 93 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system Air bag non-inflation conditions Side and curtain air bags Side and curtain air bags are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the strength, speed or angles of impact resulting from a side impact collision. Although the front air bags (driver’s and front passenger’s air bags) are designed to inflate only in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in OCDW039048 other types of collisions if the front • In certain low-speed collisions the impact sensors detect a sufficient air bags may not deploy. The air impact. Side and curtain air bags bags are designed not to deploy are designed to inflate only in side in such cases because they may impact collisions, but they may not provide benefits beyond the inflate in other collisions if the side...
Page 94 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system sensors may not deploy any air bags. OCDW039047 • Front air bags may not inflate in side impact collisions, because OCDW039051 occupants move to the direction • Just before impact, drivers often of the collision, and thus in brake heavily. Such heavy braking side impacts, frontal air bag lowers the front portion of the deployment would not provide vehicle causing it to “ride” under additional occupant protection. a vehicle with a higher ground However, side and curtain air bags clearance. Air bags may not inflate may inflate depending on the in this “under-ride” situation intensity, vehicle speed and angles because deceleration forces that of impact. are detected by sensors may be significantly reduced by such “under-ride” collisions. 1VQA2089 • In an angled collision, the force of impact may direct the occupants OCDW039052...
Page 95: Srs Care
SRS Care and curtain air bags. The SRS is virtually maintenance- free and so there are no parts you NOTICE can safely service by yourself. If the If equipped with rollover sensor SRS air bag warning light does not However, if equipped with side illuminate, or continuously remains and curtain air bags, the air bags on, have the system inspected by a may inflate in a rollover, when it is professional workshop. detected by the rollover sensor. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. NOTICE without rollover sensor WARNING However, side and/or curtain air bags • Modification to SRS components may inflate when the vehicle is rolled or wiring, including the addition over by a side impact collision, if the of any kind of badges to the pad vehicle is equipped with side air bags covers or modifications to the and curtain air bags. body structure, can adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury.
Page 96: Additional Safety Precautions
Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system • No objects should be placed over contact an authorized Kia dealer/ or near the air bag modules on the service partner. steering wheel, instrument panel, and the front passenger’s panel above the glove box, because any Additional safety precautions such object could cause harm if • Never let passengers ride in the the vehicle is in a crash severe cargo area or on top of a folded- enough to cause the air bags to down back seat. All occupants...
Page 97 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system • Keep occupants away from the air shifted too close to a deploying air bag covers. All occupants should bag, strike the interior structure sit upright, fully back in their seats or be thrown from the vehicle with their seat belts on and their resulting in serious injury or death. feet on the floor. If occupants are • Always sit upright with the too close to the air bag covers, seatback in an upright position, they could be injured if the air centered on the seat cushion bags inflate. with your seat belt on, legs • Do not attach or place objects on comfortably extended and your or near the air bag covers. Any feet on the floor.
Page 98 Safety features of your vehicle Air bag - supplemental restraint system Note that these government warnings focus on the risk of children. We also want you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to. Those have been described in previous pages.
Page 99 Features of your vehicle Keys ....................4-7 • Record your key number ............4-7 • Key operations ................4-7 • Immobilizer system ..............4-8 Remote keyless entry ........4-10 (if equipped) • Remote keyless entry system operations ......4-10 • Transmitter precautions ............4-11 • Battery replacement ...............4-12 Smart key ............4-13 (if equipped) • Smart key functions ..............4-13 • Smart key precautions ............4-15 Theft-alarm system ..............4-16 • Armed stage .
Page 100 Features of your vehicle • Power windows (if equipped) ..........4-37 • Remote window closing (if equipped) ........4-40 Hood ....................4-41 • Opening the hood ..............4-41 • Hood open warning (if equipped) ..........4-42 • Closing the hood ...............4-42 Fuel filler door ................4-44 • Opening the fuel filler door ............4-44 • Closing the fuel filler door ............4-44 Panorama sunroof ..........4-47 (if equipped) • Sunshade ...................4-47 • Sliding the sunroof ..............4-48 • Tilting the sunroof ..............4-48 • Closing the sunroof ..............4-49 • Automatic reverse ..............4-49 • Resetting the sunroof .............4-50 • Sunroof open warning (if equipped) ........4-51 Steering wheel ................4-52 • Electric Power Steering (EPS) .
Page 101 Features of your vehicle • Gauges ..................4-62 • Transmission shift indicator ..........4-66 LCD windows ............4-69 (if equipped) • Overview ..................4-69 Trip information (Trip computer) ..........4-70 • Distance to empty ..............4-70 • LCD mode ...................4-73 • Service mode ................4-74 • User settings mode ..............4-75 Warning and indicator lights ............4-82 • Warning lights ................4-82 • Indicator lights ................4-90 Parking distance warning-reverse ....4-94 (if equipped) • Operation of the parking distance warning-reverse ..4-95 • Non-operational conditions of parking distance warning- reverse .
Page 102 Features of your vehicle • System malfunction ............. 4-115 • How the system works (Exit mode) ......... 4-116 • Additional instructions (Messages) ........4-120 • System malfunction ............. 4-120 Rear view monitor .......... 4-121 (if equipped) Lighting ..................4-123 • Battery saver function ............4-123 • Headlight escort function (if equipped) ......4-123 • Headlight welcome function (if equipped) ....... 4-123 • Lighting control ..............4-124 • High beam operation ............4-125 • High Beam Assist (if equipped) .......... 4-126 • Turn signals and lane change signals ........ 4-128 • Front fog light (if equipped) .
Page 103 Features of your vehicle Defroster ................... 4-139 • Rear window defroster ............4-139 Manual climate control system ....4-140 (if equipped) • Heating and air conditioning ..........4-141 • System operation ..............4-144 • Climate control air filter (if equipped) ....... 4-147 • Air Conditioning refrigerant label ........4-147 • Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant ............4-148 Automatic climate control system ..... 4-150 (if equipped) • Automatic heating and air conditioning......
Page 104 Features of your vehicle • Increase cargo space (if equipped) ........4-168 • Luggage tray ................4-169 • Luggage side tray ..............4-169 Interior features ..............4-170 • Ashtray (if equipped) ............4-170 • Cup holder ................4-171 • Sunvisor ................... 4-171 • Seat warmer (if equipped) ..........4-171 • Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) (if equipped) ....4-173 • Power outlet ................4-174 • USB charger (if equipped) ............ 4-175 • Wireless smart phone charging system (if equipped) .
Page 105: Features Of Your Vehicle
Keys FEATURES OF YOUR VEHICLE • To fold the key, fold the key manually while pressing the release button. Keys CAUTION Record your key number Do not fold the key without pressing The key code number is the release button. This may stamped on the key code damage the key. tag attached to the key set. Should you lose your keys, Kia recommends to contact an Smart key authorized Kia dealer/service Smart key partner. Remove the key code tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record the key code number and keep it in a safe and handy place, but not in the vehicle. Key operations Folding key Folding key OBDC049029RE • To remove the mechanical key,...
Page 106: Immobilizer System
If the key is valid, the engine will result in serious bodily injury or even start. death. Never leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised children, If the key is invalid, the engine will when the engine is running. not start. To deactivate the immobilizer WARNING system: Kia recommends to use parts for Insert the ignition key into the replacement from an authorized Kia key cylinder and turn it to the ON dealer/service partner. If an after- position. market key is used, the ignition switch may not return to ON after To activate the immobilizer START. If this happens, the starter system: will continue to operate causing damage to the starter motor and Turn the ignition key to the OFF possible fire due to excessive current position. The immobilizer system in the wiring.
Page 107 If the key is invalid, the engine will CAUTION not start. Do not put metal accessories near the ignition switch. Metal accessories To deactivate the immobilizer system may interrupt the transponder signal and may prevent the engine Change the ENGINE START/STOP from being started. button to the ON position. To activate the immobilizer NOTICE system If you need additional keys or lose Change the ENGINE START/STOP your keys, Kia recommends to visit button to the OFF position. The an authorized Kia dealer/service immobilizer system activates partner. automatically. Without a valid smart key for your vehicle, the engine will CAUTION not start. The transponder in your ignition WARNING key is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to In order to prevent theft of your give years of trouble- free service, vehicle, do not leave spare keys however you should avoid exposure anywhere in your vehicle. Your...
Page 108: Remote Keyless Entry (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Remote keyless entry modifications to the immobilizer Remote keyless entry system are not covered by your (if equipped) vehicle manufacturer warranty. Remote keyless entry system operations Folding key OBDC049030RE Smart Key OBDC049031RE Lock (1) All doors (and tailgate) are locked if the lock button is pressed while all doors are closed.
Page 109: Transmitter Precautions
• Other vehicles or objects may be blocking the signal. • The weather is extremely cold. Tailgate unlock (3) (if equipped) • The transmitter is close to a radio The tailgate is unlocked if the button transmitter such as a radio station is pressed for more than 1 second. or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the The hazard warning lights will blink transmitter. twice to indicate that the tailgate is When the transmitter does not unlocked. work correctly, open and close the However, after pressing this button, door with the ignition key. If you the tailgate will lock automatically have a problem with the transmitter unless you open the tailgate within Kia recommends to contact an 30 seconds. authorized Kia dealer/service Also, once the tailgate is opened and partner. then closed, the tailgate will lock • If the transmitter is in close automatically. proximity to your cell phone or...
Page 110: Battery Replacement
OBDC049032RE The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium • Keep the transmitter away from battery which will normally last for water or any liquid. If the keyless several years. When replacement entry system is inoperative due is necessary, use the following to exposure to water or liquids, procedure. it will not be covered by your 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and manufacturer vehicle warranty. gently pry open the transmitter or • Keep the transmitter away from smart key cover. electromagnetic materials that 2. Replace the battery with a new blocks electromagnetic waves to battery (CR2032). When replacing the key surface. the battery, make sure the battery position. CAUTION 3. Install the battery in the reverse order of removal. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party For transmitter replacement, Kia responsible for compliance could recommends to visit an authorized void the user’s authority to operate Kia dealer/service partner. the equipment. If the keyless entry system is inoperative due CAUTION to changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party...
Page 111: Smart Key (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Smart key • The keyless entry system Smart key (if equipped) transmitter is designed to give you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity. If you are unsure how to use or replace the battery, Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter or smart OBDC049031RE key to malfunction. Be sure to use With a smart key, you can lock or the correct battery. unlock a door (and tailgate) and even • To avoid damaging the start the engine without inserting transmitter or smart key, don’t the key. drop it, get it wet, or expose it to The functions of buttons on a smart heat or sunlight. key are similar to the folding key. Smart key functions...
Page 112 Features of your vehicle Smart key Locking (1) The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m Pressing the button of the front (28 ~ 40 in.) from the outside door outside door handles with all doors handle. (and tailgate) closed and any door unlocked, locks all the doors (and When the smart key is recognized tailgate). If all doors (and tailgate) in the area of 0.7 ~ 1 m (28 ~ 40 in.) and engine hood are closed, the from the front outside door handle, hazard warning lights will blink other people can also open the door once to indicate that all doors (and without possession of the smart tailgate) are locked. key. The button will only operate when After pressing the button, the doors the smart key is within 0.7 ~ 1 m will lock automatically unless you (28 ~ 40 in.) from the outside door open any door within 30 seconds. handle. If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not, you Tailgate unlocking (3) should check the door lock button If you are within 0.7 m ~ 1 m (28 inside the vehicle or pull the outside ~ 40 in.) from the outside tailgate door handle.
Page 113: Smart Key Precautions
Smart key Smart key precautions • If the smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or NOTICE smart phone, the signal from the smart key could be blocked • If, for some reason, you happen by normal operation of your to lose your smart key, you will cell phone or smart phone. This not be able to start the engine. is especially important when Tow the vehicle, if necessary, the phone is active such as contact a professional workshop. making call, receiving calls, text Kia recommends to contact an messaging, and/or sending/ authorized Kia dealer/service receiving emails. Avoid placing the partner. smart key and your cell phone or • A maximum of 2 smart keys smart phone in the same pants can be registered to a single or jacket pocket and maintain vehicle. If you lose a smart key, adequate distance between the Kia recommends to contact an two devices. authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • The smart key will not work if any...
Page 114: Theft-Alarm System
Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system Theft-alarm system Armed stage Using the smart key Park the vehicle and stop the engine. Arm the system as described below. 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Make sure that all doors (and tailgate) and the engine hood are Vehicles equipped with a theft alarm closed and latched. system will have a label attached to • Lock the doors by pressing the the vehicle with the following words: button of the front outside door 1. WARNING handle with the smart key in 2. SECURITY SYSTEM your possession. After completion of the steps above, the hazard warning lights operate once to indicate that Armed the system is armed. If any door stage remains open, the doors won’t lock and the chime will sound for 3 seconds. Close the door and Disarmed Theft-alarm stage stage...
Page 115: Theft-Alarm Stage
Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system operate and theft-alarm will not engine hood is opened within 30 arm. After this, if all doors (and seconds after entering the armed tailgate) and engine hood are stage, the system is disarmed to closed, the hazard warning lights prevent unnecessary alarm. blink once. Theft-alarm stage Using the transmitter The alarm will be activated if any Park the vehicle and stop the engine. of the following occurs while the Arm the system as described below. system is armed. 1. Turn off the engine and remove • A door is opened without using the ignition key from the ignition the transmitter (or smart key). switch. • The tailgate is opened without 2. Make sure that all doors (and using the transmitter (or smart tailgate), the engine hood are key). closed and latched. • The engine hood is opened. 3. Lock the doors by pressing the lock button on the transmitter.
Page 116 Features of your vehicle Theft-alarm system • The button of the front outside • If you lose your keys, Kia door is pressed while carrying the recommends to visit an authorized smart key. Kia dealer/service partner. • The engine is started. After the doors are unlocked, the CAUTION hazard warning lights will blink Do not change, alter or adjust twice to indicate that the system is the theft-alarm system because disarmed. it could cause the theft-alarm After pressing the unlock button, if system to malfunction. Have the any door (or tailgate) is not opened system serviced by a professional within 30 seconds, the system will workshop. Kia recommends to visit be rearmed. an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. NOTICE Malfunctions caused by improper alterations, adjustments or Non-immobilizer system modifications to the theft-alarm • Avoid trying to start the engine system are not covered by your while the alarm is activated. The...
Page 117: Door Locks
Features of your vehicle Door locks Transmitter/Smart key Door locks • Doors can be locked and unlocked with the transmitter (or smart Operating door locks from outside key). (if equipped) the vehicle • Doors can be locked and unlocked pressing the button of the outside Mechanical key door handle with the smart key in your possession. • Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. • When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely. NOTICE • In cold and wet climates, door OCDW049002 locks and door mechanisms may To remove the cover: not work properly due to freezing...
Page 118: Operating Door Locks From Inside The Vehicle
Features of your vehicle Door locks 2. Insert the key into the emergency WARNING door lock hole and turn the key toward the outer of the vehicle to If people must spend a longer time in lock (1). the vehicle while it is very hot or cold 3. Close the door securely. outside, there is risk of injuries or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle NOTICE from the outside when there are people in it. Once the tailgate is closed when the power door lock switch does not operate electrically, you will not be CAUTION able to open the tailgate. Do not frequently repeat opening and closing of doors, or apply excessive force to a door while the Operating door locks from inside door closer is operating. the vehicle With the door handle In case of an emergency OCDW049004 OCDW049003 If the power door lock switch does...
Page 119 Features of your vehicle Door locks Rear door With central door lock/unlock switch If the inner door handle is pulled Type A once when the door is locked, the door will unlock. If the inner door handle is pulled once more, the door will open. WARNING Door lock malfunction If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following techniques to exit: OCDW049040 • Operate the door unlock feature Type B repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on the door handle. • Operate the other door locks and handles, front and rear. • Lower a front window and use the key to unlock the door from outside.
Page 120: Impact Sensing Door Unlock System
Features of your vehicle Door locks • If any door is unlocked, the Leaving your vehicle unlocked can indicator of the central door lock invite theft or possible harm to you switch will blink. or others from someone hiding in • When you press the central door your vehicle while you are gone. lock switch, all doors are locked. Always remove the ignition key, • If any door is unlocked while all engage the parking brake, close all doors are locked, the indicator will windows and lock all doors when blink. leaving your vehicle unattended. NOTICE WARNING Once the doors are locked with the Unattended children transmitter or smart key, the doors An enclosed vehicle can become cannot be unlocked with the central extremely hot, causing death or door lock/unlock switch. severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape the WARNING vehicle. Furthermore, children might operate features of the vehicle that Doors could injure them, or they could • The doors should always be fully...
Page 121: Child-Protector Rear Door Lock
Features of your vehicle Door locks Child-protector rear door lock If children accidentally open the rear doors while the vehicle is in motion, they could fall out and be severely injured or killed. To prevent children from opening the rear doors from the inside, the rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. OCDW049427 The child safety lock is provided to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. 1. Open the rear door. 2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the hole and turn it to the lock ( ) position (1). When the child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open even though the inner door handle (2) is pulled. 3. Close the rear door. To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle. Even though the doors may be unlocked, the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle until the rear door child safety lock is unlocked.
Page 122: Tailgate
Features of your vehicle Tailgate Tailgate Shooting Brake Non-power tailgate Opening the tailgate 5 Door OCDW049423 OCDW049042 Wagon OCDW049419 • The tailgate is locked or unlocked when all doors are locked or unlocked with the transmitter (or smart key) or central door lock switch. • If unlocked, the tailgate can be OCDW049042 opened by pressing the handle and pulling it up. • When all doors are locked if the tailgate unlock button on the smart key is pressed for more than 1 second, the tailgate is unlocked. Once the tailgate is...
Page 123: Closing The Tailgate
Features of your vehicle Tailgate opened and then closed, the Closing the tailgate tailgate is locked automatically. 5 Door * T he tailgate has no keyhole. NOTICE In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. WARNING The tailgate swings upward. Make OCDW049043 sure no objects or people are near Wagon the rear of the vehicle when opening the tailgate. CAUTION Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate gas lifters and attached hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving. OCDW049043 Shooting Brake OCDW049425...
Page 124 Features of your vehicle Tailgate If you must drive with the tailgate open, keep the air vents and all windows open so that additional outside air comes into the vehicle. The tailgate lid should be always kept completely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases may enter the car and serious illness or death may result. OCDW049420 WARNING • To close the tailgate, lower and push down the tailgate firmly. Rear cargo area Make sure that the tailgate is Occupants should never ride in the securely latched. rear cargo area where no restraints are available. To avoid injury in the WARNING event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be Make sure your hands, feet and properly restrained. other parts of your body are safely out of the way before closing the tailgate. WARNING • For emergencies, be fully aware CAUTION of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever Make sure nothing is near the...
Page 125: Emergency Tailgate Safety Release
Features of your vehicle Tailgate extreme caution, especially while Shooting Brake the vehicle is in motion. Emergency tailgate safety release Your vehicle is equipped with the emergency tailgate safety release lever located on the bottom of the tailgate. When someone is inadvertently locked in the luggage compartment. OCDW049424 5 Door OCDW049044 OCDW049421 Wagon The tailgate can be opened by doing as follows: 1. Input the mechanical key into the hole. 2. Push the mechanical key to the right (1). 3. Push up the tailgate. OCDW049474...
Page 126: Power Tailgate (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Tailgate Power tailgate (if equipped) OCDW049412 4. Power tailgate open/close button OCDW049402 1. Power tailgate open/close button NOTICE If ignition switch is ON position, the power tailgate can operate when the automatic shift lever is in P (Park) or manual shift lever is in N (Neutral). NOTICE Do not put heavy stuffs on the power tailgate when you operate OCDW049451 the power tailgate. Additional weight 2. Power tailgate handle switch on tailgate could cause damages to the system. WARNING Never leave children or animals unattended in your vehicle. Children or animals might operate the power tailgate that could result in injury to themselves or others, or damage the vehicle. OCDW049410 3. Power tailgate close button WARNING...
Page 127 Features of your vehicle Tailgate Make sure that there are no people • Press the power tailgate open or objects in the path of the power button (1) for approximately one tailgate (or smart tailgate) prior to second. use. Serious injury, damage to the vehicle or damage to surrounding objects may result if contact with the power tailgate (or smart tailgate) occurs. OCDW049402 • Press the tailgate handle switch (2) carrying the smart key with you. OCDW048411 CAUTION Do not close or open the power tailgate manually. This may cause damage to the power tailgate. If it is necessary to close or open the power tailgate manually when the battery is discharged or OCDW049451 The power tailgate will open disconnected, do not apply excessive automatically by doing one of the force. following: • Press the tailgate open/close button (4) on the smart key for Opening the tailgate approximately one second.
Page 128 Features of your vehicle Tailgate • Press the power tailgate close button (3) when the tailgate is opened. The tailgate will close and lock automatically. At the beginning of the closure, the buzzer will sound twice. OCDW049412 Closing the tailgate The power tailgate will close automatically by doing one of the following: OCDW049410 • To close power tailgate completely • Press the tailgate open/close when tailgate is opened, you button (4) on the key and hold must press the close button until the tailgate is fully closed. (1) until it is closed. During the closing operation buzzer sounds continuously. If you release the close button(1) while closing, the tailgate will stop closing and the buzzer will sound approximately for 5 seconds. OCDW049412 • Releasing the tailgate open/ close button (4) on the key stops tailgate movement with the buzzer sound approximately for 5 seconds.
Page 129 Power tailgate non-opening than approximately 10 times conditions repeatedly. To prevent the battery from The power tailgate will not open being discharged, do not leave the automatically, when the vehicle is power tailgate in the open position moving more than 3km/h (2mph). for a long lime. • Do not modify or repair any WARNING part of the power tailgate by The chime will sound continuously yourself. Kia recommends to visit if you drive over 3km/h (2mph) an authorized Kia dealer/service with the tailgate opened. Stop your partner. vehicle immediately at a safe place • When jacking up the vehicle to and check if your tailgate is opened. change a tire or repair the vehicle, do not operate the power tailgate. This could cause the power CAUTION tailgate to operate improperly. Do not operate the power tailgate • In cold and wet climates, more than 5 times continuously. the power tailgate may not It may damage the power tailgate work properly due to freezing system. If you operate the power...
Page 130: Smart Tailgate (If Equipped)
2. While Pressing the tailgate close button (3), press the tailgate handle switch (2) for more than 3 seconds. (the buzzer will sound) 3. Close the tailgate using the button (3). OCDW049410 1. Position the tailgate manually to If the power tailgate does not the height you prefer. work properly after the above 2. Press the tailgate close button (3) procedure, have the system checked for more than 3 seconds. by a professional workshop. Kia 3. Close the tailgate using the button recommends to visit an authorized (3) after hearing the buzzer Kia dealer/service partner. sound. The tailgate will open to the height NOTICE the driver has set up. If the power tailgate does not operate normally, check again if Smart tailgate (if equipped) the gear shift lever is in the correct position. Power tailgate opening height user setting (if equipped)
Page 131 Features of your vehicle Tailgate How to use the Smart Tailgate 2. Detect and Alert The tailgate can be opened with notouch activation satisfying all the conditions below. • After 15 seconds when all doors are closed and locked. • Positioned in the detecting area for more than 3 seconds. NOTICE • The Smart Tailgate does not OCDW049414 operate when: If you are positioned in the detecting - The smart key is detected within area (50 ~100 cm behind the vehicle) 15 seconds after the doors carrying a smart key, the hazard are closed and locked, and is warning lights will blink and chime continuously detected. will sound for about 3 seconds to - The smart key is detected within alert you the smart key has been 15 seconds after the doors are detected and the tailgate will open.
Page 132 Features of your vehicle Tailgate How to deactivate the Smart 3. Automatic opening Tailgate function using the smart Smart key OCDW049415 The hazard warning lights will blink and chime will sound 2 times and then the tailgate will slowly open. OBDC049031RE 1. Door lock WARNING 2. Door unlock 3. Tailgate open • Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your If you press any button of the smart vehicle. key during the Detect and Alert • Make sure there are no people or stage, the Smart Tailgate function objects around the tailgate before will be deactivated. opening or closing the tailgate. Make sure to be aware of how • Make sure objects in the rear to deactivate the Smart Tailgate...
Page 133 Features of your vehicle Tailgate • If you press the door lock button • The Smart Tailgate function will (1) or tailgate open button (3) not work if any of the following when the Smart Tailgate function occurs: is not in the Detect and Alert - The smart key is close to a radio stage, the Smart Tailgate function transmitter such as a radio will not be deactivated. station or an airport which can • In case you have deactivated interfere with normal operation the Smart Tailgate function by of the transmitter. pressing the smart key button and - The smart key is near a mobile opened a door, the Smart Tailgate two way radio system or a function can be activated again by cellular phone. closing and locking all doors. - Another vehicle’s smart key is being operated close to your vehicle. Detecting area • The detecting range may decrease or increase when : - One side of the tire is raised to replace a tire or to inspect the vehicle.
Page 134: Windows
Features of your vehicle Windows Windows OCDW049045 1. Driver’s door power window NOTICE switch In cold and wet climates, power 2. Front passenger’s door power windows may not work properly due window switch to freezing conditions. 3. Rear door (left) power window switch 4. Rear door (right) power window switch 5. Window opening and closing 6. Automatic power window up*/ down 7. Power window lock switch* * : if equipped...
Page 135: Power Windows (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Windows Power windows (if equipped) inch. If you experience the noise with the sunroof open, slightly reduce the The ignition switch must be in the size of the sunroof opening. ON position for power windows to operate. WARNING Each door has a power window switch that controls the door’s Do not install any accessories in the window. The driver has a power area of windows. It may impact jam window lock switch which can block protection. the operation of the rear passengers windows. The power windows can be operated for approximately 10 Window opening and closing minutes after the ignition key is The driver’s door has a master removed or turned to the ACC or power window switch that controls LOCK position. However, if the front all the windows in the vehicle. doors open, the power windows cannot be operated within the 10 minutes period after ignition key removal. (if equipped) If the window cannot be closed because it is blocked by objects, remove the objects and close the...
Page 136 Features of your vehicle Windows Auto up/down window (if Automatic reversal equipped) ODEEV068020NR If the upward movement of the OBDC049092RE • Pressing or pulling up the power window is blocked by an object or window switch momentarily to part of the body, the window will the second detent position (6) detect the resistance and will stop completely lowers or lifts the upward movement. The window will window even when the switch is then lower approximately 30 cm released. (11.8 in.) to allow the object to be To stop the window at the desired cleared. position while the window is in If the window detects the resistance operation, pull up or press and while the power window switch is release the switch to the opposite pulled up continuously, the window direction of the movement. will stop upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). If the power window is not operated And if the power window switch is correctly, the automatic power pulled up continuously again within 5...
Page 137 Features of your vehicle Windows Power window lock button (if operate if the window is raised using equipped) the halfway position on the power window switch. WARNING Always check for obstructions before raising any window to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If an object less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in diameter is caught between the window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic OCDW049046 • The driver can disable the power reverse window may not detect window switches on the rear the resistance and will not stop and passenger doors by pressing the reverse direction. power window lock button located on the driver’s door to the LOCK WARNING position (pressed). • The driver’s master control can The automatic reverse feature is not operate all passenger’s power active while resetting power window windows with window lock button system.
Page 138: Remote Window Closing (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Windows • Never try to operate the main Remote window closing (if equipped) switch on the driver’s door and the individual door window switch Folding key in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed. WARNING Windows • NEVER leave the ignition key in the vehicle with unsupervised children, when the engine is OBDC049447RE running. Smart Key • NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or otherwise injure themselves or others. • Always double check to make sure all arms, hands, head and other obstructions are safely out of the way before closing a window.
Page 139: Hood
Features of your vehicle Hood • If a car window is rolled up with Hood the remote window close but the distance between the remote Opening the hood control and vehicle is changed, the window can stop rolling up. Make sure to operate this function in the vicinity close enough to a vehicle in sight. • If a window is stuck by certain forces while rolling up, it stops working, but the other three windows will continue to roll up. Make sure that the emergency warning light blinks three times OCDW049047 and the rest of windows are 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch completely shut. the hood. The hood should pop open slightly. WARNING Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface, shifting the shift lever to the P(Park) position for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission and to the 1(First) gear or R(Reverse) for manual transmission, and setting the parking brake.
Page 140: Hood Open Warning (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Hood Hood open warning (if equipped) The warning message will appear on the LCD display when hood is open. OCDW049048 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the hood slightly, push the secondary latch (1) inside of the OCDW049105 hood center and lift the hood (2). The warning chime will operate when the vehicle is being driven at or above 3 km/h (2 mph) with the hood open. Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed. OCDW049049 • Gloves, rags or any other 3. Pull the support rod from the combustible material must hood. be removed from the engine 4. Hold the hood open with the compartment. support rod. 2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling.
Page 141 Features of your vehicle Hood 4. Check that the hood has engaged blocked and the hood could fall or properly. If the hood can be raised be damaged. slightly, it is not properly engaged. Open it again and close it with a little more force. WARNING • Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are removed from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an obstruction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury. • Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a heatinduced fire. WARNING • Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away. If it is not latched, the hood could fly open while the vehicle is being driven, causing a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident. • The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided in the hood whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly injuring you.
Page 142: Fuel Filler Door
Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door Fuel filler door Opening the fuel filler door OCDW049051 2. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out to fully open. 3. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), OCDW049050 turn it counterclockwise. You 1. To open the fuel filler door, press may hear a hissing noise as the the 3 o’clock position edge of the pressure inside the tank equalizes. fuel filler door. 4. Place the cap on the fuel filler door. NOTICE The fuel filler door will open and Closing the fuel filler door close only when all doors are 1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise unlocked. until it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap is securely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler door and push NOTICE it lightly and make sure that it is...
Page 143 Features of your vehicle Fuel filler door condition stops before completely fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, removing the cap. etc.) capable of producing static • Do not “top off” after the nozzle electricity. Static electricity automatically shuts off when discharge can ignite fuel vapors refueling. resulting in rapid burning. If you • Always check that the fuel cap must reenter the vehicle, you is installed securely to prevent should once again eliminate fuel spillage in the event of an potentially dangerous static accident. electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle, away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or WARNING other gasoline source. • When using an approved portable Refueling dangers fuel container, be sure to place Automotive fuels are flammable the container on the ground prior materials. When refueling, please to refueling. Static electricity note the following guidelines discharge from the container carefully. Failure to follow these...
Page 144 • DO NOT use matches or a lighter fuel spillage in the event of an and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit accident. cigarette in your vehicle while at a gas station especially during refueling. Automotive fuel is highly flammable and can, when ignited, result in fire. • If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide. CAUTION • Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the “Fuel requirements“ suggested in section 1. • If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, please make sure that you use parts designed for replacement in your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system. For more detailed information, Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. • Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
Page 145: Panorama Sunroof (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Panorama sunroof Panorama sunroof (if equipped) children could operate the sunroof, which could result in serious injury. Sunshade To open the sunshade OCDW049052 If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control lever located on the overhead console. OCDW049054 The ignition switch must be in the • Push the sunroof control lever On position before you can open or backward to the first detent close the sunroof. position. The sunroof can be operated for To stop the sliding at any point, approximately 10 minutes after the press the sunshade control lever ignition key is removed or turned to momentarily. the ACC or LOCK (or OFF) position. However, if the front door is opened, To close the sunshade when the the sunroof cannot be operated sunroof glass is closed even within the 10 minutes period.
Page 146: Sliding The Sunroof
Features of your vehicle Panorama sunroof Sliding the sunroof Tilting the sunroof When the sunshade is closed When the sunshade is closed OCDW049083 OCDW049084 • Push the sunroof control lever • Push the sunroof control lever backward to the second detent upward, the sunshade will slide position, both the sunshade and open then the sunroof glass will sunroof glass will slide all the way tilt. open. To stop the sunroof movement To stop the sunroof movement at any point, push the sunroof at any point, push the sunroof control lever momentarily. control lever momentarily.
Page 147: Closing The Sunroof
Features of your vehicle Panorama sunroof Closing the sunroof Automatic reverse To close the sunroof glass only OCDW049449 If a object or part of the body is detected while the sunroof glass is OCDW049085 closing automatically, it will reverse • Push the sunroof control lever the direction, and then stop. forward to the first detent position, the sunroof glass will The auto reverse function does not close automatically. work if a tiny obstacle is between To stop the sunroof movement the sliding glass and the sunroof at any point, push the sunroof sash. You should always check that control lever momentarily. all passengers and objects are away from the sunroof before closing it. To close the sunroof glass with the sunshade CAUTION • Push the sunroof control lever...
Page 148: Resetting The Sunroof
Features of your vehicle Panorama sunroof covered with snow or ice, the glass the movement range of the sliding or the motor could be damaged. roof. Parts of the body could • Make sure the sunroof is fully become trapped or crushed. closed when leaving your vehicle. • A panorama sunroof is made of If the sunroof is opened, rain glass, therefore it may break in an or snow may leak through the accident. If you do not have your sunroof and wet the interior as seat belt on, you may stick out of well as cause theft. the broken glass and get injured • Do not extend any luggage outside or killed. For all passengers safety, the sunroof while driving. have an appropriate protection on • After washing the vehicle or (ex. seat belt, CRS, etc.) after a rain, be sure to wipe off • Never adjust the sunroof or the water on the sunroof before sunshade while driving. This could operating the sunroof. result in loss of control and an • Do not pull or push the sunshade accident that may cause death, by hand as such action may serious injury or property damage.
Page 149: Sunroof Open Warning (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Panorama sunroof The sunroof may need to be reset if Sunroof open warning (if equipped) the following conditions occur : • The battery is discharged or disconnected or the sunroof fuse has been replaced or disconnected. • The sunroof control lever is not operating correctly. 1. Start the engine. 2. Close the sunshade and sunroof completely if opened. 3. Release the sunroof control lever. 4. Push the sunroof control lever OCDW049106 If the driver removes the ignition forward in the direction of key(smart key: turns off the engine) close(about 10 seconds) until the when the sunroof is not fully closed, sunshade slightly moves. Then, the warning chime will sound for a release the lever. few seconds and a warning image 5. Push the sunroof control lever will appear in the LCD window. Close forward in the direction of close, the sunroof securely when leaving until the sunroof operates as your vehicle.
Page 150: Steering Wheel
• If the Electric Power Steering steering control unit which senses System does not operate the steering wheel torque, steering normally, the warning light will wheel position and vehicle speed to illuminate on the instrument command the motor. cluster. The steering wheel may The steering wheel becomes heavier become difficult to control or as the vehicle’s speed increases and operate abnormally. In this case, becomes lighter as the vehicle’s have the system inspected by a speed decreases for better control professional workshop. of the steering wheel. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service Should you notice any change in partner. the effort required to steer during • The steering effort increases normal vehicle operation, have the if the steering wheel is rotated system checked by a professional continuously when the vehicle is workshop. Kia recommends to visit not in motion. However, after a an authorized Kia dealer/service few minutes, it will return to its partner. normal conditions. NOTICE • When you operate the steering wheel in low temperature, The following symptoms may occur abnormal noise could occur. If...
Page 151: Tilt & Telescopic Steering
Features of your vehicle Steering wheel the voltage is low (When the alternator (or battery) does not operate normally or it malfunctions), the steering wheel may get heavy and become difficult to control operate abnormally. Tilt & telescopic steering OCDW049056 A tilt and telescopic steering wheel To change the steering wheel angle: allows you to adjust the steering • Pull down the lock release lever wheel before you drive. (1), adjust the steering wheel to the desired angle (2) and height You can also raise it to give your legs (3, if equipped), then pull up more room when you exit and enter the lockrelease lever to lock the the vehicle. steering wheel in place. Be sure to The steering wheel should be adjust the steering wheel to the positioned so that it is comfortable desired position before driving. for you to drive, while permitting you to see the instrument panel Heated steering wheel (if warning lights and gauges.
Page 152: Horn
Features of your vehicle Steering wheel steering wheel. The indicator on the Horn button will illuminate. • To turn the steering wheel off, press the button once again. The indicator on the button will turn off. It will turn off automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on. If you turn off the ignition within 30 minutes after pressing the OCDW049435 To sound the horn: steering wheel heater button, • Press the horn symbols on your from next ignition ON, the heater steering wheel. will be off. Check the horn regularly to be sure it operates properly. CAUTION • Do not install any grip to operate NOTICE the steering wheel. This causes To sound the horn, press the area damage to the heated steering indicated by the horn symbol wheel system. on your steering wheel (see • When cleaning the heated steering illustration). The horn will operate wheel, do not use an organic...
Page 153: Mirrors
Features of your vehicle Mirrors Day/night rear view mirror (if Mirrors equipped) Inside rear view mirror Adjust the rear view mirror to center on the view through the rear window. Make this adjustment before you start driving. WARNING Rear visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere OBDC049094RE • Make this adjustment before you with your vision through the rear start driving and while the day/ window. night lever is in the day position (1). WARNING • Pull the day/night lever toward you (2) to reduce the glare from Do not adjust the rear view mirror the headlights of the vehicles while the vehicle is moving. This behind you during night driving.
Page 154: Outside Rear View Mirror
Features of your vehicle Mirrors Electrochromic mirror (ECM) (if the mirror. It may cause the liquid equipped) cleaner to enter the mirror housing. To operate the electric rear view mirror The mirror defaults to the ON position whenever the ignition switch is turned on. • Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn the automatic dimming function off. The mirror indicator OQL045059 light (2) will turn off. The electric rear view mirror • Press the ON/OFF button (1) automatically controls the glare to turn the automatic dimming from the headlights of the vehicles function on. The mirror indicator behind you in nighttime or low light light (2) will illuminate. driving conditions. The sensor (3) mounted in the mirror senses the Outside rear view mirror light level around the vehicle, and automatically controls the headlight Be sure to adjust mirror angles...
Page 155 Features of your vehicle Mirrors Remote control • Use your interior rear view mirror or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following Electric type vehicles when changing lanes. CAUTION Do not scrape ice off the mirror face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should restrict movement of the mirror, do not force the mirror for adjustment. To remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm OCDW049058 water. The electric remote control mirror switch allows you to adjust the position of the left and right outside CAUTION rear view mirrors. To adjust the If the mirror is jammed with ice, position of either mirror, the ignition do not adjust the mirror by force. switch should be in the ACC position. Use an approved spray de-icer (not To adjust the position of either radiator antifreeze) to release the mirror, frozen mechanism or move the • Move the R or L switch (1) to vehicle to a warm place and allow select the right side mirror or the ice to melt.
Page 156 Features of your vehicle Mirrors switch longer than necessary, the closed and locked) with a smart motor may be damaged. key in possession. (if equipped) • Do not attempt to adjust the CAUTION outside rear view mirror by hand. Doing so may damage the parts. The electric type outside rear view mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the LOCK or Folding the outside rear view OFF position. However, to prevent mirror unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust the mirrors longer than Electric Type (if equipped) necessary while the engine is not running. CAUTION In case it is an electric type outside rear view mirror, don’t fold it by hand. It could cause motor failure. Manual type OCDW049060 • To fold the outside rear view mirror depress the button.
Page 157: Instrument Cluster
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster Instrument cluster Type A OCDW049100 Type B OCDW049101...
Page 158 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster Type C OCDW049453 * T he actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Tachometer 2. Speedometer 3. Engine coolant temperature gauge 4. Fuel gauge 5. Warning and indicator lights 6. LCD display For more details, refer to the “Gauges” on page 4-62 and “Warning and Indicator lights” on page 4-82.
Page 159: Instrument Cluster Control
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster Instrument cluster control Adjusting Instrument Cluster Illumination OCDW049107 • If you hold the illumination control button (“+” or “-”), the brightness will be changed continuously. • If the brightness reaches to the OCDW049064 maximum or minimum level, an alarm will sound. WARNING Never adjust the instrument cluster while driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an accident that may cause death, serious injury, or property damage. The brightness of the instrument panel illumination is changed by pressing the illumination control button (“+” or “-”) when the ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button is ON, or the tail lights are turned on.
Page 160: Lcd Window Control
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster LCD window control Gauges The LCD Window modes can be Speedometer changed by using the control buttons on the steering wheel. Type A (km/h) OCDW049066 OCDW049436 Type A (MPH, km/h) OCDW049452 : MODE button for change the OCDW049068 LCD MODES : MOVE scroll switch for select the items 3. OK: SET/RESET button for set the items or reset the items * F or the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Window (if equipped)” on page 4-69.
Page 161 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster Type B (km/h) Type A (Diesel) OCDW049454 OCDW049069 The speedometer indicates the Type B (Gasoline) speed of the vehicle and is calibrated in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h). Tachometer Type A (Gasoline) OCDW049455 Type B (Diesel) OCDW049067 OCDW049472...
Page 162 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster Type B The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm). Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine. CAUTION OCDW049456 This gauge indicates the Do not operate the engine within the temperature of the engine coolant tachometer’s RED ZONE. This may when the ignition switch or ENGINE cause severe engine damage. START/STOP button is ON. CAUTION Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward Type A the “130” position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine. Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS” on page 7-8. WARNING Never remove the radiator cap OCDW049070 when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could...
Page 163 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster Fuel Gauge • On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or This gauge indicates the the low fuel warning light may approximate amount of fuel come on earlier than usual due to remaining in the fuel tank. the movement of fuel in the tank. Type A WARNING Fuel Gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gauge indicator comes close to the “0” level. OCDW049071 Type B CAUTION Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire damaging the catalytic converter. Odometer OCDW049457 NOTICE • The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 9.
Page 164: Transmission Shift Indicator
Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster The odometer Indicates the * F or more details, refer to “LCD total distance that the vehicle windows (if equipped)” on page has been driven and should be 4-69. used to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed. Transmission shift indicator • Odometer range : 0 ~ 1,599,999 km or 999,999 miles. Automatic Transmission Shift Indicator (if equipped) Outside Temperature Gauge OCDW049110 This indicator displays which OCDW049109 This gauge indicates the current automatic transmission shift lever is outside air temperatures by 1°C selected. (1°F). • Park: P • Temperature range : - 40°C ~ 60°C • Reverse R (- 40°F ~ 140°F)
Page 165 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster Type A When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed. Manual Transmission Shift Indicator (if equipped) This indicator informs which gear is desired while driving to save fuel. OCDW049127 Type B OCDW049111 • Shifting up: ▲ 2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6 • Shifting down: ▼ 1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5 For example OCDW049128 • Shifting up: ▲ 2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6 • ▲3: Indicates that shifting up to • Shifting down: ▼ 1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, the 3rd gear is desired (currently ▼5 the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st...
Page 166 Features of your vehicle Instrument cluster Dual clutch transmission shift Dual clutch transmission shift Ind indicator (if equipped) icator in Manual shift mode (if equipped) Type A OCDW049120 This indicator displays which shift lever is selected. OCDW049127 • Park: P Type B • Reverse: R • Neutral: N • Drive: D 1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7 Manual shift mode • Shifting up: ▲...
Page 167: Lcd Windows (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle LCD windows the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st LCD windows (if equipped) gear). • ▼3: Indicates that shifting Overview down to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, 6th or 7th gear). When the system is not working properly, the indicator is not displayed. OBD048141L LCD windows show the following various information to drivers. • Trip information • LCD modes • Warning messages...
Page 168: Trip Information (Trip Computer)
Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) Trip information (Trip • If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been computer) interrupted, the distance to The trip computer is a empty function may not operate microcomputer- controlled driver correctly. information system that displays • The distance to empty may differ information related to driving. from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available NOTICE driving distance. Some driving information stored • The trip computer may not in the trip computer (for example register additional fuel if less than Average Fuel Economy) resets if the 6 liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are battery is disconnected. added to the vehicle. • The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly Distance to empty based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the...
Page 169 Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) Trip Modes Average Fuel Economy (1) • The average fuel economy is Fuel Economy calculated by the total driving • A verage Fuel Economy distance and fuel consumption • I nstant Fuel Economy since the last average fuel economy reset. Accumulated Info - Fuel economy range: 0 ~ • T ripmeter 99.9km/L, L/100 km or MPG • F uel Economy • T imer • The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and Drive Info...
Page 170 Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) • Accumulated information is NOTICE calculated after the vehicle has run for more than 300 meters. The average fuel economy is • If you press “OK” button for not displayed for more accurate more than 1 second after the calculation if the vehicle does not Cumulative Information is drive more than 10 seconds or 50 displayed, the information will be meters (0.03 miles) since the ignition reset. switch or ENGINE START/STOP • If the engine is running, even when button is turned to ON. the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated. Instant Fuel Economy (2) • This mode displays the instant One time driving information mode fuel economy during the last few seconds when the vehicle speed is more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).
Page 171: Lcd Mode
Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) Transmission temperature gauge Information is displayed, the (For dual clutch transmission) information will be reset. • If the engine is running, even when the vehicle is not in motion, the information will be accumulated. Digital speedometer OCDW049117 This mode displays the transmission temperature. LCD mode OSK3048331CR This mode displays the current speed of the vehicle. Urea level gauge (for diesel engine) OBD048141L 1. Trip Computer mode This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.
Page 172: Service Mode
Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) 3. Assist mode • Engine oil shortage • : This mode displays the * F or controlling the LCD modes, state of the below functions. refer to “LCD window control” on - Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) page 4-62. - Driver Attention Warning (DAW) - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) with Service mode Stop & Go - Intelligent Speed Limit Warning Service in (ISLW) - Tire Pressure It calculates and displays when • : This mode displays the state you need a scheduled maintenance service (mileage or days). of tire pressure. 4. User Setting mode If the remaining mileage or time On this mode, you can change reaches 1,500 km (900 mi.) or settings of the doors, lamps and 30 days, “Service in” message is so on.
Page 173: User Settings Mode
Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) Quick Menu (if equipped) If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be In this mode, you can change the incorrect. settings of the SCC response, Driving • The battery cable is disconnected. assist, DAW, etc. • The fuse switch is turned off. • SCC response • The battery is discharged. • Driving assist • DAW • Warning timing User settings mode • Lane safety On this mode, you can change • Forward safety setting of the doors, lamps, and so • Blind-spot safety The information provided may differ...
Page 174 Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) * F or more information, refer to the switch or the ENGINE START/ “Driver Attention Warning (DAW) (if STOP button is set to the OFF equipped)” on page 6-153. position. • Warning Time (if equipped) - On Shift to P: All doors will be - Choose the warning time automatically unlocked if the (Normal, Later) automatic transmission shift • Lane Safety (if equipped) lever is shifted to the P (Park) - Choose the functions. (LKA, LDW, position. Off) • Power Tailgate (For Wagon, • Forward Safety (if equipped) Shooting Brake and CUV) (if - Choose the functions. (Active equipped) assist, Warning only, Off) - If this item is checked, the • Blind-spot safety (if equipped) power tailgate function will be - Choose the functions.(Warning activated.
Page 175 Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) * F or more details, refer to “Lighting” equipped, for power seat)” on page on page 4-123. 3-9. • Ambient light (if equipped) • Welcome Mirror/Light (if equipped) - If this item is checked, ambient - If this item is checked, the light function will be activated. welcome Mirror/light function • Head Lamp Delay will be activated. - If this item is checked, the head • Wireless Charging System (if lamp delay function will be equipped) activated. - If this item is checked, the wireless charging system function will be activated. Sound • Wiper/Light Display (if equipped) • Volume for PDW (Parking Distance - If this item is checked, the Warning) Wiper/Light Display will be - Adjust the PDW volume. (Level...
Page 176 Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) Other Features in either symbol, symbol and text, or • Fuel Economy Auto Reset text type only. - If this item is checked, the average fuel economy will reset Door, hood, tailgate open automatically after refueling or after ignition. • Fuel Economy Unit - Choose the fuel economy unit. (Km/L, L/100Km) • Temperature Unit - Choose the temperature unit. (°C, °F) • Tire Pressure Unit (if equipped) - Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar) OCDW049118 • This warning is displayed indicating which door, or the hood, Language or the tailgate is open. Choose the language Sunroof open (if equipped) Reset...
Page 177 Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) Engine has overheated Check Steering Wheel Lock System (for smart key system) • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates when the engine coolant if the steering wheel does not temperature is above 120°C lock normally when the ENGINE (248°F). This mean that the START/STOP button changes to engine is overheated and may be the OFF position. damaged. * I f your vehicle is overheated, refer Press clutch pedal to start engine to “IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS” on (for smart key system and manual page 7-8.
Page 178 Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) Shift to P or N to start engine (for contact an authorized Kia dealer/ smart key system) service partner. • This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with Press START button again (for the shift lever not in the P (Park) smart key system) or N (Neutral) position. • This warning message illuminates if you can not operate the ENGINE Press brake pedal to start engine...
Page 179 Features of your vehicle Trip information (Trip computer) recommends to visit an authorized and then illuminates, and also Kia dealer/service partner. warning chime sounds once. • The temperature on the Outside * F or more information, refer to Temperature Gauge is below “Driver Attention Warning (DAW) (if approximately 4°C (40°F). equipped)” on page 6-153. NOTICE Check BCW System (if equipped) If the icy road warning appears • This warning message is displayed while driving, you should drive if there is a problem with the more attentively and safely Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) refraining from over-speeding, rapid system. In this case, have the acceleration, sudden braking or vehicle inspected by a professional sharp turning, etc. workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner.
Page 180: Warning And Indicator Lights
This warning light illuminates: immediately. • Once you set the ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button to the ON position. CAUTION - It illuminates for approximately If the warning message is displayed 6 seconds and then goes off. continuously after adding the engine • When there is a malfunction with oil and traveling approximately the SRS. 50 km, have the vehicle inspected In this case, have the vehicle by a professional workshop as inspected by a professional soon as possible. Kia recommends workshop. Kia recommends to to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. Even if this warning service partner. message does not display after the engine has started, the engine Seat Belt Warning Light oil should be checked and supplied periodically. This warning light informs the driver and front passenger that the seat belt is not fastened. * F or more details, refer to the “Seat belts” on page 3-21.
Page 181 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights Parking Brake & Brake Fluid to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ Warning Light service partner. This warning light illuminates: Dual-diagonal braking system • Once you set the ignition switch Your vehicle is equipped with or ENGINE START/STOP button to dualdiagonal braking systems. This the ON position. means you still have braking on - It illuminates for approximately two wheels even if one of the dual 3 seconds systems should fail. - It remains on if the parking With only one of the dual systems brake is applied. working, more than normal pedal • When the parking brake is applied.
Page 182 This warning light illuminates: normally and you may experience an • Once you set the ignition switch unexpected and dangerous situation or ENGINE START/STOP button to during sudden braking. the ON position. In this case, avoid high speed driving - It illuminates for approximately and abrupt braking. 3 seconds and then goes off. Have the vehicle inspected by a • When there is a malfunction with professional workshop as soon as the ABS (The normal braking possible. Kia recommends to visit system will still be operational an authorized Kia dealer/service without the assistance of the partner. anti-lock brake system). In this case, have the vehicle inspected by a professional NOTICE workshop. Kia recommends to Electronic Brake force Distribution visit an authorized Kia dealer/ (EBD) System Warning Light service partner. When the ABS Warning Light is on or both ABS and Parking Brake &...
Page 183 CAUTION to the ON position and then Gasoline Engine goes out after approximately 3 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp seconds. (MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic • When there is a malfunction with converter damage is possible which the EPS. could result in loss of engine power. In this case, have the vehicle In this case, have the vehicle inspected by a professional inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to workshop as soon as possible. Kia visit an authorized Kia dealer/ recommends to visit an authorized service partner. Kia dealer/service partner. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) CAUTION Diesel Engine This warning light illuminates: If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp • Once you set the ignition switch (MIL) blinks, some error related to or ENGINE START/STOP button to the injection quantity adjustment the ON position.
Page 184 - It remains on until the engine is page 8-40). If the level is low, add started. oil as required. • When there is a malfunction with If the warning light remains either the alternator or electrical on after adding oil or if oil is charging system. not available, have the vehicle inspected by a professional If there is a malfunction with workshop as soon as possible. Kia either the alternator or electrical recommends to visit an authorized charging system: Kia dealer/service partner. 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. CAUTION 2. Turn the engine off and check the Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light alternator drive belt for looseness • If the engine does not stop or breakage.
Page 185 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights engine off immediately. In this tires are displayed on the LCD case, have the vehicle inspected display). by a professional workshop. * F or more details, refer to “Tire Kia recommends to visit an Pressure Monitoring System authorized Kia dealer/service (TPMS) (Type A) (if equipped)” partner. on page 7-10, “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (Type B) (if equipped)” on page 7-16. Low Fuel Level Warning Light This warning light remains on This warning light illuminates: after blinking for approximately 60 seconds or repeats blinking and off When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Page 186 This indicator light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch • When there is a malfunction with or ENGINE START/STOP button to the Forward Collision-Avoidance the ON position. Assist (FCA) system. - It illuminates for approximately In this case, have the vehicle 3 seconds and then goes off. inspected by a professional • When water has accumulated workshop. Kia recommends to visit inside the fuel filter. In this case, an authorized Kia dealer/service remove the water from the fuel partner. filter. * F or more details, refer to “Fuel Filter (for diesel)” on page 8-49. Master Warning Light This indicator light illuminates: CAUTION • This warning light informs the Fuel Filter Warning Light driver the following situations • When the Fuel Filter Warning Light...
Page 187 (Gasoline Engine) 1500 ~ 2000 engine rpm for a certain time (for about 25 This warning light illuminates: minutes). • When there is a malfunction with If this warning light blinks in spite of Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) the procedure (at this time the LCD system. warning message will be displayed), • When this warning light have the DPF system checked illuminates, it may turn off after by a professional workshop. Kia driving the vehicle: recommends to visit an authorized - The vehicle should be driven Kia dealer/service partner. for more than 30 minutes at a speed of 80 km/h (50 mph) and CAUTION faster. Diesel Engine with DPF (if equipped) - Ensure the following conditions If you continue to drive with the DPF are all met: safe road conditions, warning light blinking for a long time,...
Page 188: Indicator Lights
Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) recommends to visit an authorized Warning Light (if equipped) Kia dealer/service partner. This warning light illuminates: CAUTION • Once you set the ENGINE START/ Gasoline Engine with GPF (if STOP button to the ON position. equipped) - It illuminates for approximately If you continue to drive with the GPF 3 seconds and then goes off. warning light blinking for a long time, - When there is a malfunction the GPF system can be damaged with the EPB. and fuel consumption can worsen.
Page 189 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights - It illuminates for approximately When the automatic starting occurs, 3 seconds and then goes off. the auto stop indicator on the • When there is a malfunction with cluster will blink for 5 seconds. the ESC system. * F or more details, refer to “ISG (Idle In this case, have the vehicle Stop and Go) system (if equipped)” inspected by a professional on page 6-114. workshop. Kia recommends to NOTICE visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system, some This indicator light blinks: warning lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, While the ESC is operating. EPS or Parking brake warning light) * F or more details, refer to may turn on for a few seconds. This “Electronic Stability Control (ESC)” happens because of the low battery on page 6-55.
Page 190 2 seconds and goes off: immobilizer in your key properly • When the vehicle can not detect while the ignition switch is ON. the smart key which is in the - At this time, you can start the vehicle while the ENGINE START/ engine. STOP button is ON. - The indicator light goes off after In this case, have the vehicle starting the engine. inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to This indicator light blinks: visit an authorized Kia dealer/ • When there is a malfunction with service partner. the immobilizer system. In this case, have the vehicle This indicator light blinks: inspected by a professional work • When the battery of the smart shop. Kia recommends to visit key is weak. an authorized Kia dealer/service - At this time, you can not start partner.
Page 191 Features of your vehicle Warning and indicator lights If any of the following occurs, beam assist system will switch there may a malfunction with the high beam to low beam the turn signal system. In this automatically. case, have the vehicle inspected * F or more details, refer to “High by a professional workshop. Kia Beam Assist (if equipped)” on page recommends to visit an authorized 4-126. Kia dealer/service partner. - The indicator light does not blink Light ON Indicator Light but illuminates. - The indicator light blinks more This indicator light illuminates: rapidly. • When the tail lights or headlights - The indicator light does not are on. illuminate at all.
Page 192: Parking Distance Warning-Reverse (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning-reverse air temperature, and battery Parking distance warning- condition. reverse (if equipped) If the indicator light remains on Type A or blinks after the engine has warmed up or while driving, there may a malfunction with the engine preheating system. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. NOTICE OCDW049005 Engine Preheating Type B If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after the preheating is completed, set the ignition switch or ENGINE START/STOP button to the LOCK or OFF position for 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat the engine again. LKA (Lane Keeping Assist)
Page 193: Operation Of The Parking Distance Warning-Reverse
NOTICE responsibility of the driver to always check the area behind the vehicle The indicator may differ from the before and while backing up. illustration as objects or sensors status. If the indicator blinks, have the Operation of the parking distance system checked by a professional warning-reverse workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service Operating condition partner. • This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch Non-operational conditions of parking distance warning-reverse If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 5 km/h (3 mph), the system may not be activated correctly. The parking distance warning- • The sensing distance while the...
Page 194: Parking Distance Warning-Reverse Precautions
Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning-reverse will operate normally when the Parking distance warning-reverse precautions material is removed or the sensor • The parking distance warning- is no longer blocked.) reverse may not sound 3. Driving on uneven road surfaces consistently depending on the (unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, speed and shapes of the objects gradient). detected. 4. Objects generating excessive noise • The parking distance warning- (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle reverse may malfunction if the engines, or truck air brakes) are vehicle bumper height or sensor within range of the sensor. installation has been modified 5. Heavy rain or water spray exists. or damaged. Any non-factory 6. Wireless transmitters or mobile installed equipment or accessories phones are within range of the may also interfere with the sensor sensor. performance. 7. The sensor is covered with snow.
Page 195: Self-Diagnosis
Parking distance warning-reverse Always visually check behind the Your new vehicle warranty does vehicle when backing up. Be sure not cover any accidents or damage to inform any drivers of the vehicle to the vehicle or injuries to its that may be unfamiliar with the occupants due to a parking distance system regarding the systems warning-reverse malfunction. capabilities and limitations. Always drive safely and cautiously. WARNING Pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the object’s distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction. Self-diagnosis If you don’t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently when shifting the gear to the R (Reverse) position, this may indicate a malfunction in the parking distance warning- reverse. If this occurs, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. WARNING...
Page 196: Parking Distance Warning (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning Parking distance warning The parking distance warning assists the driver during movement of the (if equipped) vehicle by chiming if any object is Front sensed within the distance of 105 cm (41 in.) in front and 125 cm (49 in.) behind the vehicle. This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Whenever moving pay as OCDW049006 much attention to what is in front Rear (Type A) and behind of you as you would in a vehicle without a parking distance warning. WARNING The parking distance warning should only be considered as a supplementary function. The driver must check the front and rear view. The operational function of the parking distance warning can OCDW049005 be affected by many factors and Rear (Type B) conditions of the surroundings, so...
Page 197: Operation Of The Parking Distance Warning
Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning Operation of the parking distance • The side sensors are activated warning when you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position. • If the vehicle speed is above Operating condition 20km/h, the system automatically turns off. To activate again, push the button. NOTICE It may not operate if it’s distance from the object is already less than approximately 25 cm when the system is ON. OCDW049007 • This system activates when the parking distance warning button is pressed with the ignition switch • The indicator of the parking distance warning button turns on automatically and activates the parking distance warning when you shift the gear to the R (Reverse) position. It will turn off automatically when you drive above 30 km/h (19 mph).
Page 198 Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning Type of warning indicator and sound Black : with Warning sound Red : without Warning sound Warning indicator Distance from object Warning sound When driving forward When driving rearward 105 cm ~ 69 Buzzer beeps Front intermittently 120 cm ~ 69 Buzzer beeps Rear intermittently Front Buzzer beeps frequently 68 cm ~ 42 Rear Buzzer beeps frequently Buzzer sounds Front continuously 41 cm Buzzer sounds Rear continuously NOTICE NOTICE • The actual warning sound and...
Page 199: Non-Operational Conditions Of Parking Distance Warning
Features of your vehicle Parking distance warning • Be sure to inform any drivers of 3. Heavy rain or water spray. the vehicle that may be unfamiliar 4. Wireless transmitters or cellular with the system regarding phones present near the sensor. the systems capabilities and 5. Sensor is covered with snow. limitations. Detecting range may decrease when: Non-operational conditions of 1. Outside air temperature is parking distance warning extremely hot or cold. 2. Undetectable objects smaller than Parking distance warning may not 1 m and narrower than 14 cm in operate normally when: diameter.
Page 200: Self-Diagnosis
• You don’t hear an audible warning NOTICE sound or if the buzzer sounds This system can only sense objects intermittently. within the range and location of the • (blinks) is displayed. (if sensors, it can not detect objects in equipped) other areas where sensors are not installed. Also, small or slim objects, If this occurs, have the system or objects located between sensors checked by a professional may not be detected. workshop. Kia recommends to visit Always visually check in front and an authorized Kia dealer/service behind the vehicle when driving. Be partner. sure to inform any drivers in the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with WARNING the system regarding the systems Your new vehicle warranty does capabilities and limitations. not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants related to a parking WARNING distance warning. Always drive Pay close attention when the vehicle safely and cautiously. is driven close to objects on the road, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. Be aware that...
Page 201: Parking Assist (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Parking assist Parking assist (if equipped) The Parking Assist helps drivers park their vehicle by using sensors Parallel parking to measure parking spaces, control the steering wheel to semi- automatically park the vehicle and provide instruction on the LCD display to help through parking. Additionally, the system provides assistance when leaving (parallel exit) a parking space. * T he volume for the Parking Assist can be adjusted. Refer to “User OCDW059149 settings mode” on page 4-75. Reverse parking NOTICE • The vehicle will not stop for pedestrians or objects that may be in its path, so the driver must monitor the maneuver. • Use the system only in parking lots and places used for parking. • The system does not work if there is no car parked in front of the parking space you are planning to OCDW059145 park or if it is a diagonal parking...
Page 202: Operating Condition
Parking Assist System is canceled Operating condition by pressing the button to the OFF Right side - Parallel parking / Left side - position. Parallel parking WARNING • The Parking Assist should only be considered as a supplementary function. The driver must check the front and rear view for objects. The operational function of the Parking Assist can be affected by many factors and conditions of the surroundings, OCDW059142 so the responsibility rests always Right side - Reverse parking / Left side with the driver. - Reverse parking • The system may not operate normally if the vehicle needs wheel alignment adjustment. In this case, have the vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Kia recommends to always use the same size tire and wheel recommended by an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. If OCDW059147 you use a different tire or wheel size the system may not work properly. If you use a different tire or wheel size rather than the size...
Page 203: Non-Operating Condition
Features of your vehicle Parking assist Left side - Parallel exit / Right side - objects such as fire extinguisher, Parallel exit etc. • The sensor is positioned incorrectly by an impact to the bumper • Bumpy roads • A vehicle equipped with a snow chain or spare tire • Tire pressure lower or higher than the standard tire pressure • A trailer connected to the vehicle • Slippery or uneven road • Big vehicles such as buses or OCDW059148 The system will help park the vehicle trucks parked in the middle or back of a parked • EPS (Electronic Power Steering) vehicle. Use the system when all the indicator light remains on the below conditions are met. instrument cluster • When the parking space is a • Front or rear distance sensors straight line.
Page 204 Features of your vehicle Parking assist 1. Parking on inclines 3. Parking in narrow space OCDW049009 OCDW049011 The driver must apply the The system may not search for accelerator and brake pedal when parking spaces if the space is too parking on inclines. If the driver narrow. Even if the system is is unfamiliar with applying the operating, always be careful. accelerator and brake pedal, a 4. Parking diagonal vehicle accident may occur. 2. Parking in snow OCDW059150 The system is a supplemental for parallel parking or perpendicular OCDW049010 Snow may interfere with sensor parking. Diagonal line parking is operation or the system may not available. Even if the vehicle cancel if the road is slippery is able to enter the space, do while parking. Also, if the driver not operate the Parking Assist. is unfamiliar with applying the The system will attempt parallel accelerator and brake pedal, a car parking or reverse (perpendicular) accident may occur. parking.
Page 205 Features of your vehicle Parking assist 5. Parking in uneven road OCDW049014 Obstacle such as a pillar may OCDW049012 interfere with the system when Parking in uneven roads, the driver looking for a parking space. needs to properly apply the pedal Even though, a parking space is (clutch, accelerator or brake). If available the system may not not, the system may cancel when detect a parking space. the vehicle slips or an accident 8. Leaving a parking space near a may occur. wall 6. Parking behind a truck OCDW049011 OCDW049013 When leaving a parking space that An accident may occur when is narrow and near a wall, the parking behind a vehicle higher system may not work properly. than yours. For example, bus, When leaving a parking space truck, etc. similar to the above picture, Do not solely rely on the Parking the driver must watch out for Assist. obstacles while leaving. 7. Obstacle in parking space...
Page 206: How The System Works (Parking Mode)
Features of your vehicle Parking assist How the system works (Parking • For your safety, always apply mode) the brake pedal except for when 1. Activate the Parking Assist driving. The shift lever should be placed in D (Drive). 2. Select parking mode 1. Activate Parking Assist • If the parking mode is selected with the shift lever in N (Neutral) after starting the engine, the exit mode will be selected automatically and after driving, the parking mode will be selected. 3. (Optional) Search for parking space (slowly move forward.) 4. (Optional) Search complete (automatic search by sensor.) OCDW049015 5. Steering wheel control • Press the Parking Assist button 1) S hift according to the (the button indicator will instruction on the LCD display.
Page 207 Features of your vehicle Parking assist • If the system already recognized Left side - Parallel parking parking space before activating the Parking Assist, you can see “Parking search” or “Space found”. • The right side parallel mode is selected automatically when the Parking Assist is activated. • The mode changes from parallel mode (right → left) to reverse mode (right → left) whenever the Parking Assist button is pressed. (for LHD) OCDW059043 • The mode changes from parallel Right side - Reverse parking mode (left → right) to reverse mode (left → right) whenever the Parking Assist button is pressed. (for RHD) • If the button is pressed again, the system will turn off. 3. Search for parking space (optional) Right side - Parallel parking OCDW059044 Left side - Reverse parking OCDW059042...
Page 208 Features of your vehicle Parking assist 50cm ~ 150cm (19.6in.~59.0in.) 3. When it snows or rains heavily with the parked vehicles. The side 4. When a pillar or object is near sensors will search for a parking space. • If the vehicle speed is over 20 km/h (12 mph), a message will appear to notify you to reduce speed. • If vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (18 mph), the system will be canceled. NOTICE OCDW059151 • Turn on the hazard warning flasher if it is crowded with other NOTICE vehicles. Slowly drive forward maintaining • If the parking lot is small, slowly the distance of approximately 50cm drive more nearer to the parking ~ 150cm (19.6in.~59.0in.) with the space. parked vehicles. If it is not within the • The search for a parking space will distance, the system may not be be completed only when there is able to search for a parking space.
Page 209 Features of your vehicle Parking assist 4. Recognizing parking space Left side - Reverse parking (optional) Right side - Parallel parking OCDW059049 When a parking space is found, a blank box will appear like the above OCDW059046 picture. Drive forward slowly, then Left side - Parallel parking the “Shift to R” message will appear. 5. Search complete Right side - Parallel parking OCDW059047 Right side - Reverse parking OCDW059050 OCDW059048...
Page 210 Features of your vehicle Parking assist Left side - Parallel parking will appear with a beep sound if the search is complete. Stop the vehicle and shift to the R (Reverse) position. CAUTION • Always drive slowly with the brake pedal applied. • If the parking space is to small the system may be canceled at the Steering wheel control stage. Do not park your vehicle if the space OCD058051 is too small. Right side - Reverse parking 6. Steering wheel control OCD058052 Left side - Reverse parking OCD058063 • The above message will appear if the shift lever is in R (Reverse). The steering wheel will be controlled automatically. • The system will be canceled if you firmly hold the steering wheel while it is controlled automatically. • The system will be canceled if vehicle speed is over 7 km/h (4.3 OCD058053 mph).
Page 211 Features of your vehicle Parking assist within 30cm: continuous beep) WARNING is heard for the object is close to your vehicle. If the vehicle gets too Do not put your hands between close to the object, the warning the steering wheel while it is being will not sound. automatically controlled. • Be cautious not to accelerate too fast to avoid any crash with other CAUTION vehicles around. • Always drive slowly with the brake pedal applied. To cancel the system while parking • Always check for objects around • Press the Parking Assist button your vehicle before driving. and hold until the system is • If the vehicle does not move even canceled. though the brake pedal is not • Press long the Parking Assist depressed, check the surrounding button while the system is before depressing the accelerator...
Page 212 Features of your vehicle Parking assist and drive the vehicle with the brake pedal depressed. CAUTION Always check the surrounding before releasing the brake pedal. WARNING Always be careful while parking for OCD058062 Automatic transmission other vehicles or pedestrians. 7. Parking Assist completed OCD058061 OCD058055 Complete parking your vehicle according to the instructions on the LCD display. If required, manually control the steering wheel and complete parking your vehicle. NOTICE OCD058062 The brake pedal must be depressed Gear shift while steering wheel by the driver while parking your control vehicle. When the above message appears with a beep sound, shift the gear...
Page 213: Additional Instructions (Messages)
Features of your vehicle Parking assist Additional instructions (Messages) The messages will appear according to the circumstances. Follow the instructions provided while parking your vehicle with the Parking Assist. NOTICE • In the below conditions the system will be canceled. Park your vehicle manually. - When the ABS is activated. - When the TCS/ESC is turned off. OCD058065 • When vehicle speed is above 20km/h while searching for a parking space a message “Reduce speed” will appear • In the below condition the system will not activate. - When the TCS/ESC is turned off. System malfunction OCD058056 Type A OCD058066 OCD058067 The brake pedal must be depressed by the driver while parking your vehicle. When the Parking Assist is operating, a message may appear regardless of the parking order.
Page 214: How The System Works (Exit Mode)
• Before activating the system button will not light up and a beep check if the conditions are possible sound will be heard. to use the system. • If there is a problem with only the • For your safety, always apply Parking Assist, the Parking Assist the brake pedal except for when System will operate. driving. If you notice any problem, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia 1. Activate Parking Assist recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. How the system works (Exit mode) The Exit Mode operates in the below condition: 1. Activate the Parking Assist The shift lever should be placed in P (Park). 2. Select Exit Mode OCDW049015 • If the parking mode is selected • Press the Parking Assist button...
Page 215 Features of your vehicle Parking assist • The Parking Assist System will be • Select the mode by pressing the activated (the button indicator will Parking Assist button with the illuminate). shift lever in P (Park) and the A warning sound will be heard if brake pedal depressed. an obstacle is detected. • The left side parallel mode is • Press the Parking Assist button selected automatically when the again for more than 1.5 seconds Parking Assist is activated. to turn off the system. • To select the right side parallel • The Parking Assist defaults to the mode press the Parking Assist OFF position whenever the ignition button once more. switch is turned on. • If the button is pressed again, the system will turn off. 2. Select Exit Mode 3.
Page 216 Features of your vehicle Parking assist 4. Steering wheel control The Parking Assist checks the front and rear space to exit the vehicle from the parking space. NOTICE • When checking surroundings, if the front or rear vehicle (or object) is too near, the system may not work properly. • The system may not operate normally in the following OCD058061 conditions: 1. When the sensors are frozen. 2. When the sensors are dirty. 3. When it snows or rains heavily. 4. When a pillar or object is near. • When exiting the parking space if an obstacle is detected that may cause an accident, the system may cancel. • If the space is too small to exit the system may cancel. OCD058062 CAUTION • If searching surroundings is completed, continue using the system after checking the surrounding area.
Page 217 Features of your vehicle Parking assist 5. Exiting Complete The steering wheel will be controlled automatically. • The system will be canceled if you firmly hold the steering wheel while it is controlled automatically. • The system will be canceled if vehicle speed is over 7km/h (4.3mph). WARNING Do not put your hands between OCD058064 the steering wheel while it is being When assisting the driver exit the automatically controlled. parking space is completed the above message will appear. To cancel the system while exiting Turn the steering wheel to the • Press the Parking Assist System direction you are leaving and button. manually control the steering wheel • Press the Parking Assist button while leaving the parking space.
Page 218: Additional Instructions (Messages)
Features of your vehicle Parking assist • The system will be canceled for • In the below conditions the safety reasons if the vehicle is system will be canceled. Park your parked at a small space near a vehicle manually. wall. - When the ABS is activated. - When the TCS/ESC is turned off. • In the below condition the system Additional instructions (Messages) will not activate - When the TCS/ESC is turned off. System malfunction Type A OCD058065 OCD058067 Type B OCD058066 When the Parking Assist is operating, a message may appear regardless of the exiting order. The messages will appear according to the circumstances. Follow the instructions provided while parking OCD058068 your vehicle with the Parking Assist. • If there is a problem with the system, when the system is NOTICE...
Page 219: Rear View Monitor (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Rear view monitor turned on, the above message will Rear view monitor (if equipped) appear. Type A Also, the indicator on the button will not light up and a beep sound will be heard. • If there is a problem with only the Parking Assist, the Parking Assist System will operate. If you notice any problem, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service OCDW049008 partner. Type B CAUTION The system may not work properly by providing incorrect messages when the sensors are interfered by other vehicle sensors and noise, or it is on a road that interferes with receiving signals. OCDW049093 Type C OCDW049428...
Page 220 Features of your vehicle Rear view monitor vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. CAUTION • Do not spray the camera or its OCDW049079 surrounding area directly with The Rear view monitor will activate a high pressure washer. Shock when the engine is running and applied from high pressure water the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) may cause the device to not position. operate normally. • Do not use any cleanser containing This is a supplemental system that acid or alkaline detergents when shows the area behind the vehicle cleaning the lens. Use only a mild through the mirror or navigation soap or neutral detergent, and display while backing-up. rinse thoroughly with water. WARNING The Rear view monitor is not a NOTICE safety device. It only serves to Always keep the camera lens clean.
Page 221: Lighting
Features of your vehicle Lighting Lighting turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position. Battery saver function CAUTION • The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from If the driver gets out of the vehicle being discharged. The system through other doors (except driver’s automatically turns off the door), the battery saver function parking lights when the driver does not operate and the headlight removes the ignition key (smart escort function does not turn off key: turns off the engine) and automatically. Therefore, It causes opens the driver-side door. the battery to be discharged. In this • With this feature, the parking case, make sure to turn off the lamp lights will be turned off before getting out of the vehicle. automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. If necessary, to keep the lights on Headlight welcome function (if equipped) when the ignition key is removed, (smart key: turns off the engine)
Page 222: Lighting Control
Features of your vehicle Lighting to a country with opposite traffic Parking light position ( direction, this asymmetric part will dazzle oncoming car driver. To prevent dazzle, ECE regulation demand several technical solutions (ex. automatic change system, adhesive sheet, down aiming). This headlamps are designed not to dazzle opposite drivers. So, you need not change your headlamps in a country with opposite traffic direction. OCDW049439 When the light switch is in the Lighting control parking light position (2nd position), the tail position, license and instrument panel lights will turn ON. Headlight position ( OCDW049438 The light switch has a Headlight and a Parking light position. To operate the lights, turn the knob at the end of the control lever to one OCDW049440 When the light switch is in the of the following positions: headlight position (3rd position), 1. Off position the head, tail, position, license and 2. Auto light position...
Page 223: High Beam Operation
Features of your vehicle Lighting The ignition switch must be in • If your vehicle has window tint or the ON position to turn on the other types of metallic coating headlights. on the front windshield, the Auto light system may not work properly. Auto light position High beam operation OCDW049090 When the light switch is in the AUTO light position, the taillights (bulb OCDW049441 type) and headlights will be turned To turn on the high beam headlights: ON or OFF automatically depending • Push the lever away from you. on the amount of light outside the Pull it back for low beams. vehicle. The high beam indicator will light when the headlight high beams However, LED type taillight is always are switched on. To prevent the on regardless of the amount of light battery from being discharged, outside the vehicle. do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is CAUTION not running.
Page 224: High Beam Assist (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Lighting Operating condition • Pull the lever towards you. It will return to the normal (low beam) 1. Place the light switch in the AUTO position when released. position. 2. Turn on the high beam by pushing the lever away from you. The High Beam Assist ( indicator will illuminate. 3. The High Beam Assist will turn on when vehicle speed is above 45kph (28mph). • If the lever is pushed away when the High Beam Assist is operating, the High Beam Assist will turn off and the high beam OCDW049443 The headlight switch does not will be on continuously. The High need to be on to use this flashing Beam Assist ( ) indicator will feature. turn off. • If the lever is pulled towards you when the high beam is on with High Beam Assist (if equipped) operating High Beam Assist, the The High Beam Assist is a system High Beam Assist will turn off.
Page 225 Features of your vehicle Lighting • When streetlights or other lights • When only part of the vehicle in are detected. front is visible on a crossroad or • When vehicle speed is below curved road. 35km/h (22 mph). • When there is a traffic light, • When headlamp/taillamp of reflecting sign, flashing sign or bicycle/motorcycle is detected. mirror. • When the road conditions are bad CAUTION such as being wet or covered with snow. The system may not operate • When the front vehicle’s normally in the below conditions. headlamps are off but the fog • When the light from the oncoming lamps on. or front vehicle is not detected • When a vehicle suddenly appears because of lamp damage, hidden from a curve. from sight, etc.
Page 226: Turn Signals And Lane Change Signals
Features of your vehicle Lighting always check the road conditions If an indicator stays on and does for your safety. When the system not flash or if it flashes abnormally, does not operate normally, one of the turn signal bulbs may manually change between the be burned out and will require high beam and low beam. replacement. One-touch lane change function Turn signals and lane change To activate a one-touch turn signal signals function, move the turn signal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can activate/deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings mode on the LCD WINDOWS. For more details, refer to “User settings mode” on OCDW049444 page 4-75. The ignition switch must be on for the turn signals to function. To turn NOTICE on the turn signals, move the lever If an indicator flash is abnormally...
Page 227: Front Fog Light (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Lighting Front fog light (if equipped) Rear fog light (if equipped) OCDW049446 OCDW049447 Fog lights are used to provide To turn the rear fog lights on, turn improved visibility when visibility is the rear fog light switch (1) to the poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. on position when the headlight is The fog lights will turn on when the turned on. fog light switch (1) is turned on after Also, the rear fog lights turn on the parklight is turned on. when the rear fog light switch is To turn off the fog lights: turned on after the front fog light • Turn the fog light switch (1) to the switch (if equipped) is turned on ON position. and the headlight switch is in the parklight position. CAUTION To turn the rear fog lights off: When in operation, the fog lights • Turn the rear fog light switch to consume large amounts of vehicle the on position again.
Page 228: Headlight Leveling Device
Features of your vehicle Lighting 2. The engine is OFF. Loading condition Switch position 3. The front fog light is on. Driver only 4. Engaging the parking brake. Driver + Front passenger Headlight leveling device Full passengers (including driver) Full passengers (including driver) + Maximum permissible loading Driver + Maximum permissible loading OCDW049016 To adjust the headlight beam level according to the number of the passengers and loading weight in the luggage area, turn the beam leveling switch. The higher the number of the switch position, the lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling position, or headlights may dazzle other road users. Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings. For loading conditions other than those listed below, adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtained according to the list.
Page 229: Wipers And Washers
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers Wipers and washers • 2 — Continuous wipe • 1 — Intermittent wipe* Windshield wiper/washer • ○ — Off E: Wash with brief wipes (rear)* * if equipped Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON. : For a single wiping cycle, move the lever to this (MIST/ ) position OCDW049019 and release it. The wipers will Rear window wiper/washer operate continuously if the lever is held in this position. 0: Wiper is not in operation ---: W iper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals.
Page 230 Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers perform a self-check of the system. NOTICE Set the wiper to OFF (○) position If there is heavy accumulation when the wiper is not in use. of snow or ice on the windshield, defrost the windshield for about CAUTION 10 minutes, or until the snow and/ When the ignition switch is ON and or ice is removed before using the the windshield wiper switch is placed windshield wipers to ensure proper in the AUTO mode, use caution in operation. If you do not remove the the following situations to avoid any snow and/or ice before using the injury to the hands or other parts of wiper and washer, it may damage the body: the Wiper and washer system. • Do not touch the upper end of the windshield glass facing the rain sensor. Auto control (if equipped) • Do not wipe the upper end of the windshield glass with a damp or wet cloth. • Do not put pressure on the windshield glass.
Page 231: Windshield Washers
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers the OFF (○) position. Otherwise, to add appropriate non-abrasive wipers may operate and ice may windshield washer fluid to the damage the windshield wiper washer reservoir. blades. Always remove all snow The reservoir filler neck is and ice and defrost the windshield located in the front of the engine properly prior to operating the compartment on the passenger side. windshield wipers. • When tinting the windshield, be CAUTION careful of any fluid getting into the sensor located in the top To prevent possible damage to the center of the front windshield. It washer pump, do not operate the may damage the related parts. washer when the fluid reservoir is empty. Windshield washers WARNING Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first warming the windshield with the defrosters; the washer solution could freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision. CAUTION OCDW049020 • To prevent possible damage to...
Page 232: Rear Window Wiper And Washer Switch
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers • To prevent possible damage to the Rear window wiper and washer switch wipers and washer system, use anti-freezing washer fluids in the winter season or cold weather. Headlight washer (if equipped) If your vehicle is equipped with the headlight washer it will operate at the same time when you operate the windshield washer. However, if this function is operated once, the OCDW049021 headlight washer will not operate The rear window wiper and washer within 15 minutes. It will operate switch is located at the end of the when the headlight is ON and the wiper and washer switch lever. Turn ignition switch or ENGINE START/ the switch to the desired position to STOP button is in the ON position. operate the rear wiper and washer. The washer fluid will be sprayed on HI / 2 - Normal wiper operation to the headlights.
Page 233: Heated Washer Nozzle (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Wipers and washers The spray and wiper operation In below conditions, the heated will continue until you release the washer nozzle may not function lever. properly. • The washer fluids in the washer reservoir is frozen. Heated washer nozzle (if equipped) • Outside temperature sensor is The heated washer nozzle function malfunctioning. defreeze the washer nozzles in freezing weather. The heated washer nozzle will turn on and off automatically when the ignition switch is in ON or when the engine is running in following conditions: • Turns ON when the outside temperature is below 5°C, and OFF when it is over 10°C. • The washer fluid defreezing speed may be slower when the ignition is in ON, than compared to when the engine is running.
Page 234: Interior Light
Features of your vehicle Interior light Interior light Type B CAUTION Do not use the interior lights for extended periods when engine is not running. It may cause battery discharge. WARNING Do not use the interior lights when OBDC049058RE driving in the dark. Accidents could • (1): P ress the lamps to turn the happen because the view may be front map lamps on and off. obscured by interior lights. • (2): - The map lamp and room lamp comes on when a door is Map lamp opened. The lamps go out after Type A approximately 30 seconds. - The map lamp and room lamp comes on for approximately 30 seconds when doors are unlocked with a transmitter or smart key as long as the doors are not opened. - The map lamp and room lamp will stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with...
Page 235: Room Lamp
Features of your vehicle Interior light the ON position or all doors are Type B locked. - To turn off the DOOR mode, press the DOOR button (2) once again (not pressed). NOTICE The DOOR mode and ROOM mode can not be selected at a time. OCDW049082 Front Map Lamp: • : T he light stays on at all times. (3): P ress this switch to turn the front map lamps on. Luggage room lamp (4): P ress this switch to turn the Type A front map lamps off. Room lamp Type A OCDW049024 ODEEV068148NR...
Page 236: Vanity Mirror Lamp (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Interior light Type B • : T he lamp will turn on if this button is pressed. • : T he lamp will turn off if this button is pressed. CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off, it may OCDW049475 discharge the battery or damage the The luggage room lamp comes on sunvisor. when the trunk (tailgate) is opened. CAUTION Glove box lamp (if equipped) The luggage room lamp comes on as long as the trunk (tailgate) opens. To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the trunk (tailgate) securely after using the luggage room.
Page 237: Defroster
Features of your vehicle Defroster Defroster • Press the rear window defroster button. The indicator on the rear window CAUTION defroster button illuminates when To prevent damage to the the defroster is ON. conductors bonded to the inside If there is heavy accumulation of surface of the rear window, never snow on the rear window, brush use sharp instruments or window it off before operating the rear cleaners containing abrasives to defroster. clean the window. The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or NOTICE when the ignition switch is turned If you want to defrost and defog the off. To turn off the defroster, front windshield, refer to “Windshield press the rear window defroster defrosting and defogging” on page button again. 4-161. Outside rear view mirror defroster (if equipped) Rear window defroster If your vehicle is equipped with the...
Page 238: Manual Climate Control System (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system Manual climate control system (if equipped) Type A OCDW049317 Type B OCDW049318 1. Fan speed control knob CAUTION 2. Temperature control knob Operating the blower when the 3. Air conditioning button (if ignition switch is in the ON position equipped) could cause the battery to discharge. 4. Rear window defroster button Operate the blower when the engine 5. Air intake control button is running. 6. Mode selection knob...
Page 239: Heating And Air Conditioning
Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system Heating and air conditioning OCDW049319 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. For improving the effectiveness of heating and cooling; • Heating: • Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning (if equipped) system...
Page 240 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system Mode selection small amount directed to the side window defrosters. Defrost-Level (A, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield with a small amount of air directed to the side window defrosters. Instrument panel vents OCDW049320 The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position. OCDW049307 The outlet vents can be opened Face-Level (B, D) or closed separately using the Air flow is directed toward the upper thumbwheel. To close the vent, body and face. Additionally, each rotate it downward to the maximum outlet can be controlled to direct the position.
Page 241 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected, air from the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled according to the function selected. Outside (fresh) air position With the outside (fresh) air OCDW049322 position selected, air enters To change the air temperature in the the vehicle from outside and passenger compartment: is heated or cooled according to the • Turn the knob to the right position function selected. for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air. NOTICE Air intake control Prolonged operation of the heater The air intake control is used to in the recirculated air position select the outside (fresh) air position (without air conditioning selected) or recirculated air position.
Page 242 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system To turn off the blowers • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and/or body temperature. • Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle control. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driving. OCDW049326 To turn off the blowers: • Turn the fan speed control knob to the “0” position. Fan speed control The ignition switch must be in the Air conditioning (A/C) ON position for fan operation. OCDW049325 OCDW049324 Press the A/C button to turn the air...
Page 243: System Operation
3. Set the temperature control to the windshield, set the air the desired position. intake control to the fresh air 4. Set the fan speed control to the position and fan speed to the desired speed. desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust Heating the temperature control to 1. Set the mode to the position. desired temperature. 2. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position. Air conditioning 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. Kia Air Conditioning Systems are 4. Set the fan speed control to the filled with environmentally friendly desired speed. refrigerant*. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, 1. Start the engine. Push the air turn the air conditioning system conditioning button. (if equipped) on. 2. Set the mode to the position. • If the windshield fogs up, set the 3. Set the air intake control to the mode to the position. outside air or recirculated air position. Operation Tips 4. Adjust the fan speed control and...
Page 244 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system conditioning should only be used CAUTION with the windows closed. • The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and Air conditioning system operation certified technicians to insure tips proper and safe operation. • If the vehicle has been parked in • The refrigerant system should be direct sunlight during hot weather, serviced in a well-ventilated place. open the windows for a short time • The air conditioning evaporator to let the hot air inside the vehicle (cooling coil) shall never be escape. repaired or replaced with one • To help reduce moisture inside of removed from a used or salvaged the windows on rainy or humid vehicle and new replacement MAC days, decrease the humidity inside evaporators shall be certified (and the vehicle by operating the air labeled) as meeting SAE Standard...
Page 245: Climate Control Air Filter (If Equipped)
If dust or other pollutants cause the air inside the vehicle to accumulate in the filter over a become stale. period of time, the air flow from the • During cooling operation, you may air vents may decrease, resulting occasionally notice a misty air in moisture accumulation on the flow because of rapid cooling and inside of the windshield even when humid air intake. This is a normal the outside (fresh) air position is system operation characteristic. selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by a professional workshop. Kia Climate control air filter (if recommends to visit an authorized equipped) Kia dealer/service partner. NOTICE • Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required. • When the air flow rate suddenly ODEEV068230NR A: Outside air decreases, have the system...
Page 246: Air Conditioning Refrigerant Label
* R efer to “Refrigerant label (if equipped)” on page 9-22. Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and OCDW069042 compressor lubricant Example Type B When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also has a bad influence on the air conditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, have the system inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OCDW069043 * T he actual Air Conditioning WARNING refrigerant label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. Vehicles equipped with R-134a* Because the refrigerant is Each symbols and specification on at very high pressure, the air air conditioning refrigerant label conditioning system should only be means as below;...
Page 247 Features of your vehicle Manual climate control system in your vehicle should only be WARNING serviced by trained and certified technicians. Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf* Since the refrigerant is mildly inflammable and operated at high pressure, the air conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. (Refer to the SAE J2845) It is important that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant are used. All refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries. * Y our vehicle is filled with R-134a or R-1234yf according to the regulation in your country at the time of producing. You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied your vehicle at the label inside of engine room. Refer to “Refrigerant label (if equipped)” on page 9-22.
Page 248: Automatic Climate Control System (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system Automatic climate control system (if equipped) OCDW049300 1. Driver’s temperature control knob 2. AUTO (automatic control) button 3. Front windshield defroster button 4. Rear window defroster button 5. Air conditioning button 6. Air intake control button 7. Blower OFF button 8. Fan speed control button 9. Mode selection button 10. Passenger’s temperature control knob 11. SYNC button CAUTION Operating the blower when the ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the blower when the engine is running.
Page 249: Automatic Heating And Air Conditioning
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system Automatic heating and air - Front windshield defroster conditioning button (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield defroster function. The AUTO sign will illuminate on the information display once again.) - Air intake control button - Fan speed control knob The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically. • For your convenience and to OCDW049302 1. Push the AUTO button. The improve the effectiveness of the modes, fan speeds, air intake and climate control, use the AUTO air-conditioning will be controlled button and set the temperature automatically according to the to 23°C (73°F). temperature setting. OCDW049304 OCDW049303 2. Set the temperature control knob NOTICE to set the desired temperature.
Page 250: Manual Heating And Air Conditioning
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system Manual heating and air conditioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pushing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works sequentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button (or turning any knob) except the AUTO OCDW049327 button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected Mode selection button will be controlled automatically. You can select various modes using 1. Start the engine. the face, floor and/or defrost mode 2. Set the mode to the desired button. position. To improve the effectiveness of If you push the button once, the heating and cooling: corresponding switch will turn on, and if you push the button again, the • Heating: switch will turn off.
Page 251 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system small amount directed to the side Instrument panel vents window defrosters. Defrost-Level (A, D) Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield. Defrost mode OCDW049307 The outlet port can be opened or closed separately using the horizontal thumbwheel. To close the vent, rotate it downward to the maximum position. To open the vent, rotate it upward to the desired position. OCDW049306 Also, you can adjust the direction of When you select the defrost mode, air delivered from these vents using the following system settings will be the vent control lever as shown. made automatically: • The air conditioning system will be Temperature control turned on. • The fan speed will be set to the high speed.
Page 252 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system Adjusting the driver and passenger The temperature will decrease to side temperature individually the minimum (Lo) by turning the • Press the “SYNC” button again to knob to the left extremely. adjust the driver and passenger When turning the knob, the side temperature individually. The temperature will increase or illumination of button turns off. decrease by 0.5°C/1°F. When set • Operate the driver side to the lowest temperature setting, temperature control knob the air conditioning will operate to adjust the driver side continuously. temperature. • Operate the passenger side Adjusting the driver and passenger temperature control knob side temperature equally to adjust the passenger side...
Page 253 Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system WARNING • Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air position may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility. • Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system OCDW049310 on. It may cause serious harm or To change the air intake control death due to a drop in the oxygen position: level and/or body temperature. • Press the control button. • Continued climate control system operation in the recirculated air Recirculated air position position can cause drowsiness With the recirculated air or sleepiness, and loss of vehicle position selected, air from control. the passenger compartment will be drawn through the heating system and heated or cooled Fan speed control according to the function selected.
Page 254: System Operation
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system Pressing the OFF button turns off the ignition switch is in the ON the fan. position. Air conditioning (A/C) System operation Ventilation 1. Set the mode to the position. 2. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 3. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. Heating 1. Set the mode to the position. OCDW049312 2. Set the temperature control to • Press the A/C button to turn the desired position. the air conditioning system on 3. Set the fan speed control to the (indicator light will illuminate). desired speed. • Press the button again to turn the 4. If dehumidified heating is desired, air conditioning system off. turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on.
Page 255 • The refrigerant system should be the windshield, set the air serviced in a well-ventilated place. intake control to the fresh air • The air conditioning evaporator position and fan speed to the (cooling coil) shall never be desired position, turn on the air repaired or replaced with one conditioning system, and adjust removed from a used or salvaged the temperature control to vehicle and new replacement MAC desired temperature. evaporators shall be certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842. Air conditioning Kia Air Conditioning Systems are filled with environmentally friendly NOTICE refrigerant*. • When using the air conditioning 1. Start the engine. Push the air system, monitor the temperature conditioning button. gauge closely while driving up 2. Set the mode to the position. hills or in heavy traffic when 3. Set the air intake control to the outside temperatures are high. outside air or recirculated air Air conditioning system operation position. may cause engine overheating.
Page 256: Climate Control Air Filter (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system conditioning should only be used operation in this mode may with the windows closed. cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale. • During cooling operation, you may Air conditioning system operation occasionally notice a misty air tips flow because of rapid cooling and • If the vehicle has been parked in humid air intake. This is a normal direct sunlight during hot weather, system operation characteristic. open the windows for a short time to let the hot air inside the vehicle Climate control air filter (if escape. equipped) • To help reduce moisture inside of the windows on rainy or humid days, decrease the humidity inside the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system.
Page 257: Air Conditioning Refrigerant Label
Features of your vehicle Automatic climate control system If dust or other pollutants Air Conditioning refrigerant label accumulate in the filter over a Example Type A period of time, the air flow from the air vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. NOTICE OCDW069042 Example Type B • Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe conditions such as dusty or rough roads, more frequent air conditioner filter inspections and changes are required. • When the air flow rate suddenly decreases, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to...
Page 258: Checking The Amount Of Air Conditioner Refrigerant And Compressor Lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant All refrigerants should be reclaimed is low, the performance of the air with proper equipment. conditioning is reduced. Overfilling Venting refrigerants directly to the also has a bad influence on the air atmosphere is harmful to individuals conditioning system. and environment. Therefore, if abnormal operation is Failure to heed these warnings can found, have the system inspected by lead to serious injuries. a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an * Y our vehicle is filled with R-134a authorized Kia dealer/service or R-1234yf according to the partner. regulation in your country at the time of producing. You can find out WARNING which air conditioning refrigerant is applied your vehicle at the label Vehicles equipped with R-134a* inside of engine room. Refer to Because the refrigerant is “Refrigerant label (if equipped)” on at very high pressure, the air page 9-22. conditioning system should only be serviced by trained and certified CAUTION technicians. It is important that the...
Page 259: Windshield Defrosting And Defogging
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging is used, otherwise damage to Windshield defrosting and the vehicle may occur. To prevent defogging damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should only be WARNING serviced by trained and certified Windshield heating technicians. Do not use the position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control knob or button to the lower speed. • For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme right/hot position and the fan speed control to the highest speed. • If warm air to the floor is desired while defrosting or defogging, set the mode to the floor-defrost position.
Page 260: Manual Climate Control System
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging To defrost outside windshield Manual climate control system To defog inside windshield OCDW049329 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position. OCDW049328 2. Set the temperature to the 1. Select any fan speed except “0” extreme hot position. position. 3. Select the position. 2. Select desired temperature. 4. The outside (fresh) air and air 3. Select the or position. conditioning will be selected 4. The outside (fresh) air and air automatically. conditioning will be selected automatically. Automatic climate control system If the air conditioning and outside (fresh) air position are not...
Page 261: Defogging Logic (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging 3. Press the defrost button ( If the position is selected, lower 4. The air conditioning will be turned fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan on according to the detected speed. ambient temperature and outside (fresh) air position will be selected Defogging logic (if equipped) automatically. To reduce the possibility of fogging If the air conditioning and outside up the inside of the windshield, the (fresh) air position are not air intake or air conditioning are selected automatically, adjust the controlled automatically according to corresponding button manually. If certain conditions such as or the position is selected, lower position. To cancel or return to the fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan defogging logic, do the following. speed. Manual climate control system To defrost outside windshield OCDW049330 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON...
Page 262 Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging Auto defogging system (Only for If the battery has been discharged automatic climate control system) or disconnected, it resets to the (if equipped) defog logic status. Automatic climate control system (if equipped) OCDW049026 Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically OCDW049316 sensing the moisture of inside the 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON windshield and air flow toward the position. windshield can increase. 2. Select the defrost position pressing defrost button ( The auto defogging system operates 3. While holding the air conditioning when the AUTO mode is on.
Page 263 Features of your vehicle Windshield defrosting and defogging button pressed longer than 3 system, keep the front defroster seconds. button pressed longer than 3 seconds. The defroster button indicator will blink 3 times to inform you that the The defroster button indicator will system is deactivated. blink 3 times to inform you that the system is deactivated. To re-activate the auto defogging system again, follow the procedure To re-activate the auto defogging mentioned above and the defroster system again, follow the procedure button indicator will blink 6 times. mentioned above and the defroster button indicator will blink 6 times. If the battery has been disconnected or discharged, it resets to the auto If the battery has been disconnected defogging status. or discharged, it resets to the auto defogging status. Except Europe This indicator illuminates when the auto defogging system senses the moisture of inside the windshield and operates. If more moisture is in the vehicle, higher steps operate as follow.
Page 264: Storage Compartments
Features of your vehicle Storage compartments Storage compartments These compartments can be used to store small items required by the driver or passengers. CAUTION • To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartments. • Always keep the storage OCDW049027 • To open the center console compartment covers closed while storage pull up the lever. driving. Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the storage Sliding armrest (if equipped) compartment cover cannot close securely. To move forward WARNING Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is...
Page 265: Glove Box
Features of your vehicle Storage compartments Do not grab the front portion of Sunglass holder the armrest (1) when moving the armrest rearward. It may pinch your fingers. Glove box OBDC049018RE To open the sunglass holder: • Press the cover and the holder will slowly open. Place your sunglasses with the lenses facing out. To close the sunglass holder, push it up. OCDW049028 To open the glove box: • Pull the handle and the glove box WARNING will automatically open. Close the • Do not keep objects except glove box after use. sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can be thrown WARNING from the holder in the event of To reduce the risk of injury in an a sudden stop or an accident, accident or sudden stop, always possibly injuring the passengers in keep the glove box door closed while the vehicle.
Page 266: Luggage Net Holder (If Equipped)
To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle, care should be taken Luggage net holder (if equipped) when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compartment. To keep items from shifting in the cargo area, you can use the 4 holders located in the cargo area to WARNING attach the luggage net. Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch 5 Door the luggage net, ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT use when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage. Luggage board (if equipped) You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy access. OCDW049030 Wagon OCDW049072 1. Grasp the handle on the top of the OCDW049097 cover and lift it. If necessary, Kia recommends to 2. Fold the rear part of luggage contact an authorized Kia dealer/ board frontward. service partner.
Page 267: Increase Cargo Space (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Storage compartments 3. Lift up luggage board frontward (Luggage board stand itself) Increase cargo space (if equipped) If you want to increase cargo space: OCDW049075 3. Pull the luggage board hinge to the end of sliding slot and it will fall down lower to increase cargo space. 4. Slide it frontward (refer to the above pictures) OCDW049072 1. Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it. Luggage tray You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in the box for easy access. Front tray OCDW049074 2. Fold the rear part of the luggage board frontward. OCDW049476...
Page 268: Luggage Side Tray
Features of your vehicle Interior features Center tray Interior features Ashtray (if equipped) Use the ashtray by putting it into the cup holder right beside. OCDW049094 • Grasp the handle on the top of the cover and lift it. Luggage side tray OCDW049031 The luggage side tray can be used • To use the ashtray, open the for storing small items. cover. • To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out. WARNING Ashtray use • Do not use the vehicle’s ashtrays as waste receptacles. • Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a fire. OCDW049095 • To open the cover, pull up the handle and lift the cover.
Page 269: Cup Holder
Features of your vehicle Interior features lead to loss of control of the Cup holder vehicle. Front • To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision, do not place uncovered or unsecured bottles, glasses, cans, etc., in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion. WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in OCDW049032 a vehicle that is heated up. It may Rear (if equipped) explode. NOTICE • Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle’s electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/ electronic parts. • When cleaning spilled liquids, do OCDW049033 not dry the cup holder at high Cups or small beverage cans may be placed in the cup holders. temperature. This may damage the cup holder.
Page 270: Seat Warmer (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Interior features Front seat OCDW049091 • To use the sunvisor, pull it OCDW049430 downward. Rear seat • To use the sunvisor for the side window, pull it downward, unsnap it from the bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2). • To use the vanity mirror, pull down the visor and slide the mirror cover (3). The ticket holder (4) is provided for holding a tollgate ticket. WARNING OCDW049035 With the ignition switch in the ON For your safety, do not obstruct position: your vision when using the sunvisor. • Push either of the switches to warm the driver’s seat or the front passenger’s seat. Seat warmer (if equipped) During mild weather or under The seat warmer is provided to conditions where the operation of warm the front seats during cold the seat warmer is not needed, keep...
Page 271 Features of your vehicle Interior features - Front seat NOTICE OFF HIGH( ) MIDDLE( ) LOW( ) With the seat warmer switch in the ON position, the heating system in the seat turns off or on - Rear seat automatically depending on the seat temperature. OFF HIGH( ) LOW( ) CAUTION • The seat warmer defaults to the • When cleaning the seats, do not OFF position whenever the ignition use an organic solvent such as switch is turned on. paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline. Doing so may damage Temperature control (Automatic) the surface of the heater or seats. • To prevent overheating the seat The seat warmer starts to warmer, do not place anything on...
Page 272: Seat Cooler (Air Ventilation Seat) (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Interior features temperatures, especially if used for OFF HIGH( ) MIDDLE( ) LOW( ) long periods of time. In particular, the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of • The air ventilation defaults to the passengers: OFF position whenever the ignition 1. Infants, children, elderly or switch is turned on. handicapped persons, or hospital outpatients CAUTION 2. Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily When cleaning the seats, do not 3. Fatigued individuals use an organic solvent such as 4. Intoxicated individuals paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and 5. Individuals taking medication gasoline. Doing so may damage the that can cause drowsiness or surface of the heater or seats. sleepiness (sleeping pills, cold tablets, etc.) Power outlet Front seat Seat cooler (Air ventilation seat) (if equipped)
Page 273 Features of your vehicle Interior features Luggage compartment (if equipped) engine off could cause the battery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet. • Close the cover when not in use. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s OCDW049039 power outlet. These devices may Wagon/CUV (if equipped) cause excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. • Using electrical products which exceed the limited capacity might cause heating to the power outlet and wiring that could lead to an electrical breakdown. • Always make sure the electrical part is firmly plugged into the OCDW049096 The power outlet is designed to power outlet. Incomplete plugging provide power for mobile telephones...
Page 274: Usb Charger (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Interior features outlet and do not touch with a wet devices can be negatively affected. hand. You may get an electric shock. Charging some digital devices is not available or requires special dedicated adapters if their charging USB charger (if equipped) methods don’t fit the way the USB car charger works. The USB car charger allows drivers to charge their digital devices like Quick Charge 2.0 is available on the smartphone, and PC tablets. smartphone or the table PC quipped with fast charging capabilities. The applicable is as follows: (https://www.qualcomm.com/ documents/quick-charge-device- list) The smartphone or PC tablet without fast charging is charged at a regular speed. Rated output: OCDW049078 Digital devices with fast charging: Connect the cable to the USB port, charging will begin. - 9.0 V, 1.67 A The USB car charger is available Digital devices with normal charging: with either the ACC state or the - 5.0 V, 2.1 A ignition on. But we recommend you to connect the USB port and digital...
Page 275: Wireless Smart Phone Charging System (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Interior features • Do not use the device those charging function on the wireless current consumption exceeds 2.1 charging pad. For best wireless charging results, • Do not connect an electrical place the smart phone on the center device that generates excessive of the charging pad. electromagnetic noise to the USB The wireless charging system is car port. If you do so, noise can designed for one smart phone be caused or vehicle electronic equipped with QI per single usage devices can be interrupted while only. Please refer to the smart audio or AV is on. phone accessory cover or the smart • If the charger is connected phone manufacturer homepage to incorrectly, it can cause serious check whether your smart phone damage on the devices. supports QI function. Please note that damages due to incorrect usage are not covered by WARNING warranty service. If any metallic object such as coins is located between the wireless Wireless smart phone charging charging system and the smart system (if equipped)
Page 276 Features of your vehicle Interior features complete, the orange light will some liquid held by the cup holder change to green. may flow onto the wireless 4. You can choose to turn the charging pad during sudden stops. wireless charging function to • Close the tray cover when the either ON or OFF by selecting the smart phone is placed in it at all USM on the instrument cluster. times. If the vehicle is in motion (Please refer to “Instrument without the tray cover closed, it cluster” on page 4-59). is more likely that the driver may use the smart phone. The use If the wireless charging does not of smart phones while driving work, gently move your smart may lead to possible injuries and phone around the pad until the accidents. charging indicator light turns yellow. • If it is not possible to close the Depending on the smart phone, the tray cover due to the size of the charging indicator light may not turn smart phone, do not use the green even after the charging is wireless smart phone charging complete. function at all.
Page 277 Features of your vehicle Interior features a heavy accessory cover on the • Smart phones of some smart phone. manufacturers may display • The wireless charging will stop messages on weak current. This is when using the wireless smart key due to the particular characteristic search function to prevent radio of the smart phone and does not wave disruption. imply a malfunction on wireless • The wireless charging will stop charging function. when the smart key is moved out • The indicator light of some of the vehicle with the ignition in manufacturer’s smart phones may still be yellow after the smart • The wireless charging will stop phone is fully charged. This is due when any of the doors is opened to the particular characteristic (applicable for vehicles equipped of the smart phone and not with smart keys). a malfunction of the wireless • The wireless charging will stop charging.
Page 278: Floor Mat Anchor(S) (If Equipped)
• When uninstalling floor mat, be sure to uninstall it with designated direction described with arrow at When installing floor mat the previous picture. If different 1. Align fixing structure (hook) of direction of force is applied to the floor carpet and hook ring of floor hook, the hook can be broken. mat. 2. Insert the floor mat hook ring to IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was the hook of floor carpet. manufactured with driver’s side floor 3. When inserting, first, push under mat anchors that are designed to part of the hook ring of floor mat securely hold the floor mat in place. matching with the hook of floor To avoid any interference with pedal carpet, and push upper part of operation, Kia recommends that only hook ring, so that hook ring can be Kia floor mats that were designed properly inserted. for use in your vehicle should be installed. When uninstalling floor mat Grab the front part of the floor mat and pull the floor mat upward. WARNING...
Page 279: Clothes Hanger (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Interior features Clothes hanger (if equipped) ODEEV068209NR OCDW049062 To use the hanger: Cargo area cover (if equipped) • Pull down the upper portion of hanger. Use the cover to hide items stored in the cargo area. CAUTION Do not hang heavy clothes, since those may damage the hook. WARNING Do not hang other objects such as hangers or hard objects except clothes. Also, do not put heavy, sharp or breakable objects in the clothe pockets. In an accident or OCDW049073 The cargo area cover will be lifted when the curtain air bag is inflated, when the tailgate is opened. it may cause vehicle damage or • Disconnect the strap (1) from personal injury. holder if you want to return the cover to original position.
Page 280: Shopping Bag Holder
Features of your vehicle Interior features For installation of the cover, reverse Shopping bag holder the removal procedure. NOTICE • When you return the cargo area cover to its original position, hold the cover and lower it. • Do not operate the vehicle with the cover removed. It may damage to the cover. • The cargo area cover may be OCDW049063 lifted when the tailgate is opened. Ensure that the luggage on the CAUTION cover is moved to a safe place. • Do not hang a bag weighing more • Since the cargo area cover may than 3 kg (7 lbs.). It may cause be damaged or malformed, do not damage to the shopping bag apply excessive force to the cover holder. or do not put the heavy loads on • Do not hang the frail objects when you drive rough road, the objects may be damaged.
Page 281 Features of your vehicle Interior features OCDW049098 OCDW049417 It is designed to help protect 1. Insert the hook into the large hole the heads of the occupants by until it reaches the very top. preventing objects from flying 2. Then secure it by sliding it into the forward in frontal collisions. small hole. 3. Hold the hooked side and then There are two hook holders on with the other hand, hook the both side of the headliner over the other side of the net. headrests for upper side fixation. 4. Fix the lower straps both side of the net to the hooks on the floor. To use the barrier net CAUTION Be careful not the scratch the side panel when inserting the hook into the hole. WARNING • Do not allow passengers to travel in the cargo area behind the barrier net. OCDW049099 • Do not allow passengers to travel in the rear center seat when the barrier net is installed behind the rear seats. The barrier net may...
Page 282: Cargo Security Screen (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Interior features • Do not load cargo in the area higher than the barrier net’s upper end. • Do not load heavy cargo in the area higher than the seatback to avoid accidents even if the barrier net is installed. • Do not load cargo which has sharp edges that can pass through the barrier net. OCDW049400 • Do not apply excessive force to To use the cargo security screen: the barrier net by hanging on to • Pull the handle backward and the net or by suspending heavy insert the edges into the slots. cargo and so on. When the cargo security screen is not in use, perform the following When the barrier net is not in use: steps. 1. Remove the hook by pulling it through the large holes.
Page 283 Features of your vehicle Interior features To remove the cargo security screen OCDW049403 • Pull up the triangle-shaped cover (2). OCDW049418 1. At the time of detachment, first slide the cargo screen handle toward the seat. 2. As in the case of install, push the housing cover in the direction of the arrow, compressing the spring. 3. And then remove it in the upward direction. WARNING OCDW049099 • Place the cargo security screen on • Do not place objects on the cargo the lower part of the cargo area. security screen. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure passengers during an accident or when braking. • Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is designed for luggage only.
Page 284: Luggage Rail System (If Equipped)
Features of your vehicle Interior features • Do not apply excessive force in • To release the belt, turn the upper upper side of luggage screen. It element (C) to the left or right can cause damage. until it clicks. • Now you can pull the belt (D) and secure your luggage by putting CAUTION the belt around the luggage and put the hook (E) into the middle of Since the cargo security screen may the segmentation bar (F). be damaged or deformed, do not put • For bulky luggage, you can hook the luggage on it when it is used. both hooks into each other. • To make sure the belt locks, put the upper element (C) back into Luggage rail system (if equipped) the lock position (1). The luggage rail system may prevent the luggage from sliding CAUTION around in the luggage compartment. • The segmentation bar must be mounted and demounted with both pillars simultaneously.
Page 285: Exterior Features
If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can into place. load cargo on top of your vehicle. • To fix the luggage, pull up the hook (2) in direction to the middle of the cargo bay. • Now you can mount e.g. belt to fix the luggage in the hook. • The shackle cannot be used in the position where the shackle is put in and out of the rail (3). CAUTION Tensile force : max. 30 kgf. for 1 OCDW049409 shackle Crossbars and fixing components needed to install the roof rack on your vehicle may be obtained from an authorized Kia dealer/service partner or other qualified shop. NOTICE • The crossbars (if equipped) should be placed in the proper load carrying positions prior to placing items onto the roof rack. • If the vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, be sure not to position cargo onto the roof rack in such a way that it could interfere with sunroof operation. • When the roof rack is not being used to carry cargo, the crossbars may need to be repositioned if wind noise is detected.
Page 286 Features of your vehicle Exterior features control or rollover resulting in an CAUTION accident. • Always drive slowly and turn • When carrying cargo on the corners carefully when carrying roof rack, take the necessary items on the roof rack. Severe precautions to make sure the wind updrafts, caused by passing cargo does not damage the roof vehicles or natural causes, can of the vehicle. cause sudden upward pressure on • When carrying large objects on items loaded on the roof rack. This the roof rack, make sure they do is especially true when carrying not exceed the overall roof length large, flat items such as wood or width. panels or mattresses. This could • When you are carrying cargo on cause the items to fall off the roof the roof rack, do not operate the rack and cause damage to your sunroof. (if equipped) vehicle or others around you. • To prevent damage or loss WARNING of cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving...
Page 287 Features of your vehicle OFF HIGH() MIDDLE() LOW()
Page 288 Infotainment system Audio system ................5-3 • Antenna ..................5-3 • USB port (if equipped) ............... 5-4 Audio (Without Touch Screen) ........... 5-7 • System layout - control panel ..........5-7 • System layout - steering wheel remote control ....5-9 • Turning the system on or off ..........5-11 • Turning the display on or off ..........5-12 • Getting to know the basic operations .........5-12 Radio .....................5-13 • Turning on the radio ..............5-13 • Changing the radio mode ............5-14 • Scanning for available radio stations ........5-14 • Searching for radio stations ...........5-14 • Saving radio stations ...............5-15 • Listening to saved radio stations .
Page 289 Infotainment system • Bluetooth ...................5-33 • System ..................5-34 System status icons ..............5-34 • Mute ....................5-34 • Bluetooth ...................5-34 • Signal strength .................5-35 Infotainment system specifications ........5-35 • USB ....................5-35 • Bluetooth ...................5-37 Trademarks .................5-37 Declaration of Conformity ............5-38 • CE RED for EU ................5-38 • STB for Belarus .................5-39 • Customs Union Certificate of Conformity ......5-39...
Page 290: Infotainment System
Infotainment system Audio system INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM Type B Audio system NOTICE If you install an after market HID head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and electronic device may malfunction. * I f your vehicle is equipped with AVN(Audio, Video and Navigation) OCDW059037 system, refer to a separately • To remove the antenna pole, turn supplied manual for detailed it counterclockwise. information. • To install the antenna, turn it clockwise. Antenna Shark fin antenna (if equipped) Pole type antenna The shark fin antenna will receive the transmit data. Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to receive both AM and FM broadcast CAUTION signals. This antenna pole is removable.
Page 291: Usb Port (If Equipped)
Infotainment system Audio system How vehicle audio works the antenna pole to ensure proper reception. FM reception USB port (if equipped) You can use the USB port to plug in a USB device or iPod®. ODEEV068216NR AM and FM radio signals are broadcast from transmitter towers located around your city. They are intercepted by the radio antenna OCDW049450 on your vehicle. This signal is then received by the radio and sent to NOTICE your vehicle speakers. When using a portable audio device When a strong radio signal has connected to the power outlet, noise reached your vehicle, the precise may occur during playback. If this engineering of your audio system happens, use the power source of ensures the best possible quality the portable audio device. reproduction. However, in some cases the signal coming to your * i Pod® is a trademark of Apple Inc. vehicle may not be strong and clear.
Page 292 Infotainment system Audio system AM reception follow the earth’s surface. Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade at short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, or other obstructions. These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio. The following conditions are normal and do not indicate radio trouble: ODEEV068217NR AM broadcasts can be received • Fading - As your vehicle moves at greater distances than FM away from the radio station, the broadcasts. This is because AM signal will weaken and sound will radio waves are transmitted at begin to fade. When this occurs, low frequencies. These long, low we suggest that you select frequency radio waves can follow another stronger station. the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmosphere. In addition, they curve around obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage. FM radio station OSK3048403NR • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between...
Page 293 Infotainment system Audio system place as far as possible from the audio equipment. CAUTION When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted. When a cellular phone or a radio set is used with an internal ODEEV068220NR antenna alone, it may interfere with • Station Swapping - As a FM signal the vehicle’s electrical system and weakens, another more powerful adversely affect safe operation of signal near the same frequency the vehicle. may begin to play. This is because your radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, WARNING select another station with a Do not use a cellular phone while stronger signal. driving. Stop at a safe location to use • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio a cellular phone. signals being received from several directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by signals from two stations with close frequencies. If this occurs, select another station until the condition has passed.
Page 294: Audio (Without Touch Screen)
Infotainment system Audio (Without Touch Screen) Audio (Without Touch Screen) System layout - control panel With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology * T he system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the vehicle model and specification. 1. SEEK/TRACK button • If you have multiple media • Change the station/track/file. storage devices, select one from • While listening to the radio, the media selection window. press and hold to search for a 4. PHONE button station. • Press to start connecting a • While playing media, press and mobile phone via Bluetooth. hold to rewind or fast forward • After a Bluetooth phone (except for the Bluetooth audio connection is made, press to mode).
Page 295 Infotainment system Audio (Without Touch Screen) With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology * T he system’s actual appearance and layout may differ depending on the vehicle model and specification. 7. SETUP button/CLOCK button • While listening to the radio, press • Press to access the setup and hold to save the current screen. radio station to the preset. • Press and hold to access the • Press the corresponding number time setup screen. button to select an item. 8. MENU button • Press to access the menu screen for the current mode. 9. BACK button • P ress to return to the previous screen. 10. Reset button 11. TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button • While listening to the radio, turn to adjust the frequency.
Page 296: System Layout - Steering Wheel Remote Control
Infotainment system Audio (Without Touch Screen) System layout - steering wheel • While playing media, press remote control to pause or resume playback (except for the iPod mode). Bluetooth® equipped model 5. Call/Answer button • Press to start connecting a mobile phone via Bluetooth. • After a Bluetooth phone connection is made, access the Bluetooth phone screen. Press and hold to dial the most recent phone number. When a call comes in, press to answer the call. * T he system’s actual appearance • During a call, press to switch and layout may differ depending on between the active call and the vehicle model and specification. the held call. Press and hold 1. MODE button to switch the call between the • Press to switch between radio system and the mobile phone.
Page 297 Infotainment system Audio (Without Touch Screen) may lead to a traffic accident. • Do not touch the antenna during Stop your vehicle in a safe location thunder or lightning because such before using functions that an act may cause electric shock. require multiple operations. • Stop your vehicle first before NOTICE using your mobile phone. Using a mobile phone while driving About operating the system may lead to a traffic accident. • Use the system with the engine If necessary, use the Bluetooth running. Using the system for Handsfree feature to make calls a long time when the engine and keep the call as short as is stopped may discharge the possible. battery. • Keep the volume low enough to • Do not install unapproved hear external sounds. Driving products. Using unapproved without the ability to hear products may cause an error while external sounds may lead to a...
Page 298: Turning The System On Or Off
Infotainment system Audio (Without Touch Screen) surface of the louvre may become panel. To use the system again, deformed due to the flowing air. press the [POWER] button again. • If you want to change the After you have turned off the position of the installed device, engine, the system will automatically please inquire with your place of turn off after a while or as soon as purchase or service maintenance you open the driver’s door. centre. Technical expertise is • Depending on the vehicle model required to install or disassemble or specifications, the system may the device. turn off as soon as you turn off the engine. • When you turn back on the NOTICE system, the previous mode and • If you experience any problems settings will remain intact. with the system, contact your place of purchase or dealer. WARNING • Placing the infotainment system • Some functions may be disabled within an electromagnetic for safety reasons while the environment may result in noise...
Page 299: Turning The Display On Or Off
Infotainment system Audio (Without Touch Screen) system for a long time, start the • Press the corresponding number engine. button. Numberless items Turning the display on or off To prevent glare, you can turn off the screen. The screen can be turned off only while the system is on. 1. On the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] button. 2. On the control panel, press the [6] button to select Display Off. • To turn the screen back on, press any of the control panel buttons. • Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the Getting to know the basic operations desired item, and then press the knob. You can select an item or adjust the settings by using the number Adjusting the settings buttons and the [TUNE] knob on the...
Page 300: Radio
Infotainment system Radio the [TUNE] knob to the left to Radio decrease the value. Turning on the radio • On the control panel, press the [RADIO] button. FM/AM Mode 1. Current radio mode 2. Radio station information 3. Preset list Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: • List: Display all available radio stations. • Traffic Announcement (TA): Activate or deactivate traffic announcements. Announcements and programmes will be received automatically if available. • Scan: The system searches for radio stations with strong radio signals and plays each radio station for about five seconds. • Sound Settings: Customise the system sound settings.
Page 301: Changing The Radio Mode
Infotainment system Radio DAB/FM Mode (With DAB) [MODE] button on the steering wheel. Each time you press the button, the radio mode switches. Scanning for available radio stations You can listen to each radio station for a few seconds to test the reception and select the one you 1. Current radio mode want. 2. Radio station information 1. From the radio screen, press the 3. Preset list [MENU] button on the control Press the [MENU] button on the panel. control panel to access the following 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select menu options: Scan, and then press the knob. • List: Display all available radio • The system searches for radio stations. stations with strong radio • Traffic Announcement (TA): signals and plays each radio Activate or deactivate traffic station for about five seconds.
Page 302: Saving Radio Stations
Infotainment system Radio If you know the exact frequency of the radio station you want to listen to, turn the [TUNE] knob on the control panel to change the frequency. Saving radio stations You can save your favourite radio stations and listen to them by selecting them from the preset list. • While listening to the radio, press the number button for an empty preset slot on the radio screen. • The radio station you are listening to will be added to the selected number. NOTICE • You can save up to 36 radio stations. • If the preset list is full, you can replace one of your favourite stations with the station you are listening to. On the control panel, press and hold the desired number button. Listening to saved radio stations 1. Confirm the preset number for the radio station you want to listen to. 2. On the control panel, press the desired number button.
Page 303: Media Player
Infotainment system Media player Media player the USB ports in your vehicle may vary. • Do not connect a smartphone or Using the media player an MP3 device to the system via You can play music stored in various multiple methods such as USB and media storage devices, such as USB Bluetooth simultaneously. Doing storage devices, smartphones, and so may cause a distorted noise or iPods. a system malfunction. 1. Connect a device to the USB port • When the equaliser function in your vehicle. of the connected device and • Playback may start immediately Equaliser settings of the system depending on the device that are both activated, the effects you connect to the system. may interfere with each other and 2. On the control panel, press the may lead to sound degradation or [MEDIA] button. distortion. Deactivate the device’s • If you have multiple media equaliser function if possible. storage devices, Press the • Noise may occur when an Apple [MEDIA] button again and press...
Page 304 Infotainment system Media player Restarting the current playback • Playback starts immediately. • If a USB device is already • On the control panel after the connected to the system, press song has played for 2 seconds, the [MEDIA] button and press the press the [∨ SEEK/TRACK] button. [1] button to select USB from the • You can also push the Up/Down media selection window. lever on the steering wheel. Playing the previous or next song • To play the previous song on the control panel within the first 2 seconds of the current song, press the [∨ SEEK/TRACK] button. To play the next song, press the [SEEK/TRACK ∧] button on the 1. Repeat play mode control panel. 2. Current file number and total • If more than 2 seconds of number of files...
Page 305 Infotainment system Media player Playing repeatedly • Be careful not to let your body • On the control panel, press the or external objects contact the [1] button. The repeat play mode USB port. Doing so may cause an changes each time you press it. accident or a system malfunction. The corresponding mode icon will • Do not connect and disconnect be displayed on the screen. a USB connector repeatedly in a short time. Doing so may cause an error in the device or a system Playing in random order malfunction. • On the control panel, press the • Do not use a USB device for [2] button. The shuffle play mode purposes other than playing is activated or deactivated each files. Using USB accessories for time you press it. When you charging or heating may cause activate the shuffle mode, the poor performance or a system corresponding mode icon will be malfunction.
Page 306: Using The Ipod Mode
Infotainment system Media player • A USB device may not be recognised depending on its condition. • Some USB devices may be incompatible with your system. • Depending on the USB device’s type, capacity, or the format of files, USB recognition time may be 1. Repeat play mode longer. 2. Current file number and total • Depending on the specification, number of files some USB devices may not 3. Information about the song support charging via a USB currently playing connection. 4. Playback time and playback • Image and video playback are not position supported. Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following menu options: Using the iPod mode • Information: Display information You can listen to music stored on about the song currently playing.
Page 307 Infotainment system Media player Playing the previous or next song Playing in random order • To play the previous song on the • On the control panel, press the control panel within the first 2 [2] button. The shuffle play mode seconds of the current song, press is activated or deactivated each the [∨ SEEK/TRACK] button. To time you press it. When you play the next song, press the activate the shuffle mode, the [SEEK/TRACK ∧] button on the corresponding mode icon will be control panel. displayed on the screen. • If more than 2 seconds of playback have elapsed, press the Searching for music files on a file [∨...
Page 308 Infotainment system Media player • If your device’s battery is low, the Notes on playing Apple devices device may not be recognised. • Depending on the model, your Check the battery level and, if device may not be recognised due necessary, charge the battery to unsupported communication before connecting the device to protocols. your system. • The order of the songs displayed • Use an Apple-approved cable. or played on the system may Using an unapproved cable may differ from the order of the songs cause a distorted noise or an error stored in your device. during playback. • Depending on the music player • Use a cable shorter than 1 application you are using, metre in length, such as the one information displayed on the originally supplied with a new system may differ. Apple device. Longer cables may • In an iPhone, the audio streaming lead to the infotainment system...
Page 309: Bluetooth
Infotainment system Bluetooth currently playing. This is not a Bluetooth system error. Restart the iPod mode on the system or pause and Connecting Bluetooth devices resume playback on your device. Bluetooth is a short-range wireless • Skipping or improper operations networking technology. Via may occur depending on the Bluetooth, you can connect nearby characteristics of your Apple mobile devices wirelessly to send device. and receive data between connected • If the Apple device malfunctions devices. This enables you to use due to an Apple device defect, your devices effectively. reset the Apple device and try again. (To learn more, refer to To use Bluetooth, you must first your Apple device manual.) connect a Bluetooth-enabled device to your system, such as a mobile phone or an MP3 player. Ensure that the device you want to connect supports Bluetooth. WARNING Park your vehicle in a safe location before connecting Bluetooth devices. Distracted driving can cause a traffic accident and lead to personal injury or death.
Page 310 Infotainment system Bluetooth • Depending on the connected 1. From the control panel, press the Bluetooth device or mobile [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then phone, some functions may not select Bluetooth ▶ Connections. be supported. For Bluetooth • If you are pairing a device with supporting devices details your system for the first time, and compatibility, visit http:// you can also press the [PHONE] kiaeurope.nextgen-technology. button on the control panel or net/ the Call/Answer button on the • If the system is not stable due steering wheel. to a vehicle-Bluetooth device 2. On the Bluetooth device you want communication error, delete the to connect, activate Bluetooth, paired devices and connect the search for your vehicle’s system, Bluetooth devices again. and then select it. • If Bluetooth connection is not • Check the system’s Bluetooth stable, follow these steps to try name, which is displayed in the again. new registration pop-up window 1. Deactivate Bluetooth and on the system screen.
Page 311 Infotainment system Bluetooth system screen and confirm the the vehicle while the vehicle’s connection from the device. engine is on. If you do not want 4. Choose whether or not to connect the system to connect with the the Bluetooth device to your device automatically, deactivate system prior to other devices. Bluetooth on your device. • If you grant priority to the • When a device is connected to the Bluetooth device, it will be system via Bluetooth, the device’s connected automatically to the battery may discharge faster. system when you turn on the system. Connecting a paired device NOTICE To use a Bluetooth device on your • The screen image in this manual system, connect the paired device is an example. Check your system to the system. Your system can screen for the exact vehicle name connect with only one device at a and Bluetooth device name. time. • The default passkey is ‘0000’. 1. From the control panel, press the • It may take a while for the system [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then to connect with the device after...
Page 312: Using A Bluetooth Audio Device
Infotainment system Bluetooth the connection will be restored 1. From the control panel, press the automatically when the device [SETUP/CLOCK] button, and then enters the connection range or select Bluetooth ▶ Connections. when the error is cleared. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the • The Bluetooth connection is device to delete, and then press unavailable when the device’s the knob. Bluetooth function is turned off. 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select Be sure to turn on the device’s Delete, and then press the knob. Bluetooth function. NOTICE • Depending on auto connection priority, connection to a device • When you delete a paired device, may take time. the Call history and Contacts stored in the system are also deleted. Disconnecting a device • To re-use a deleted device, you must pair the device again. If you want to stop using a Bluetooth device or connect another device, disconnect your currently Using a Bluetooth audio device...
Page 313 Infotainment system Bluetooth 1. Repeat play mode or the music player you are using, 2. Information about the song playback controls may differ. currently playing • Depending on the music player you are using, streaming may not Press the [MENU] button on the be supported. control panel to access the following • Depending on the connected menu options: Bluetooth device or mobile phone, • Connections: Set up the Bluetooth some functions may not be connection. supported. • Sound Settings: Customise the • If you connect a Bluetooth system sound settings. device or mobile phone to your system via USB and Bluetooth Pausing/Resuming playback simultaneously the Bluetooth • To pause playback, press the [3] mode is deactivated and music button on the control panel. To plays in the USB or iPod mode. resume playback, press the [3] To listen to music streamed via button again.
Page 314: Using A Bluetooth Phone
Infotainment system Bluetooth • The playlist feature is not • You cannot access the Phone supported in the Bluetooth audio screen if there is no connected mode. mobile phone. To use the • If the Bluetooth device is Bluetooth phone function, connect disconnected, Bluetooth audio a mobile phone to the system. mode will end. • The Bluetooth Handsfree function may not work when you are passing out of the cellular service Using a Bluetooth phone coverage area, such as when you are in a tunnel, underground, or in You can use Bluetooth to talk on a mountainous area. the phone hands free. View call • Call quality may be degraded in information on the system screen, the following environments: and make or receive calls safely and - The reception of the mobile conveniently via the vehicle’s builtin phone is poor microphone and speakers. - The inside of the vehicle is noisy - The mobile phone is placed WARNING near metallic objects, such as a...
Page 315 Infotainment system Bluetooth 2. If you have multiple paired mobile devices, select a mobile phone from your list of paired devices. Press the [MENU] button on the control panel to access the following a menu option: • Delete: Delete favourites items. 3. Select a phone number. • To select a phone number from NOTICE your favourites list, select Favourites. • You can register up to 20 • To select a phone number from favourites for each device. your call history, select Call • You must first download the history. contacts to the system to register • To select a phone number favourites. from your contacts list that • The favourites list saved on the downloaded from the connected mobile phone is not downloaded to mobile phone, select Contacts. the system. 4. To end the call, press the [2] • Even if the contact information button on the control panel to on the mobile phone is edited, the select End. favourites on the system are not • Alternatively, press the Call end automatically edited. Delete and...
Page 316 Infotainment system Bluetooth Using your call history • Call duration and time information 1. From the Phone screen, press the will not be displayed on the [2] button to select Call history. system screen. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the • Permission is required to desired entry, and then press the download your call history from knob to make a phone call. the mobile phone. When you attempt to download data, you may need to permit the download on the mobile phone. If the download fails, check the mobile phone screen for any notification or the mobile phone’s permission setting. • When you download your call Press the [MENU] button on the history, any old data will be control panel to access the following deleted. menu options: • All calls: View all call records. • Missed calls: View only missed Using the contacts list calls.
Page 317 Infotainment system Bluetooth Press the [MENU] button on the fails, check the mobile phone control panel to access the following screen for any notification or the a menu option: mobile phone’s permission setting. • Download: Download your mobile • Depending on the mobile phone phone contacts. type or status, downloading may take longer. NOTICE • When you download your contacts, any old data will be • Contacts can be downloaded only deleted. from the currently connected • You cannot edit or delete your Bluetooth device. contacts on the system. • Contacts can be viewed only when • When you connect a new mobile the Bluetooth device is connected. phone, your contacts downloaded • Only contacts in the supported from the previous mobile phone format can be downloaded and will not be displayed, but they will displayed from the Bluetooth remain in your system until you device. Contacts from some delete the previous phone from...
Page 318 Infotainment system Bluetooth • To reject the call, press the [2] • Alternatively, press and hold button on the control panel to the Call/Answer button on the select Reject. steering wheel. • Alternatively, press the Call end • To end the call, press the [2] button on the steering wheel. button on the control panel to select End. NOTICE • Alternatively, press the Call end button on the steering wheel. • Depending on the mobile phone type, call rejection may not be Press the [MENU] button on the supported. control panel to access the following • Once your mobile phone is a menu option: connected to the system, the call • Microphone Volume: Adjust the sound may be output through microphone volume or turn off the vehicle’s speakers even after the microphone so the other party you exit the vehicle if the phone cannot hear you. is within the connection range. To end the connection, disconnect NOTICE the device from the system or • If the caller information is saved...
Page 319: Setup
Infotainment system Setup • Depending on the mobile phone Setup type, the call switching function may not be supported. Display You can change the settings related to the system display. • On the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] ▶ [1] buttons to select Display. • Dimming mode: Set the screen brightness to be adjusted automatically according to ambient lighting conditions or set the screen to stay bright or dark continuously. • Brightness: Adjust the brightness for the day or night mode according to your setting in the Dimming mode option. • Screensaver: Select a screen saver option to be displayed when the system is turned off. • Scroll text: Set to scroll text when information text is too long to display all on the screen. NOTICE The text scroll function is only available in the following situation: • When displaying main screen in the USB/iPod/Bluetooth audio and...
Page 320: Sound
Infotainment system Setup Sound Date/Time You can change the settings related You can change the date and time to sounds, such as location where that are shown on the system sound will be concentrated and the display. output level for each range. • On the control panel, press the • On the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] ▶ [3] buttons to [SETUP/CLOCK] ▶ [2] buttons to select Date/Time. select Sound. • Set date: Set date to display on • Position: Select a location where the system display. sound will be concentrated in the • Set time: Set time to display on vehicle. Select Fade or Balance, the system display. turn the [TUNE] knob to select • Time format: Select to display the desired position, and then time in the 12 hour format or press the knob. To set sound to the 24 hour format.
Page 321: Infotainment System
Infotainment system System status icons System status icons NOTICE Status icons appear at the top of the • If no Bluetooth device is screen to display the current system connected, the Update contacts status. menu is disabled. Familiarise yourself with the status • If the system language is selected icons that appear when you perform to Slovakian or Hungarian, certain actions or functions and their Bluetooth voice guidance menu is meanings. disabled. System You can change the display language or initialise system settings. • On the control panel, press the [SETUP/CLOCK] ▶ [5] buttons to select System. • Language: Change the display Mute language. • Default: Reset your system Icon Description settings to the default values. All Audio muted user data stored in the system...
Page 322: Signal Strength
Infotainment system Infotainment system specifications Infotainment system Icon Description specifications Downloading call history from a mobile phone connected via Bluetooth to the system Downloading contacts from a mobile phone connected via Bluetooth to the system Supported audio formats • Audio file specification Signal strength - WAVeform audio format - MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3 Icon Description - Windows Media Audio Ver 7.X/ Signal strength of the mobile phone connected via Bluetooth • Bit rates - MPEG1 (Layer3): 32/40/48/56/ NOTICE 64/80/96/112/128/160/192/ • The battery level displayed on 224/256/320 kbps the screen may differ from the - MPEG2 (Layer3): 8/16/24/32/ battery level displayed on the 40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/ connected device.
Page 323 Infotainment system Infotainment system specifications • Maximum length of folder names the bitrate. (Music files with a (Based on Unicode): 31 English or higher bitrate have a better sound Korean characters quality.) • Maximum length of file names • Japanese or Simplified Chinese (Based on Unicode): 63 English or characters in folder or file names Korean characters may not be displayed properly. • The scroll feature can be used to display file and folder names Supported USB storage devices that are too long to display on the screen. • Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less • Supported characters for folder/ • Format system: FAT12/16/32 file names (Unicode support): (recommended) 2,604 Korean characters, 94 • Maximum device size: 32 GB alphanumeric characters, 4,888 NOTICE Chinese characters in common...
Page 324: Bluetooth
Infotainment system Trademarks Bluetooth Trademarks • Bluetooth Power Class 2: -6 to 4 Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. • Aerial power: Max 3 mW • The Bluetooth® word mark and • Frequency range: 2400 to 2483.5 logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and • Bluetooth patch RAM software any use of such marks by Kia is version: 1 under licence. • Apple®, iPad®, iPad mini™, iPhone®, iPod®, iPod classic®, iPod nano®, iPod touch®, and iTunes® are a registered trademark of Apple Inc.
Page 325: Declaration Of Conformity
Infotainment system Declaration of Conformity Declaration of Conformity CE RED for EU...
Page 326: Stb For Belarus
Infotainment system Declaration of Conformity STB for Belarus Customs Union Certificate of Conformity Catergory Specification Model ACB10J7EP HYUNDAI MOBIS Co., Ltd. Manufacturer 203, Teheran-ro, Gangnam-gu, Seoul, 06141, Korea Date of Manufacture Check product for dates...
Page 328 Driving your vehicle Before driving ................6-8 • Before entering vehicle ............6-8 • Necessary inspections ............. 6-8 • Before starting ................6-8 Key positions ............6-10 (if equipped) • Ignition switch position ............6-10 • Starting the engine ..............6-11 • Stopping the gasoline engine/diesel engine (Manual Transmission) ................6-13 ENGINE START/STOP button ......6-13 (if equipped) • Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button ......6-13 • ENGINE START/STOP button position .........6-13 • Starting the engine ..............6-16 • Stopping the gasoline engine/diesel engine (Manual Transmission) .
Page 329 Driving your vehicle • Power brakes ................6-42 • Parking brake - Hand type (if equipped) ......6-43 • Electronic parking brake (EPB) (if equipped) ......6-45 • Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ..........6-53 • Electronic Stability Control (ESC) .........6-55 • Hill-start assist control (HAC) ..........6-58 • Vehicle stability management (VSM) ........6-59 • ESS: Emergency Stop Signal (if equipped) ......6-60 • Good braking practices............6-61 Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) ................6-62 (if equipped) • System setting and activation ..........6-63 • FCA warning message and system control .......6-64 • Brake operation ...............6-65 • FCA front view camera sensor ..........6-66 • System malfunction ...............6-67 • Limitation of the system ............6-69 Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) ..............6-73 (if equipped)
Page 330 Driving your vehicle • Cruise control switch ..............6-85 • To set cruise control speed ...........6-85 • To increase cruise control set speed: ........6-86 • To decrease the cruising speed: ...........6-86 • To temporarily accelerate with the cruise control on: ..6-87 • To cancel cruise control, do one of the following: ....6-87 • To resume cruising speed at more than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph): ................6-87 • To turn cruise control off, do one of the following ..6-88 Manual speed limit assist ........6-88 (if equipped) • To set speed limit: ..............6-88 • To turn off the Manual Speed Limit Assist, do one of the following: ...................6-90 Intelligent speed limit warning ......6-91 (if equipped) • Intelligent Speed Limit Warning activation / deactivation ..6-92 • Operation ..................6-92 • Display ..................6-93...
Page 331 Driving your vehicle ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system ..... 6-114 (if equipped) • Auto stop ................6-115 • Auto start ................6-115 • Condition of ISG system operation ........6-117 • ISG system deactivation ............. 6-117 • ISG system malfunction ............. 6-117 Sport system ................6-119 Lane Following Assist (LFA) system ... 6-120 (if equipped) • LFA system operation ............6-121 • LFA system malfunction .
Page 332 Driving your vehicle • System malfunction ............6-155 Economical operation ............. 6-157 Special driving conditions ............6-159 • Hazardous driving conditions ..........6-159 • Rocking the vehicle .............. 6-159 • Smooth cornering ..............6-160 • Driving at night ..............6-160 • Driving in the rain ..............6-161 • Driving in flooded areas ............6-161 • Driving off-road ..............6-161 • Highway driving ..............6-162 Winter driving ................6-163 • Snowy or icy conditions ............
Page 333 Driving your vehicle • If you do decide to pull a trailer ......... 6-173 Vehicle weight ................. 6-177 • Base curb weight ..............6-177 • Vehicle curb weight .............. 6-177 • Cargo weight ................. 6-177 • GAW (Gross axle weight) ............ 6-178 • GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ........6-178 • GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ..........6-178 • GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ........ 6-178 • Overloading ................6-178...
Page 334: Driving Your Vehicle
2. Open side vents. The exhaust system should be 3. Set the air intake control at checked whenever the vehicle “Fresh”, the air flow control at is raised to change the oil or “Floor” or “Face” and the fan at for any other purpose. If you one of the higher speeds. hear a change in the sound of To assure proper operation of the the exhaust or if you drive over ventilation system, be sure the something that strikes the ventilation air intakes located just underneath side of the vehicle, in front of the windshield are kept have the system checked by clear of snow, ice, leaves or other a professional workshop. Kia obstructions. recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to 6 7...
Page 335: Before Driving
Driving your vehicle Before driving Before driving Before starting • Close and lock all doors. • Position the seat so that all Before entering vehicle controls are easily reached. • Be sure that all windows, outside • Adjust the inside and outside mirror(s), and outside lights are rearview mirrors. clean. • Be sure that all lights work. • Check the condition of the tires. • Check all gauges. • Check under the vehicle for any • Check the operation of warning sign of leaks. lights when the ignition switch is • Be sure there are no obstacles turned to the ON position. behind you if you intend to back • Release the parking brake and up.
Page 336 Driving your vehicle Before driving Drinking and driving is dangerous. driving such as audio or heater. It Drunk driving is the number one is the responsibility of the driver contributor to the highway death to always drive safely. toll each year. Even a small amount of alcohol will affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving drunk. You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive. If you are drinking or taking drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride with a driver who has been drinking or taking drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a cab. WARNING • When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. It may overheat the engine or exhaust system and cause fire. • When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering wheel rapidly, loose objects may drop on the floor and it could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly causing an accident. Keep all things in the vehicle safely stored.
Page 337: Key Positions (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Key positions Key positions (if equipped) NOTICE If difficulty is experienced turning Ignition switch position the ignition switch to the ACC position, turn the key while turning LOCK the steering wheel right and left to Type A release the tension. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. This is the normal running position after the engine is started. Do not leave the ignition switch ON if the engine is not running to prevent OYB057001 battery discharge. Type B START Turn the ignition switch to the START position to start the engine. The engine will crank until you release the key; then it returns to the ON position. The brake warning light can be checked in this position. WARNING OYB056068 Ignition switch The steering wheel locks to protect • Never turn the ignition switch to against theft. The ignition key...
Page 338: Starting The Engine
Driving your vehicle Key positions parking brake. Before leaving the • Wait until the engine rpm is driver’s seat, always make sure normal. The vehicle may suddenly the shift lever is engaged in 1st move if the brake padel is released gear for the manual transmission, when the rpm is high. set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected Starting the gasoline engine and sudden vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are 1. Make sure the parking brake is not taken. applied. • Never reach for the ignition 2. M anual Transmission - Depress switch, or any other controls the clutch pedal fully and shift through the steering wheel while the transmission into Neutral. the vehicle is in motion. The Keep the clutch pedal and brake presence of your hand or arm pedal depressed while turning in this area could cause a loss of the ignition switch to the start vehicle control, an accident and position.
Page 339 Driving your vehicle Key positions Starting the diesel engine NOTICE To start the diesel engine when the If the engine does not start within engine is cold, it has to be preheated 10 seconds after the preheating before starting the engine and is completed, turn the ignition key then have to be warmed up before once more to the LOCK position starting to drive. for 10 seconds, and then to the ON 1. Make sure the parking brake is position, in order to preheat again. applied. 2. M anual Transmission - Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the Starting and stopping the engine transmission into Neutral. Keep for turbocharger intercooler the clutch pedal and brake pedal 1. Do not race or accelerate the depressed while pressing the engine immediately after starting.
Page 340: Stopping The Gasoline Engine/Diesel Engine (Manual Transmission)
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button shift lever to the P (Park) position. If ENGINE START/STOP button traffic and road conditions permit, (if equipped) you may put the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP is still moving and turn the ignition button switch to the START position in an attempt to restart the engine. CAUTION • Do not engage the starter for more than 10 seconds. If the engine stalls or fails to start, wait 5 to 10 seconds before reengaging the starter. Improper use of the starter may damage it. OCDW059001 • Do not turn the ignition switch Whenever the front door is opened, to the START position with the the ENGINE START/STOP button engine running. It may damage will illuminate for your convenience. the starter. The light will go off after about 30 seconds when the door is closed. It will also go off immediately when Stopping the gasoline engine/diesel...
Page 341 CAUTION OFF position to protect you against In an emergency situation while the theft. It locks when the door is vehicle is in motion, you are able to opened. turn the engine off and to the ACC If the steering wheel is not locked position by pressing the ENGINE properly when you open the driver’s START/STOP button for more than door, the warning chime will sound. 2 seconds or 3 times successively Try locking the steering wheel again. within 3 seconds. If the problem is not solved, have the If the vehicle is still moving, to system checked by a professional restart the vehicle: workshop. Kia recommends to visit • Manual transmission - Press the an authorized Kia dealer/service ENGINE START/STOP button with partner. shift lever in neutral and clutch pedal depressed. In addition, if the ENGINE START/ • Automatic transmission / Dual STOP button is in the OFF position clutch transmission - Press the after the driver’s door is opened, the ENGINE START/STOP button when steering wheel will not lock and the vehicle speed is 5 km/h or over. warning chime will sound. In such a situation, close the door. Then the steering wheel will lock and the warning chime will stop.
Page 342 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button ACC (Accessory) ACC position without depressing the clutch pedal. With manual transmission With automatic transmission / dual clutch transmission Press the ENGINE START/STOP button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal. The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started. Do not leave the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ON position for a long time. The battery may discharge, OJF058312 because the engine is not running. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button when the button is in the START/RUN OFF position without depressing the clutch pedal. With manual transmission With automatic transmission / dual To start the engine, depress the clutch transmission clutch pedal and brake pedal, then...
Page 343: Starting The Engine
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button the clutch pedal for manual presence of your hand or arm transmission vehicles or without in the area could cause loss of depressing the brake pedal for vehicle control, an accident and automatic transmission / dual clutch serious bodily injury or death. transmission vehicles, the engine will • Do not place any movable objects not start and the ENGINE START/ around the driver’s seat as they STOP button changes as follow: OFF may move while driving, interfere → ACC → ON → OFF or ACC with the driver and lead to an accident. NOTICE Starting the engine If you leave the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC or ON position WARNING for a long time, the battery will discharge. • Always wear appropriate shoes when operating your vehicle. Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski WARNING boots,etc.) may interfere with • Never press the ENGINE START/ your ability to use the brake, STOP button while the vehicle is in accelerator and clutch pedal.
Page 344 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button transmission will shift to a lower then have to be warmed up before gear depending on the engine speed. starting to drive. 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. Starting the gasoline engine 2. M anual Transmission - Depress 1. Carry the smart key or leave it the clutch pedal fully and shift the inside the vehicle. transmission into Neutral. Keep 2. Make sure the parking brake is the clutch pedal and brake pedal firmly applied. depressed while pressing the 3. M anual Transmission - Depress ENGINE START/STOP button to the clutch pedal fully and shift the START position. the transmission into Neutral. Automatic Transmission / Dual Keep the clutch pedal and brake clutch transmission - Place the pedal depressed while starting the...
Page 345 Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button Starting the engine with smart key the vehicle remains stationary in winter for a while and drive. • Even if the smart key is in the • Recommend to use diesel fuel in a vehicle, if it is far away from you, high altitude mountain or country the engine may not start. where you visit in winter. • When the ENGINE START/STOP button is in the ACC position or above, if any door is opened, the NOTICE system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the If the ENGINE START/STOP button is vehicle, the “ ” indicator and a pressed once more while the engine message “Key is not in the vehicle” is pre-heating, the engine may start. will appear on the instrument cluster and LCD window. And if all Starting and stopping the engine doors are closed, the chime will for turbocharger intercooler sound for 5 seconds. The indicator...
Page 346: Stopping The Gasoline Engine/Diesel Engine (Manual Transmission)
Driving your vehicle ENGINE START/STOP button button in an attempt to restart the for your safety always depress engine. the brake pedal and clutch pedal (if equipped) before starting the engine. CAUTION • Do not press the ENGINE START/ STOP button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown. • Do not turn the ignition switch to the START position with the OCDW059002 engine running. It may damage the starter. NOTICE • If the battery is weak or the smart key does not work Stopping the gasoline engine/diesel correctly, you can start the engine engine (Manual Transmission) by pressing the ENGINE START/ 1. Make sure the vehicle is STOP button with the smart key. completely stopped and keep The side with the lock button the clutch pedal and brake pedal should contact the ENGINE START/...
Page 347: Manual Transmission
Driving your vehicle Manual transmission Manual transmission The shift lever must be returned to the neutral position before shifting into R (Reverse). Manual transmission operation Push the button located immediately below the shift knob and pull the gearshift lever to the left sufficiently, and then shift into reverse (R) gear position. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R (Reverse). Never operate the engine with the tachometer (rpm) in the red zone. OSK3058162NR The shift lever can be moved without pulling the button (1). CAUTION • When downshifting from fifth The button (1) should be gear to fourth gear, caution should pressed when moving the shift lever be taken not to inadvertently into reverse. press the shift lever sideways in The manual transmission has 5 (or such a manner that the second 6) forward gears. gear is engaged. Such a drastic This shift pattern is imprinted on the downshift may cause the engine shift knob. The transmission is fully speed to increase to the point...
Page 348 Driving your vehicle Manual transmission lubricant is warmed up. This is on a downhill grade. normal and not harmful to the Unexpected and sudden vehicle transmission. movement can occur if these • If you’ve come to a complete stop precautions are not followed in and it’s hard to shift into 1st or the order identified. R(Reverse), leave the shift lever • Do not use the engine brake at N(Neutral) position and release (shifting from a high gear to lower the clutch. Press the clutch pedal gear) rapidly on slippery roads. back down, and then shift into 1st The vehicle may slip causing an or R(Reverse) gear position. accident. CAUTION Using the clutch • To avoid premature clutch wear and damage, do not drive with The clutch should be pressed all the your foot resting on the clutch way to the floor before shifting, pedal. Also, don’t use the clutch then released slowly. The clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an pedal should always be fully released uphill grade, while waiting for a while driving. Do not rest your foot...
Page 349: Good Driving Practices
Driving your vehicle Manual transmission Downshifting • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be When you must slow down in heavy especially careful when braking, traffic or while driving up steep hills, accelerating or shifting gears. On a downshift before the engine starts slippery surface, an abrupt change to labor. Downshifting reduces the in vehicle speed can cause the chance of stalling and gives better drive wheels to lose traction and acceleration when you again need the vehicle to go out of control. to increase your speed. When the vehicle is traveling down steep hills, WARNING downshifting helps maintain safe • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an speed and prolongs brake life. unbelted occupant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured Good driving practices or killed than a properly belted • Never take the vehicle out of occupant. gear and coast down a hill. This • Avoid high speeds when cornering is extremely hazardous. Always or turning.
Page 350: Automatic Transmission (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission Automatic transmission TCM (Transmission Control Module) or PCM (Powertrain Control Module). (if equipped) For smooth operation, depress the brake pedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear. WARNING Automatic transmission • Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people, OCDW059003 especially children, before shifting Depress the brake pedal a car into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). and the lock release button when • Before leaving the driver’s seat, shifting. always make sure the shift lever Press the lock release button is in the P (Park) position; then when shifting. set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off. Unexpected The shift lever can be shifted and sudden vehicle movement can freely. occur if these precautions are not followed in the order identified. Automatic transmission operation • Do not use the engine brake (shifting from a high gear to lower...
Page 351 Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission with engine power. Use the service CAUTION brake or the parking brake. • Do not shift from N (Neutral) The transmission may be damaged or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R if you shift into P (Park) while the (Reverse) when the engine is vehicle is in motion. above idle speed. R (Reverse) Transmission ranges Use this position to drive the vehicle The indicator in the instrument backward. cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is CAUTION in the ON position. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into or out of R P (Park) (Reverse); you may damage the transmission if you shift into R while Always come to a complete stop the vehicle is in motion, except as before shifting into P (Park). This explained in “Rocking the vehicle” in position locks the transmission and this section. prevents the front wheels from rotating.
Page 352 Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission Parking in N (Neutral) gear gradients. If parked and left in “N”, the Follow below steps when parking vehicle may move and cause and you want the vehicle to move serious damage and injury. when pushed. 1. After parking your vehicle, step on the brake pedal and move the D (Drive) shift lever to “P” with the ignition button in “ON” or while the engine This is the normal forward driving is running. position. The transmission will 2. If the parking brake is applied automatically shift through a 6-gear unlock the parking brake. sequence, providing the best fuel 3. While pressing the brake pedal, economy and power. turn the ignition button “OFF”. For extra power when passing • For smart key equipped vehicles, another vehicle or climbing grades, the ignition switch can be moved depress the accelerator fully, at to “OFF” only when the shift which time the transmission will lever is in “P”.
Page 353: Shift Lock System (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission Whether the vehicle is stationary or shift points are varied to upshift in motion, sports mode is selected automatically. by pushing the shift lever from the • To maintain the required levels of D (Drive) position into the manual vehicle performance and safety, gate. To return to D (Drive) range the system may not execute operation, push the shift lever back certain gearshifts when the shift into the main gate. lever is operated. • When driving on a slippery road, In sports mode, moving the shift push the shift lever forward into lever backwards and forwards the +(up) position. This causes the will allow you to make gearshifts transmission to shift into the 2nd rapidly. In contrast to a manual gear which is better for smooth transmission, the sports mode driving on a slippery road. Push allows gearshifts with the the shift lever to the -(down) side accelerator pedal depressed. to shift back to the 1st gear. • Up (+): Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. • Down (-): Pull the lever backwards Shift lock system (if equipped) once to shift down one gear.
Page 354: Good Driving Practices
When you do this, engine braking OCDW059005 will help slow down the vehicle. If the shift lever cannot be moved • Slow down before shifting to a from the P (Park) position into lower gear. Otherwise, the lower R (Reverse) position with the gear may not be engaged. brake pedal depressed, continue • Always use the parking brake. depressing the brake, then do the Do not depend on placing the following: transmission in P (Park) to keep 1. Place the ignition switch in the the vehicle from moving. LOCK/OFF position. • Exercise extreme caution when 2. Apply the parking brake. driving on a slippery surface. Be 3. Press down the shift lock release especially careful when braking, button. accelerating or shifting gears. On a 4. Move the shift lever. slippery surface, an abrupt change 5. Have the system inspected by in vehicle speed can cause the a professional workshop. Kia drive wheels to lose traction and recommends to visit an authorized the vehicle to go out of control. Kia dealer/service partner. 6 27...
Page 355 Driving your vehicle Automatic transmission • Optimum vehicle performance and vehicle. During the rocking operation economy is obtained by smoothly the vehicle may suddenly move depressing and releasing the forward or backward as it becomes accelerator pedal. unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects. WARNING • Always buckle-up! In a collision, an Moving up a steep grade from a unbelted occupant is significantly standing start more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted To move up a steep grade from a occupant. standing start: • Avoid high speeds when cornering • Depress the brake pedal, shift or turning. the shift lever to D (Drive). Select • Do not make quick steering wheel the appropriate gear depending movements, such as sharp lane on load weight and steepness of...
Page 356: Dual Clutch Transmission (Dct) (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). (if equipped) • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed. • Do not use engine braking (shifting from a high gear to lower OCDW059003 Depress the brake pedal gear) rapidly on slippery roads. and the lock release button when The vehicle may slip causing an shifting. accident. Press the lock release button when shifting. CAUTION The shift lever can be shifted • To avoid damage to your freely.
Page 357 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) shift through the gears similar • When rapidly accelerating at a low to a conventional automatic vehicle speed, the engine rpm may transmission. increase highly depending on the Unlike a traditional automatic vehicle’s driving condition. transmission, the gear shifting can • For smooth launch uphill, press sometimes be felt and heard as down the accelerator pedal the actuators engage the clutches smoothly depending on the and the gears are selected. current conditions. • The dual clutch transmission • If you release your foot from the adopts a dry-type dual clutch, accelerator pedal at low vehicle which is different from the torque speed, you may feel strong engine converter of the automatic braking, which is similar to manual transmission. It shows better transmission. acceleration performance and • When driving downhill, you may increased fuel efficiency while use Sports Mode or press the driving but initial launch might be...
Page 358: Lcd Display For Transmission Temperature And Warning Message
Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) • Do not put the shift lever in N LCD display for transmission temperature and warning message (Neutral) while driving. Transmission temperature Gauge WARNING Due to transmission failure, the vehicle may not move and the position indicator (D, R) will blink on the cluster. In this case, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OJF058364L OCDW059139 OJF058368L • Select trip computer mode on the LCD display and move to the 6 31...
Page 359 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) DCT warning messages transmission temperature screen to see the temperature of the Type A dual clutch transmission. • Try to drive so that the temperature gauge do not show high/overheat. When the transmission is overheated, the warning message will display on the LCD. Follow the displayed message. • The transmission temperature is displayed in three colors (white, orange and red) as it increases. OJF058362L • Orange temperature gauge is Type B displayed right before the warning message appears on the LCD display. (if equipped) CAUTION • Increase (high temperature) of the transmission temperature gauge usually appears on an incline when the vehicle is stopped for a long time using accelerator pedal, without depressing the brake OCDW059138 This warning message is displayed...
Page 360 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) ahead before moving the vehicle Type B forward. Then hold the vehicle on the incline with the foot brake. • If the vehicle is held on a hill by applying the accelerator pedal or by creeping with brake pedal disengaged, the clutch and transmission may overheat which can result in damage. At this time, a warning message will appear on the LCD display. • If the LCD warning is active, the OCDW059139 foot brake must be applied. Type A • Ignoring the warnings can lead to damage to the transmission. Transmission high temperature Type A OJF058449L Type B OJF058364L OJF058450L • Under certain conditions, such as repeated stop-and-go launches on 6 33...
Page 361 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) Transmission overheated steep grades, sudden take off or acceleration, or other harsh driving Type A conditions, the transmission clutch temperatures will increase excessively. Finally the clutch in transmission could be overheated. • When the clutch is overheated, the safe protection mode engages and the gear position indicator on the cluster blinks with a chime. At this time, “Transmission temp. is high! Stop safely” warning message will appear on the LCD display and OJF058368L driving may not be smooth. Type B • If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), and allow the transmission to cool. • If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse. You may experience abrupt shifts, frequent shifts, or jerkiness. To return to the normal driving condition, stop the vehicle OJF058369L and apply the foot brake or shift Type A...
Page 362 • If this occurs, pull over to a safe location, stop the vehicle with the engine running, apply the brakes and shift the vehicle to P (Park), OJF058371L and allow the transmission to cool. Type A • When the message “Trans cooled. Resume driving.” appears you can continue to drive your vehicle. • When possible, drive the vehicle smoothly. If any of the warning messages in the LCD display continue to blink, for your safety, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit OJF058372L an authorized Kia dealer/service Type B partner. Transmission ranges The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position. P (Park) OJF058373L Always come to a complete stop • If the vehicle continues to before shifting into P (Park). be driven and the clutch temperatures reach the...
Page 363 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) To shift from P (Park), you must Always come to a complete stop depress firmly on the brake pedal before shifting into or out of R and make sure your foot is off the (Reverse); you may damage the accelerator pedal. transmission if you shift into R (Reverse) while the vehicle is in If you have done all of the above and motion. still cannot shift the lever out of P (Park), see “Shift-Lock Release” in this chapter. N (Neutral) The shift lever must be in P (Park) The wheels and transmission are not...
Page 364 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) Parking in N (Neutral) gear will move when external force is applied. Follow below steps when parking and you want the vehicle to move CAUTION when pushed. • With the exception of parking 1. After parking your vehicle, step in neutral gear, always park the on the brake pedal and move the vehicle in [P] (Park) for safety and shift lever to [P] with the ignition engage the parking brake. button in [ON] or while the engine • Before parking in [N] (Neutral) is running. gear, first make sure the parking 2. If the parking brake is applied ground is level and flat. Do not unlock the parking brake. park in [N] gear on any slopes or • For EPB (Electronic Parking gradients. Brake) equipped vehicles, push If parked and left in [N], the vehicle the brake pedal with the ignition may move and cause serious button in [ON] or while the damage and injury.
Page 365 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) For extra power when passing Manual mode another vehicle or driving uphill depress the accelerator pedal further until you feel the transmission downshift to a lower gear. WARNING • Do not shift into gear unless your foot is firmly on the brake pedal. Shifting into gear when the engine OCDW059004 is running at high speed can cause Whether the vehicle is stationary or the vehicle to move very rapidly. in motion, manual mode is selected You may lose control of the vehicle by pushing the shift lever from the and cause accidents. D (Drive) position into the manual • Do not drive with the shift lever gate. To return to D (Drive) range in N (Neutral). The engine brake operation, push the shift lever back will not work and may lead to an into the main gate. accident. In manual mode, moving the shift lever backwards and forwards will NOTICE allow you to select the desired range Always make sure the vehicle is of gears for the current driving...
Page 366 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) With the shift lever in the D slows down. When the vehicle position stops, 1st gear is automatically selected. The paddle shift function will • When the engine rpm approaches operate when the vehicle speed is the red zone the transmission will more than 10km/h. upshift automatically. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once • If the driver presses the lever to to shift up or down one gear and + (Up) or - (Down) position, the the system changes from automatic transmission may not make the mode to manual mode. requested gear change if the next gear is outside of the allowable When the vehicle speed is lower engine rpm range. The driver must than 10km/h, if you depress the execute upshifts in accordance accelerator pedal for more than with road conditions, taking care 5 seconds or if you shift the shift to keep the engine rpms below...
Page 367: Good Driving Practices
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. following: 2. Start the engine or turn the 1. Place the ignition switch in the ignition switch to the ON position. LOCK/OFF position. 3. Move the shift lever. 2. Apply the parking brake. If the brake pedal is repeatedly 3. Press down the shift lock release depressed and released with the button. shift lever in the P (Park) position, a 4. Move the shift lever. chattering noise & vibration near the 5. Have the system inspected by shift lever may be heard. This is a a professional workshop. Kia normal condition. recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. WARNING Always fully depress the brake pedal Good driving practices before and while shifting out of • Never move the shift lever from P the P (Park) position into another (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position to avoid inadvertent motion position with the accelerator pedal of the vehicle which could injure depressed. persons in or around the car. • Never move the shift lever into P (Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
Page 368 Driving your vehicle Dual Clutch Transmission (DCT) When you do this, engine braking roadway and the driver oversteers will help slow the car. to reenter the roadway. • Slow down before shifting to a • In the event your vehicle leaves lower gear. Otherwise, the lower the roadway, do not steer sharply. gear may not be engaged. Instead, slow down before pulling • Always use the parking brake. back into the travel lanes. Do not depend on placing the • Never exceed posted speed limits. transmission in P (Park) to keep the car from moving. WARNING • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be If your vehicle becomes stuck in especially careful when braking, snow, mud, sand, etc., then you may accelerating or shifting gears. On a attempt to rock the vehicle free by slippery surface, an abrupt change moving it forward and backward. Do in vehicle speed can cause the not attempt this procedure if people drive wheels to lose traction and or objects are anywhere near the the vehicle to go out of control.
Page 369: Brake System
Driving your vehicle Brake system Brake system application will cause the brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking Power brakes performance. Your vehicle has power-assisted • Wet brakes may impair the brakes that adjust automatically vehicle‘s ability to safely slow through normal usage. down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes In the event that the power-assisted are applied. Applying the brakes brakes lose power because of a lightly will indicate whether they stalled engine or some other reason, have been affected in this way. you can still stop your vehicle by Always test your brakes in this applying greater force to the brake fashion after driving through deep pedal than you normally would. The water. To dry the brakes, apply stopping distance, however, will be them lightly while maintaining a longer. safe forward speed until brake When the engine is not running, performance returns to normal. the reserve brake power is partially • Always, confirm the position of depleted each time the brake pedal the brake and accelerator pedal...
Page 370: Parking Brake - Hand Type (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Brake system Applying the parking brake while the This brake wear warning sound vehicle is moving at normal speeds means your vehicle needs service. can cause a sudden loss of control If you ignore this audible warning, of the vehicle. If you must use the you will eventually lose braking parking brake to stop the vehicle, performance, which could lead to a use great caution in applying the serious accident. brake. Parking brake - Hand type (if equipped) Disc brakes wear indicator Your vehicle has disc brakes. Applying the parking brake When your brake pads are worn and new pads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your front brakes or rear brakes. You may hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the brake pedal.
Page 371 Secondly depress the release Then release the parking brake. button (1) and lower the parking • Do not hold the vehicle on the brake lever (2) while holding the upgrade with the accelerator button. pedal. This can cause the transmission to overheat. Always If the parking brake does not use the brake pedal or parking release or does not release all the brake. way, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia WARNING recommends to visit an authorized • Never allow anyone who is Kia dealer/service partner. unfamiliar with the vehicle to • Be cautious when parking on a touch the parking brake. If hill. Firmly engage the parking the parking brake is released brake and place the shift lever unintentionally, serious injury may in first or reverse gear (manual occur. transmission). If your vehicle is facing downhill, turn the front 6 44...
Page 372: Electronic Parking Brake (Epb) (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Brake system • All vehicles should always have Electronic parking brake (EPB) (if equipped) the parking brake fully engaged when parking to avoid inadvertent movement of the vehicle Applying the parking brake which can injure occupants or pedestrians. WK-23-1 Check the brake warning light by turning the ignition switch ON (do not start the engine). This light will be illuminated when the parking brake is applied with the ignition OCDW059031 switch in the START or ON position. To apply the EPB (electronic Before driving, be sure the parking parking brake): brake is fully released and the brake 1. Depress the brake pedal. warning light is off.
Page 373 Driving your vehicle Brake system To release EPB (electronic parking 2. Pull up the EPB switch for more brake) automatically: than 3 seconds. • Shift lever in P (Park) With the engine running depress CAUTION the brake pedal and shift out of P (Park) to R (Rear) or D (Drive). Do not operate the parking brake • Shift lever in N (Neutral) while the vehicle is moving except With the engine running depress in an emergency situation. It could the brake pedal and shift out of N damage the vehicle system and (Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive). endanger driving safety. • Manual transmission vehicle 1. Start the engine. 2. Fasten the driver’s seat belt. Releasing the parking brake 3. Close the driver’s door, engine hood and trunk. 4. Depress the clutch pedal with the gear engaged.
Page 374 1. Depress the clutch pedal and select a gear. 2. Keep pulling up the EPB switch. System warning 3. Depress the accelerator pedal and slowly release the clutch pedal. 4. If the vehicle starts off with enough driving power release the EPB switch. Do not follow the above procedure when driving on a flat level ground. The vehicle may suddenly move forward. OCD058083 CAUTION • If you try to drive off depressing • If the parking brake warning the accelerator pedal with the light is still on even though the EPB applied, but doesn’t release EPB has been released, have the automatically, a warning will system checked by a professional sound and a message will appear. workshop. Kia recommends to • If the driver’s seat belt is not visit an authorized Kia dealer/ fastened and the engine hood or service partner. trunk is opened, a warning will • Do not drive your vehicle with sound and a message will appear. the EPB applied. It may cause 6 47...
Page 375 Driving your vehicle Brake system • If there is a problem with the make sure to inform him/her how vehicle, a warning may sound and to operate the EPB. a message may appear. • The EPB may malfunction if you drive with the EPB applied. If the above situation occurs, • When you automatically release depress the brake pedal and release EPB by depressing the accelerator EPB by pressing the EPB switch. pedal, depress it slowly. WARNING • To prevent unintentional System warning movement when stopped and Type A leaving the vehicle, do not use the shift lever in place of the parking brake. Set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is securely positioned in P (Park). • Never allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the parking brake. If the parking brake is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur. OCD058084 • All vehicles should always have Type B...
Page 376 Depress the brake pedal when the Type A / Type B above message appears for the Auto Hold and EPB may not activate. System warning Type A OCDW059033 This warning light illuminates if the ENGINE START/STOP button is changed to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3 seconds if the system is operation normally. If the EPB malfunction indicator OCD058086 remains on, comes on while driving, Type B or does not come on when the ignition switch or the ENGINE START/STOP button is changed to the ON position, this indicates that the EPB may have malfunctioned. If this occurs, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OCDW059087 The EPB malfunction indicator may If the EPB is applied while Auto illuminate when the ESC indicator Hold is activated because of ESC comes on to indicate that the ESC is (Electronic Stability Control) signal, not working properly, but it does not a warning will sound and a message indicate a malfunction of the EPB. will appear. 6 49...
Page 377 CAUTION WARNING • The EPB warning light may Do not operate the parking brake illuminate if the EPB switch while the vehicle is moving except in operates abnormally. Shut the an emergency situation. engine off and turn it on again after a few minutes. The warning NOTICE light will go off and the EPB switch will operate normally. However, During emergency braking by the if the EPB warning light is still EPB, the parking brake warning light on, have the system checked will illuminate to indicate that the by a professional workshop. Kia system is operating. recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. CAUTION • If the parking brake warning light does not illuminate or blinks even If you continuously notice a noise or though the EPB switch was pulled burning smell when the EPB is used up, the EPB is not applied. for emergency braking, have the • If the parking brake warning light system checked by a professional blinks when the EPB warning light workshop. is on, press the switch, then pull Kia recommends to visit an it up. Once more press it back to...
Page 378 Driving your vehicle Brake system brake pedal is not depressed after brake pedal, the AUTO HOLD the driver brings the vehicle to a indicator changes from white to complete stop by depressing the green. brake pedal. 3. The vehicle will remain stationary even if you release the brake pedal. Set up 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be released. Leaving If you press the accelerator pedal with the shift lever in, D (Drive) or sports mode, the Auto Hold will be released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The indicator changes from green to white. OCDW059034 1. With the driver’s door, engine hood and trunk closed, fasten the WARNING driver’s seat belt or depress the When driving off from Auto Hold by brake pedal and then press the depressing the accelerator pedal, Auto Hold button. The white AUTO always check the surrounding area HOLD indicator will come on and near your vehicle. the system will be in the standby Slowly depress the accelerator pedal position.
Page 379 • To cancel the Auto Hold operation, check the surrounding area near press the Auto Hold switch. The your vehicle and release parking AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. brake manually with the EPB • To cancel the Auto Hold operation switch. when the vehicle is at a standstill, • If the AUTO HOLD indicator lights press the Auto Hold switch while up yellow, the Auto Hold is not depressing the brake pedal. working properly. In this case, have your vehicle inspected NOTICE by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an • The Auto Hold does not operate authorized Kia dealer/service when: partner. - The driver’s seat belt is • While operating Auto Hold, you unfastened and driver’s door is may hear mechanical noise. opened. However, it is normal operation - The engine hood is opened. noise. - The trunk is opened. - The shift lever is in P (Park). - The EPB is applied. WARNING • For your safety, the Auto Hold • Press the accelerator pedal slowly...
Page 380: Anti-Lock Brake System (Abs)
Driving your vehicle Brake system • On roads where the road surface CAUTION is pitted or has different surface height. If there is a malfunction with the The safety features of an ABS (or driver’s door, engine hood or trunk ESC) equipped vehicle should not open detection system, the Auto be tested by high speed driving or Hold may not work properly. In this cornering. This could endanger the case, have your vehicle inspected safety of yourself or others. by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service The ABS continuously senses the partner. speed of the wheels. If the wheels are going to lock, the ABS system repeatedly modulates the hydraulic Anti-lock brake system (ABS) brake pressure to the wheels. When you apply your brakes under WARNING conditions which may lock the ABS (or ESC) will not prevent wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik” accidents due to improper or sound from the brakes, or feel a dangerous driving maneuvers. Even...
Page 381 Driving your vehicle Brake system engine is started. These conditions case, have the system checked are normal and indicate that the by a professional workshop. Kia anti-lock brake system is functioning recommends to visit an authorized properly. Kia dealer/service partner. • Even with the anti-lock brake CAUTION system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. • When you drive on a road having Always maintain a safe distance poor traction, such as an icy from the vehicle in front of you. road, and operate your brakes • Always slow down when continuously, the ABS will be cornering. The anti-lock brake active continuously and the ABS system cannot prevent accidents warning light may illuminate. Pull resulting from excessive speeds. your car over to a safe place and • On loose or uneven road surfaces, stop the engine. operation of the anti-lock brake • Restart the engine. If the ABS system may result in a longer...
Page 382: Electronic Stability Control (Esc)
Driving your vehicle Brake system • Have the battery recharged before management system to stabilize the driving the vehicle. vehicle. WARNING Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) cornering. Electronic stability Control system is designed to stabilize the (ESC) will not prevent accidents. vehicle during cornering maneuvers. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt ESC checks where you are steering maneuvers and hydroplaning on wet and where the vehicle is actually surfaces can still result in serious going. accidents. Only a safe and attentive Type A driver can prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose traction. Even with ESC installed, always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at safe speeds for the conditions. The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain OCDW059127 vehicle control under adverse Type B...
Page 383 Driving your vehicle Brake system corresponding sensation in the brake you can feel a slight pulsation in the pedal. This is normal and it means vehicle. This is only the effect of your ESC is active. brake control and indicates nothing unusual. NOTICE When moving out of the mud or A click sound may be heard in the driving on a slippery road, the engine engine compartment when the rpm (revolution per minute) may not vehicle begins to move after the be increased even if you press the engine is started. These conditions accelerator pedal deeply. This is to are normal and indicate that the maintain the stability and traction of Electronic Stability Control System is the vehicle and does not indicate a functioning properly. problem. ESC OFF condition To cancel ESC operation: ESC operation Type A ESC ON condition • When the ignition is turned ON, ESC and ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds, then ESC is turned on.
Page 384 Driving your vehicle Brake system Type B Type B OJF058385L OJF058387L • State 1 • State 2 Press the ESC OFF button shortly Press the ESC OFF button for (ESC OFF indicator light and more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF message illuminates). At this indicator light and message state, the engine control function illuminates and ESC OFF warning does not operate. In other words, chime will sound. At this state, the the traction control function does engine control function and brake not operate but only the brake control function does not operate. control function operates. In other words, the vehicle stability control function does not Type A operate any more. If the ignition switch is placed to the LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, ESC remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will automatically turn on again. Indicator light ESC indicator light OJF058386L ESC OFF indicator light 6...
Page 385: Hill-Start Assist Control (Hac)
Driving your vehicle Brake system When ignition switch is turned to • To turn ESC off while driving, press ON, the indicator light illuminates, the ESC OFF button while driving then goes off if the ESC system is on a flat road surface. operating normally. Never press the ESC OFF button The ESC indicator light blinks while ESC is operating (ESC indicator whenever ESC is operating or light blinks). illuminates when ESC fails to If ESC is turned off while ESC is operate. operating, the vehicle may slip out of ESC OFF indicator light comes on control. when the ESC is turned off with the NOTICE button. • When operating the vehicle on a CAUTION dynamometer, ensure that the Driving with varying tire or wheel ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light sizes may cause the ESC system to illuminated). malfunction. When replacing tires, • Turning the ESC off does not make sure they are the same size as affect ABS or brake system your original tires.
Page 386: Vehicle Stability Management (Vsm)
Driving your vehicle Brake system braking pressure builtup by driver Vehicle stability management (VSM) during stopping procedure for 2 seconds after releasing brake pedal. This system provides further enhancements to vehicle stability During the pressure-hold period, the and steering responses when a driver has enough time to press the vehicle is driving on a slippery road accelerator pedal to drive off. or a vehicle detected changes in The braking pressure is reduced coefficient of friction between as soon as the system detects the right wheels and left wheels when driver’s intention to drive off. braking. WARNING VSM operation The HAC is usually activated only When the VSM is in operation, ESC for 2 seconds. The driver should be indicator light ( ) blinks. careful from the rolling backward causing the accident with behind When the vehicle stability objects or human, when the driver management is operating properly, may feel the unintended rolling you can feel a slight pulsation in the backward while driving off on hill due vehicle. This is only the effect of...
Page 387: Ess: Emergency Stop Signal (If Equipped)
Electric Power Steering system or inclement weather and on a VSM system. slippery road. • Driving with varying tire or wheel If the ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS sizes may cause the VSM system warning light remains on, have the to malfunction. When replacing system checked by a professional tires, make sure they are the workshop. Kia recommends to visit same size as your original tires. an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. ESS: Emergency Stop Signal (if NOTICE equipped) • The VSM is designed to function The Emergency Stop Signal system above approximately 15 km/h (9 alerts the driver behind by blinking mph) on curves. the stop light when the vehicle • The VSM is designed to function suddenly stops or when the ABS above approximately 30 km/h (18 activates in a stop. (The system...
Page 388: Good Braking Practices
Driving your vehicle Brake system brakes lightly until the braking CAUTION action returns to normal, taking care to keep the car under control The Emergency Stop Signal system at all times. If the braking action will not work if the hazard warning does not return to normal, stop flasher is already on. as soon as it is safe to do so and have your vehicle inspected by a professional workshop. Good braking practices Kia recommends to call an authorized Kia dealer/service WARNING partner. • Whenever leaving vehicle or • Don’t coast down hills with the parking, always set the parking car out of gear. This is extremely brake as far as possible and fully hazardous. Keep the car in gear at engage the vehicle’s transmission all times, use the brakes to slow into the park position. Vehicles down, then shift to a lower gear not fully engaged in park with the so that engine braking will help parking brake set are at risk for you maintain a safe speed.
Page 389: Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (Fca) (Camera Type) (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) into the curb to help keep the car Forward collision-avoidance from rolling. If your car is facing assist (FCA) (Camera type) uphill, turn the front wheels away (if equipped) from the curb to help keep the car The FCA system is designed to from rolling. If there is no curb or detect and monitor the vehicle if it is required by other conditions ahead in the roadway through to keep the car from rolling, block camera recognition to warn the the wheels. driver that a collision is imminent, • Under some conditions your and if necessary, apply emergency parking brake can freeze in the braking. engaged position. This is most likely to happen when there is * C amera type FCA system does not an accumulation of snow or ice operate for pedestrians in front.
Page 390: System Setting And Activation
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) System setting and activation Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. System setting The driver can select the initial The driver can activate the FCA by warning activation time on the LCD placing the ignition switch to the ON display. position and by selecting: Go to the “User Settings → Driver “User Settings → Driver assistance → assistance → Warning timing → Forward safety” Normal/Later”. • If you select “Active assist”, the FCA system activates. The FCA The options for the initial Forward produces warning messages and Collision Warning includes the warning alarms in accordance with following: the collision risk levels. Also, it • Normal:...
Page 391: Fca Warning Message And System Control
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) Prerequisite for activation The FCA warning light will illuminate, but it does not indicate The FCA gets ready to be activated, a malfunction of the system. when the Active Assist or Warning • Set or cancel FCA with controlling Only under the Forward Safety is switches on steering wheel after selected on the LCD display, and stopping the vehicle in the safe when the following prerequisites are place for your safety. satisfied. • The ESC is activated. • The driving speed is over 10km/h. FCA warning message and system (However, FCA is activated within control certain driving speed.) The FCA produces warning • When recognizing the vehicle in messages and warning alarms in front. (However, FCA does not accordance with the collision risk...
Page 392: Brake Operation
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) • The FCA controls the brakes Brake operation within certain limit to release • In an urgent situation, the braking shock from the collision. system enters into the ready - If you select “Warning only”, status for prompt reaction to the FCA system activates and assist the driver in depressing the produces only warning alarms brake pedal. in accordance with the collision • The FCA provides additional risk levels. You should control the braking power for optimum brake directly because the FCA braking performance, when the system do not control the brake. driver depresses the brake pedal. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when Emergency braking (2nd warning) the driver sharply depresses the accelerator pedal, or when the driver abruptly operates the...
Page 393: Fca Front View Camera Sensor
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) Warning message and warning WARNING light The FCA operates in accordance with the risk levels, such as the distance from the vehicle in front, the speed of the vehicle in front, and the driver’s vehicle operation. For the system to activate, do not attempt risky driving. FCA front view camera sensor OCD058072 In order for the FCA system to When the camera is blocked with operate properly, always make sure dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA the sensor is clean and free of dirt, operation may temporarily stop. snow, and debris. In this case, the warning message appears to warn the driver. This is not a malfunction with the FCA. To operate the FCA again, remove the foreign substances. The FCA may not properly operate in an area (e.g. open terrain), where any substances are not detected...
Page 394: System Malfunction
• Doing so may adversely affect Assist (LKA) system (if equipped)” the sensing performance of the on page 6-126. sensor. • Always keep the sensor clean and free of dirt and debris. System malfunction • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the sensor. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the FCA system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OJF058394L • When the FCA is not working • Use only genuine parts to repair or properly, the FCA warning light replace a damaged. ) will illuminate and the • Do not tint the window or install warning message will appear for stickers, accessories around the a few seconds. After the message inside mirror where the camera is disappears, the master warning installed. light ( ) will illuminate. In this...
Page 395 Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) Rather, maintain a safe braking • If the vehicle in front stops distance, and, if necessary, suddenly, you may have less depress the brake pedal to lower control of the brake system. the driving speed. Therefore, always keep safe • In certain instances and under distance between your vehicle and certain driving conditions, the the vehicle in front of you. FCA system may activate • The FCA system may activate unintentionally. during braking and the vehicle Also, in certain instances the front may stop suddenly. And the load camera recognition system may in the vehicle may endanger not detect the vehicle ahead. The passengers. Therefore, always be FCA system may not activate and mindful of the load volume in the the warning message will not be vehicle. displayed. • The FCA system may not activate • The FCA may unnecessarily if the driver applies the brake produce the warning message...
Page 396: Limitation Of The System
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) Limitation of the system • The driver’s field of view is not well illuminated (either too dark or The FCA is an assistant system for too much reflection or too much a driver in a certain risky driving backlight that obscures the field condition and it does not take every of view) responsibility for all risks from • The vehicle in front is driving driving condition. erratically The FCA monitors the driving • The vehicle is driven near areas situations through the camera containing metal substances such sensor. Thus, for a situation out of as a construction zone, railroad, the sensing range, the FCA may not etc. normally operate. The driver should • Backlight is reflected in the pay great caution in the following direction of the vehicle (including situations. The FCA operation may front light from the vehicle ahead)
Page 397 Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) coating, damage on glass, foreign The FCA performance decreases matter (sticker, insect, etc.) while driving on a curve. The FCA • The camera or camera lens is may not recognize the vehicle in damaged. front even in the same lane. It may • If the headlights of the vehicle are unnecessarily produce the warning not used at night or in the tunnel message and the warning alarm, section, or the light is too weak. or it may not produce the warning • If street light or the light of the message and the warning alarm at vehicle coming from the opposite all. is reflected or when sunlight is While driving on a curve, pay great reflected by the water on the road caution, and, if necessary, depress surface. the brake pedal. • When the back light is projected in the direction of the vehicle’s motion (including the headlights of vehicles) • Road sign, shadow on the road, tunnel entrance, toll gate, partial...
Page 398 Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) Driving on a slope Changing lanes OCDW059107 OCDW059135 The FCA performance decreases Even though the vehicle in the while driving upward or downward next lane enters into your lane, on a slope, not recognizing the it may not be recognized by the vehicle in front in the same lane. FCA, until it enters the FCA sensing It may unnecessarily produce the range. Especially when the vehicle warning message and the warning in the next lane abruptly enters alarm, or it may not produce the into your lane, it is more likely not warning message and the warning be recognized. Always pay great alarm at all. attention. When the FCA suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience sharp deceleration. Always keep your eyes forward while driving upward or downward on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal.
Page 399 Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera type) Recognizing the vehicle • When replacing or reinstalling the windshield, or camera after removal, have the vehicle inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. NOTICE The system may temporarily cancel due to the strong electric waves. OCDW059108 When the vehicle in front has heavy loading extended rearward, or when the vehicle in front has higher ground clearance, it may induce a hazardous situation. WARNING • Cancel the FCA in the User Settings on the LCD display, before towing another vehicle. While towing, the brake application may adversely affect your vehicle safety. • Pay great caution to the vehicle in front, when it has heavy loading extended rearward, or when it has higher ground clearance.
Page 400: Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (Fca) (Camera+Radar Type) (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) Forward collision-avoidance System setting and activation assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) (if equipped) System setting The FCA system is to reduce or to The driver can activate the FCA by avoid accident risk. It recognizes placing the ignition switch to the ON the distance from the vehicle ahead position and by selecting: or the pedestrian through the “User Settings → Driver assistance → sensors (i.e. radar and camera), Forward safety” and, if necessary, warns the driver • If you select “Active assist”, the of accident risk with the warning FCA system activates. The FCA message or the warning alarms. produces warning messages and * C amera+radar type FCA system warning alarms in accordance with operates for the vehicle ahead and...
Page 401 Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) Prerequisite for activation Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service The FCA gets ready to be activated, partner. when the Active Assist or Warning The driver can select the initial Only under the Forward Safety is warning activation time on the LCD selected on the LCD display, and display. when the following prerequisites are satisfied. Go to the “User Settings → Driver • The ESC is activated. assistance → Warning timing → • The driving speed is over 10km/h. Normal/Later”. (However, FCA is activated within The options for the initial Forward certain driving speed.) Collision Warning includes the • When recognizing the vehicle or following: the pedestrian in front. (However, • Normal:...
Page 402: Fca Warning Message And System Control
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) activated on the LCD display. • The FCA controls the brakes The FCA warning light will within certain limit to release illuminate, but it does not indicate shock from the collision. a malfunction of the system. - If you select “Warning only”, • Set or cancel FCA with controlling the FCA system activates and switches on steering wheel after produces only warning alarms stopping the vehicle in the safe in accordance with the collision place for your safety. risk levels. You should control the brake directly because the FCA system do not control the brake. FCA warning message and system control Emergency braking (2nd warning) The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels of followings like vehicle’s...
Page 403: Brake Operation
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) Brake operation WARNING • In an urgent situation, the braking system enters into the ready The FCA operates in accordance with status for prompt reaction to the risk levels, such as the distance assist the driver in depressing the from the vehicle/passer- by in front, brake pedal. the speed of the vehicle/passer- • The FCA provides additional by in front, and the driver’s vehicle braking power for optimum operation. braking performance, when the For the system to activate, do not driver depresses the brake pedal. attempt risky driving. • The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver sharply depresses Sensor to detect the distance from the accelerator pedal, or when the vehicle in front (front radar) the driver abruptly operates the...
Page 404 When the sensor cover is blocked moves out of the correct position with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA due to external force, the system operation may temporarily stop. may not normally operate even In this case, the warning message without the warning light or appears to warn the driver. message. In this case, have the This is not a malfunction with the vehicle inspected by a professional FCA. To operate the FCA again, workshop. Kia recommends to remove the foreign substances. visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. The FCA may not properly operate • Use only the genuine Kia sensor in an area (e.g. open terrain), where cover. Do not arbitrarily apply any substances are not detected paint on the sensor cover. after turning ON the engine. • Do not tint the window or install stickers, accessories around the WARNING inside mirror where the camera is The FCA system may not activate installed. without any warning messeges • Make sure the frontal camera according to driving condition, traffic installation point does not get wet. 6 77...
Page 405: System Malfunction
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) • Do not impact or arbitrarily by a professional workshop. Kia remove any radar/camera recommends to visit an authorized components. Kia dealer/service partner. • Do not place reflective objects • The FCA warning message may (white paper or mirror etc.) on the appear along with the illumination crash pad. of the ESC warning light. The system may activate WARNING unnecessarily due to reflect of the sunlight. • The FCA is only a supplemental • Excessive audio volume may system for the driver’s disturb the sound of the system convenience. The driver should warning alarm. hold the responsibility to control • For more cautions for the camera the vehicle operation. Do not sensor, refer to “Lane Keeping...
Page 406: Limitation Of The System
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) message and the warning alarm necessary, depress the brake at all. pedal to reduce the driving • When there is a malfunction speed in order to maintain a safe with the FCA, the braking control distance. does not operate upon detecting • The regular braking function will a collision risk even with other operate normally even if There braking systems normally is a problem with the FCA brake operating. control system or other functions. • The FCA operates only for the In this case, the braking control vehicle / pedestrian in front, will not operate in the risk of a while driving forward. It does collision. not operate for any animals or • The FCA system may not activate vehicles in the opposite direction. according to driving condition, • The FCA does not recognize the traffic on the road, weather, road vehicle, which horizontally drives condition, etc.
Page 407 Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) • The radar sensor or camera is • When light coming from a street blocked with a foreign object or light or an oncoming vehicle is debris. reflected on a wet road surface • The camera lens is contaminated such as a puddle in the road due to tinted, filmed or coated - The field of view in front is windshield, damaged glass, or obstructed by sun glare. stuck of foreign matter (sticker, • The windshield glass is fogged bug, etc.) on the glass up; a clear view of the road is - Inclement weather such as obstructed. heavy rain or snow obscures the • The vehicle in front is driving field of view of the radar sensor erratically. or camera. • The vehicle is on unpaved or - There is interference by electro- uneven rough surfaces, or road magnetic waves.
Page 408 Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) • The adverse road conditions cause While driving on a curve, pay great excessive vehicle vibrations while caution, and, if necessary, depress driving the brake pedal. • The sensor recognition changes suddenly when passing over a speed bump. • The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction. • The vehicle in front is stopped vertically. • The vehicle in front is driving towards your vehicle or reversing. • You are on a roundabout and the vehicle in front circles. OCDW059134 While driving on a curve, the FCA Driving on a curve may recognize the vehicle in front in the next lane. Pay great caution, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal.
Page 409: Recognizing Pedestrians
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) on a slope, not recognizing the vehicle in front in the same lane. It may unnecessarily produce the warning message and the warning alarm, or it may not produce the warning message and the warning alarm at all. When the FCA suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience OCDW059136 sharp deceleration. When the stopped vehicle in front gets out of the lane, it may not be Always keep your eyes forward recognized by your FCA. Always pay while driving upward or downward great attention. on a slope, and, if necessary, depress the brake pedal. Recognizing the vehicle Changing lanes OCDW059011 When the vehicle in front has heavy OCDW059135 loading extended rearward, or Even though the vehicle in the when the vehicle in front has higher next lane enters into your lane, ground clearance, it may induce a it may not be recognized by the...
Page 410 Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) (Camera+Radar type) or the pedestrian does not walk in • If the headlights of the vehicle are the upright position. not used at night or in the tunnel • The pedestrian moves very fast. section, or the light is too weak • The pedestrian abruptly appears • If street light or the light of the in front. vehicle coming from the opposite • The pedestrian wears clothes is reflected or when sunlight is in the color similar to the reflected by the water on the road background. surface • The outside is too bright or too • When the back light is projected dark. in the direction of the vehicle’s • The vehicle drives at night or in motion (including the headlights of the darkness. vehicles) • There is an item similar to a • Road sign, shadow on the road,...
Page 411: Cruise Control System (If Equipped)
• The FCA does not operate in a certain situation. Thus, never test- WARNING operate the FCA against a person • If the cruise control is left on, or an object. It may cause a severe (CRUISE indicator light in the injury or even death. instrument cluster illuminated) • When replacing or reinstalling the the cruise control can be switched windshield, front bumper or radar/ on accidentally. Keep the cruise camera after removal, have the control system off (CRUISE vehicle inspected by a professional indicator light OFF) when the workshop. Kia recommends to cruise control is not in use, to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ avoid inadvertently setting a service partner. speed. • Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways NOTICE in good weather. The system may temporarily cancel • Do not use the cruise control when due to the strong electric waves. it may not be safe to keep the car at a constant speed, for instance, driving in heavy or varying traffic, or on slippery (rainy, icy or snow- covered) or winding roads or over 6% uphill or downhill roads.
Page 412: Cruise Control Switch
Driving your vehicle Cruise control system Cruise control switch CAUTION During cruise-speed driving of a manual transmission vehicle, do not shift into neutral without depressing the clutch pedal, since the engine will be overrevved. If this happens, depress the clutch pedal or release the cruise control ON-OFF switch. NOTICE OCDW049473 • O: Cancels cruise control operation. During normal cruise control • CRUISE: Turns cruise control operation, when the SET switch system on or off. is activated or reactivated • RES+: Resumes or increases cruise after applying the brakes, the control speed. cruise control will energize after • SET-: Sets or decreases cruise approximately 3 seconds. This delay control speed. is normal. To set cruise control speed NOTICE To activate cruise control, depress the brake pedal at least once after...
Page 413: To Increase Cruise Control Set Speed
Driving your vehicle Cruise control system 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, To increase cruise control set speed: which must be more than 30 km/h (20 mph). NOTICE Manual transmission For manual transmission vehicles, you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine. OCDW059159 Follow either of these procedures: • Move the lever up (to RES+) and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase by 10 km/h. Release the lever at the speed you want. • Move the lever up (to RES+) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will increase by 1.0 km/h (1.0 mph) each time you OCDW059157 move the lever up (to RES+) in this 3. Move the lever down (to SET-), manner. and release it at the desired speed. The cruise set speed will illuminate. Release the accelerator To decrease the cruising speed: pedal at the same time. The...
Page 414: To Temporarily Accelerate With The Cruise Control On
Driving your vehicle Cruise control system • Move the lever down (to SET-) To cancel cruise control, do one of the following: and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the lever at the speed you want to maintain. • Move the lever down (to SET-) and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h (1.0 mph) each time you move the lever down (to SET-) in this manner. OCDW059160 To temporarily accelerate with the • Depress the brake pedal. cruise control on: • Depress the clutch pedal If you want to speed up temporarily if equipped with a manual when the cruise control is on,...
Page 415: To Resume Cruising Speed At More Than Approximately
Driving your vehicle Manual speed limit assist To resume cruising speed at more Manual speed limit assist than approximately 30 km/h (20 (if equipped) mph): You can set the speed limit when you do not want to drive over a specific speed. If you drive over the preset speed limit, the warning system operates (set speed limit will blink and chime will sound) until the vehicle speed returns within the speed limit. NOTICE OCDW059159 While Manual Speed Limit Assist is in If any method other than the operation, the cruise control system CRUISE button was used to cancel cannot be activated. cruising speed and the system is still activated, the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you...
Page 416 Driving your vehicle Manual speed limit assist up (to RES+) or down (to SET-) and hold it. The speed will increase or decrease by 5 km/h (3 mph). Move the lever up (to RES+) or down (SET-) and release it immediately. The speed will increase or decrease by 1 km/h. The set speed limit will display on the instrument cluster. OCDW059036 The speed limit indicator light will illuminate. OCDW059088 The set speed limit will be displayed. To drive over the preset speed limit you must depress hard on OCDW059157 the accelerator pedal (more than approximately 80%) until the kick down mechanism works with a clicking noise. Then the set speed limit will blink and chime will sound until you return the vehicle speed within the speed limit. NOTICE • Depressing the accelerator pedal less than approximately 50%, the OCDW059159 2. Move the lever down (to SET-). vehicle will not speed over the 3. Move the lever up (to RES+) or preset speed limit but maintain down (to SET-), and release it at the desired speed. Move the lever 6...
Page 417: To Turn Off The Manual Speed Limit Assist, Do One Of The Following
Driving your vehicle Manual speed limit assist the vehicle speed within the speed Kia recommends to visit an limit. authorized Kia dealer/service • A clicking noise heard from partner. the kick down mechanism by depressing the accelerator pedal fully is a normal condition. To turn off the Manual Speed Limit Assist, do one of the following: OCDW059158 • Press the cruise switch. • Turn the ignition off. If you press the cancel O switch once, the set speed limit will cancel, but it will not turn the system off. If you wish to reset the speed limit, move the lever up (to RES+) or down (to SET-) to the desired speed.
Page 418: Intelligent Speed Limit Warning (If Equipped)
The ISLW detects the traffic signs light reflection may cause a through a front view camera, which malfunction of the ISLW. is attached on the upper part of the • The system is not available in all inner front windshield. countries. The ISLW also utilizes the navigation and vehicle information to display NOTICE the speed limit information. In the following case, have the WARNING system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit • Intelligent Speed Limit Warning an authorized Kia dealer/service (ISLW) is only a supplemental partner: system and is not always able to • The windshield glass is replaced. correctly display speed limits and • The the front view camera or overtaking restrictions. related parts are repaired or • The driver still holds the removed. responsibility not to exceed the designated speed limit. • Do not install any accessories and stickers. Do not tint the front...
Page 419: Intelligent Speed Limit Warning Activation / Deactivation
Driving your vehicle Intelligent speed limit warning Intelligent Speed Limit Warning • When the driver turn on the activation / deactivation ignition, the system displays • The driver can activate the ISLW stored information of the speed by selecting “User Settings → limit before turn off the ignition. Driver Assistance → Intelligent • Sometimes different speed Speed Limit Warning”. limits are displayed for the same • When the ISLW is activated, the road. The information displayed symbols appear on the instrument depending on the situation. cluster to display the speed Because, traffic signs with limit information and overtaking additional sign (e.g rainy, arrow...) restriction, when your vehicle are also detected and compared passes by the relevant traffic with vehicle interior data (e.g signs.
Page 420: Display
Driving your vehicle Intelligent speed limit warning Display No reliable speed limit information Main cluster display OCDW049479 • The symbol is displayed on the instrument cluster and the navigation, when the ISLW does OCDW059163 not have any reliable speed limit • The main cluster displays only the information. no passing sign or speed limit sign. No passing information ISLW cluster display OCDW049477 OCDW049478 • The symbol is displayed on the instrument cluster and the navigation, when the ISLW detects a no overtaking sign. OCDW059106 • The ISLW cluster displays not only End of a speed limit the no passing and speed limit sign, but also specific speed limits by certain conditions. WUM-207 WUM-208 • After passing “end of speed limitation” sign ISLW provides information from navigation 6...
Page 421 Driving your vehicle Intelligent speed limit warning to inform driver of perhaps When Intelligent Speed Limit afterwards applicable speed limit. Warning is not working properly, the warning message (“Check Speed Unlimited speed (only in Germany) Limit Warning system”) will come on for a few second. After the message disappears, the master warning light will illuminate. In this case, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service WUM-205 partner. • The symbol, “end of limitation”, is displayed on the instrument The ISLW may not operate or may cluster for the roads in Germany, not provide correct information in which have no speed limit the following situations. applicable. It is displayed, until the vehicle passes by another speed When the traffic sign condition is limit sign.
Page 422: Driver's Attention
• The bus or truck, on which the • Do not disassemble camera speed sticker is attached, passes temporarily for tinted window or by your vehicle. attaching any types of coatings • Your vehicle drives in an area, and accesories. If you disassemble which is uncovered by the a camera and assemble it again, navigation system. have the system checked to need • There is a malfunction with the a calibration by a professional navigation. workshop. Kia recommends to • Your navigation has not been visit an authorized Kia dealer/ updated. service partner. • Your navigation is being updated. • Do not locate any reflective • There is something wrong with objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) GPS. over the dashboard. Any light • If the top speed limitations stored reflection may cause a mal- in the navigation system are function of the ISLW. incorrect.
Page 423: Smart Cruise Control With Stop & Go System (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Smart cruise control with stop & go system of accuracy of the navigation Smart cruise control with stop information. & go system (if equipped) The smart cruise control system allows you to program the vehicle to maintain constant speed and distance detecting the vehicle ahead without depressing the accelerator or brake pedal. OBD058023 1. Cruise indicator 2. Set speed 3. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance WARNING For your safety, please read the owner’s manual before using the smart cruise control system. NOTICE To activate smart cruise control, depress the brake pedal at least once after turning the ignition switch to the ON position or starting the engine. This is to check if the...
Page 424 Driving your vehicle Smart cruise control with stop & go system to cancel smart cruise control is in - The sensing ability decreases if normal condition. the level of front and rear vehicle is changed from the factory. - When driving in heavy traffic or WARNING when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant • If the smart cruise control is speed left on, (cruise indicator in the - When driving on rainy, icy, or instrument cluster illuminated) snow-covered roads the smart cruise control can be - When driving with limited view activated unintentionally. Keep (possibly due to bad weather, the smart cruise control system such as fog, snow, rain or off (cruise indicator turn off) when sandstorm) the smart cruise control is not • Pay particular attention to the used. driving conditions whenever using • Use the smart cruise control the smart cruise control system.
Page 425: Speed Setting
Driving your vehicle Smart cruise control with stop & go system Speed setting 3. Move the lever down (to SET- ), and release it at the desired speed. To set cruise control speed: The set speed and vehicle to vehicle distance on the LCD screen will illuminate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will automatically be maintained. If there is a vehicle in front of you, the speed may decrease to maintain the distance to the vehicle ahead. On a steep grade, the vehicle may OCDW059158 slow down or speed up slightly while 1. Press the CRUISE button, to turn going uphill or downhill. the system on. The CRUISE indicator in the Vehicle speed may decrease on an instrument cluster will illuminate. upward slope and increase on a 2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
Page 426 Driving your vehicle Smart cruise control with stop & go system To increase cruise control set To decrease the crusie control set speed: speed: OCDW059159 OCDW059157 Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: • Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), hold it. and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will increase Your vehicle set speed will by 10 km/h (5 mph). Release the decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). lever at the speed you want. Release the lever at the speed you • Move the lever up (to RES+), and want.
Page 427 Driving your vehicle Smart cruise control with stop & go system To return to the set speed: vehicle to vehicle distance indicator • Take your foot off the accelerator. on the cluster is disappeared and If you move the lever down (to the CRUISE indicator is illuminated SET-) at increased speed, the continuously. increased cruising speed will be set again. Canceled automatically • The driver’s door is opened. NOTICE • The shift lever is shifted to N (Neutral), R (Reverse) or P Be careful when accelerating (Paking). temporarily, because the speed is • The EPB (electronic parking brake) not controlled automatically at this is applied. time even if there is a vehicle in front • The vehicle speed is over 190 of you.
Page 428 OJF058397L control is canceled automatically, the smart cruise control will not resume CAUTION even though the RES+ or SET-lever If the system is automatically is moved. canceled, the warning chime will In a condition the Smart Cruise sound and a message will appear for Control is cancelled automatically a few seconds. when the vehicle stops, the EPB will You must adjust the vehicle speed by activate and the parking brake will depressing the accelerator or brake be locked. pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. CAUTION Always check the road conditions. Do not rely on the warning chime. If the smart cruise control is canceled by other than the reasons mentioned, have the To resume cruise control set system checked by a professional speed: workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OCDW059159 6 101...
Page 429: Vehicle To Vehicle Distance Setting
Driving your vehicle System off Smart Cruise Control Speed Limit Control If any method other than the When the Smart Cruise Control CRUISE button was used to cancel System is not needed, press the cruising speed and the system is [CRUISE] switch and deactivate still activated, the cruising speed the system. will automatically resume when you NOTICE move the lever up (to RES+). The mode changes, as below, If you move the lever up (to RES+), whenever the CRUISE button is the speed will resume to the pressed. recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 10 km/h System off Smart Cruise Control (5mph), it will resume when there is Speed Limit Control a vehicle in front of your vehicle. NOTICE Vehicle to vehicle distance setting To reduce the risk of an accident, always check the road conditions when reactivating the smart cruise...
Page 430 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Select the appropriate distance according to road conditions and vehicle speed. Each time the button is pressed, the vehicle to vehicle distance changes as follows: Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 OCD058075 For example, if you drive at 90 km/h (56 mph), the distance maintain as follows; • Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m • Distance 3 - approximately 40 m • Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m • Distance 1 - approximately 25 m NOTICE The distance is set to the last set OCD058076 distance when the system is used for the first time after starting the engine. OCD058077 • The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear.
Page 431 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle • Even if the warning message will appear in front of your vehicle does not appear and warning in the LCD display only when there chime does not sound, always pay is an actual vehicle in front of you) attention to the driving conditions • If the vehicle ahead speeds up, to prevent dangerous situations your vehicle will travel at a steady from occurring. cruising speed after accelerating • Playing the vehicle audio system to the selected speed. at high volume may offset the • If distance from the front system warning sounds. vehicle has been changed due to accelerating or decelerating of CAUTION front vehicle, the distance on the LCD may be changed. WARNING OCD058078 If the vehicle ahead (vehicle speed: less than 30km/h) disappears to the next lane, the warning chime will...
Page 432 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 In traffic situation Radar to detect distance to the vehicle ahead OJF058402L Use switch or pedal to accelerate OCDW059008 The sensor detects the distance to • In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the vehicle ahead. the vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if the vehicle ahead of you If the sensor is covered with dirt or starts moving, your vehicle will other foreign matter, the vehicle start as well. However, if the to vehicle distance control may not vehicle stops for more than 3 operate correctly. seconds, you must depress the Always keep the area in front of the accelerator pedal or push up the sensor clean.
Page 433 SCC (smart cruise control) Type B malfunction message Type A OJF058404L If the radar or cover is dirty or obscured with foreign matter such OJF058405L as snow, this message will appear Type B and it will disappear after for a while. In this case, the system may not function temporarily, but it does not indicate a malfunction of the smart cruise control System. Clean the radar or cover by using a soft cloth and it will operate normally. The Smart Cruise Control system may not properly activate, if the OJF058406L radar is totally contaminated, or if The message will appear when the any substance is not detected after vehicle to vehicle distance control turning ON the engine (e.g. in an system is not functioning normally. open terrain). In this case, have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. CAUTION 6 106...
Page 434: To Adjust The Sensitivity Of Smart Cruise Control
NOTICE system will not operate correctly without any warning or indicator The last selected mode remains In from the cluster. If this occurs, the system. have the system checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an To convert to cruise control mode: authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Use only a genuine Kia sensor cover for your vehicle. Do not paint anything on the sensor cover. To adjust the sensitivity of smart cruise control The sensitivity of vehicle speed OJF058400L when following the front vehicle to maintain the set distance can be adjusted. Go to the User Settings Mode(Driver Assistance) and select SCC Reaction. You may select one of the three stages you prefer.
Page 435: Limitations Of The System
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Limitations of the system The smart cruise control system may have limits to its ability to detect distance to the vehicle ahead due to road and traffic conditions. On curves OJF058399L The driver may choose to only use the cruise control mode (speed control function) by doing as follows: 1. Turn the smart cruise control system on (the cruise indicator light will be on but the system will not be activated). OCDW059133 2. Push the distance to distance • On curves, the smart cruise switch for more than 2 seconds. control system may not detect a 3. Choose between “smart cruise moving vehicle in your lane, and control (SCC) mode” and “Cruise then your vehicle could accelerate control (CC) mode”. to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly down when When the system is canceled using...
Page 436 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 your lane, and cause your vehicle to accelerate to the set speed. Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly down when the vehicle ahead is recognized suddenly. • Select the appropriate set speed on inclines and adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition OCDW059134 ahead and driving condition. • Your vehicle speed can be reduced due to a vehicle in the adjacent Lane changing lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and driving condition. Apply the accelerator pedal and select the appropriate set speed. Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the smart cruise control. On inclines OCDW059135 • A vehicle which moves into your lane from an adjacent lane cannot...
Page 437 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 to maintain the distance to the • Narrow vehicles such as vehicle ahead. motorcycles or bicycles • If a vehicle which moves into your • Vehicles offset to one side lane is faster than your vehicle, • Slow-moving vehicles or sudden- your vehicle will accelerate to the decelerating vehicles selected speed. • Stopped vehicles • Vehicles with small rear profile such as trailers with no loads A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of following occurs: • When the vehicle is pointing upwards due to overloading in the trunk(tailgate) • While making turns by steering • When driving to one side of the OCDW059153 lane...
Page 438 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 careful when your vehicle starts WARNING to move because it may not recognize the stopped vehicle in • The smart cruise control system front of you. cannot guarantee the stop for every emergency situation. If an In this case, you must maintain emergency stop is necessary, you a safe braking distance, and if must apply the brakes. necessary, depress the brake pedal • Keep a safe distance according to to reduce your driving speed in order road conditions and vehicle speed. to maintain a safe distance. If the vehicle to vehicle distance is too close during a high-speed driving, a serious collision may result. • The smart cruise control system cannot recognize a stopped vehicle, pedestrians or an oncoming vehicle. Always look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
Page 439 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • Always be aware of the selected The smart cruise control system speed and vehicle to vehicle may not operate temporarily due to distance. electrical interference. • Always maintain sufficient braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying the brakes if necessary. • As the smart cruise control system may not recognize complex driving situations, always pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle speed. • For safe operation, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual before use. • After an engine start, please stop for several seconds. If system initialization is not completed, the SCC does not normally operate. • After an engine start, if any objects are not detected or the sensor cover is obscured with foreign substances, there is a...
Page 440: Leading Vehicle Departure Alert (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Leading vehicle departure alert Operating conditions Leading vehicle departure alert (if equipped) The Leading Vehicle Departure Alert system alerts the driver of the departure of the vehicle in front when the vehicle is stopped and the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is in activation. System setting and operating conditions OJF058402L While the Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system is in operation, your System setting vehicle stops behind the vehicle in With the engine ON, the Leading front when it stops. The message Vehicle Departure Alert system is displayed on the cluster within turns on and gets ready to be 3 seconds after the stop and the activated when the ‘User Settings → system will be in the standby Driver Assistance → Driving Assist position.
Page 441: Driving Your Vehicle
Driving your vehicle ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system The vehicle departs automatically if ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system the accelerator pedal is depressed or (if equipped) [RES +] or [SET -] switch is activated Your vehicle may be equipped with when there is a vehicle in front. the ISG system, which reduces The Smart Cruise Control (SCC) fuel consumption by automatically system is deactivated if the shutting down the engine, when accelerator pedal is depressed or the vehicle is at a standstill. (For [RES +] or [SET -] switch is activated example : red light, stop sign and when there is no vehicle in front. traffic jam) The engine starts automatically as WARNING soon as the starting conditions are Always check the front of the met. vehicle and road conditions before The ISG system is ON whenever the departure.
Page 442: Auto Stop
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Auto stop • You must reach a speed of at least 5km/h (3 mph) since last idle stop. (With automatic transmission) To stop the engine in idle stop mode OCDW059018 OSK3058120NR NOTICE With manual transmission If you open the engine hood in auto 1. Decrease the vehicle speed to less stop mode, the following will happen than 5 km/h (3 mph). (With automatic transmission): 2. Shift into N (Neutral) position. • The ISG system will deactivate 3. Release the clutch pedal. (the light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate).
Page 443 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • The engine will start and the above the 5th position when the green AUTO STOP ( ) indicator air conditioning is on. on the instrument cluster will go • When a certain amount of time out. has passed with the climate control system on. • When the defroster is on. • The brake vacuum pressure is low. • The battery charging status is low. • The vehicle speed exceeds 6 km/h (4 mph). (With manual transmission) • The vehicle speed exceeds 1.5 km/h (1 mph). (With automatic transmission) OCDW059089 • You shift the gear to P (park) With automatic transmission position or you press the EPB 1. Release the brake pedal.
Page 444: Condition Of Isg System Operation
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Condition of ISG system operation ISG system deactivation The ISG system will operate under the following condition: • The driver’s seat belt is fastened. • The driver’s door and engine hood are closed. • The brake vacuum pressure is adequate. • The battery is sufficiently charged. • The outside temperature is OCDW059018 • If you wish to deactivate the ISG between -20°C to 50°C (-4°F to...
Page 445 NOTICE position or removing the ignition key. • If the ISG OFF button light is not turned off by pressing the ISG NOTICE OFF button again or if the ISG If the AGM battery is reconnected system continuously does not or replaced, ISG function will not work correctly, have your vehicle operate immediately. inspected by a professional If you want to use the ISG function, workshop as soon as possible. the battery sensor needs to be Kia recommends to contact an calibrated for approximately 4 hours authorized Kia dealer/service with the ignition off and then, turn partner. the engine on and off 2 or 3 times. • When the ISG OFF button light comes on, it may stop illuminating after driving your vehicle at approximately 80 km/h for a maximum of two hours and setting the fan speed control knob below the 2nd position. If the ISG OFF button light continues to be illuminated in spite of the procedure, have your vehicle inspected by a professional workshop as soon as possible. Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
Page 446: Sport System
Driving your vehicle Sport system Sport system SPORT indicator (orange color) will illuminate. The sport mode may be selected • Whenever the engine is restarted, according to the driver’s preference the sport will revert back to or road condition. NORMAL mode. If SPORT mode is desired, re-select SPORT mode from the sport button. • When SPORT mode is activated: - The engine rpm will tend to remain raised over a certain length of time even after releasing the accelerator - Upshifts are delayed when accelerating OCDW059020 NOTICE The mode changes whenever the In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency Sport button is pressed. may decrease. • NORMAL mode: NORMAL mode provides soft driving and comfortable riding. • SPORT mode: SPORT mode provides sporty but firm riding. The driving mode will be set to NORMAL mode when the engine is restarted. if it is in NORMAL/SPORT mode. NORMAL mode will be set,...
Page 447: Lane Following Assist (Lfa) System (If Equipped)
• The removal or re-assembly of It can only become active in the front camera to attach tinting, combination with the Smart Cruise stickers, accessories may require Control (SCC) function and therefore the LFA system to be thoroughly assists the driver in his task to inspected and modified. In control the lateral and longitudinal such case, have the system be movement of the vehicle. inspected by an authorized Kia * L FA stands for Lane Following dealer. Assist. • Inspection or modification may be required when replacing WARNING parts related to the windshield or front camera, steering. Have • It is the driver’s responsibility to the system be inspected by an operate the steering wheel for authorized Kia dealer. safe driving. • Depending on your surroundings • Do not turn the steering wheel and road conditions, the LFA hastily if LFA is in work.
Page 448: Lfa System Operation
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • Be sure to check the nonoperating 1. the LFA System has to be enabled, conditions and cautions for and the driver before using the LFA 2. the SCC Function has to be system. activated • Do not place reflective materials With the ignition [ON], select or such as white paper or mirror on release the setting from “User the crash pad. Sunlight reflections setting → Driver assistance → can cause a malfunction in the LFA Driving assist → LFA (Lane Following system. Assist)”. • Too high volume from the sound Select the LFA system in the user system can interrupt the alarming setting of the instrument panel. sound from the LFA system. • Keeping your hands off the wheel The LFA system status is while driving will trigger the remembered by the system and hands-off warning and deactivate...
Page 449 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 LFA system activation • 0 km/h (0 mph) ~ 180 km/h (110 mph): when there is a vehicle in If the vehicle is inside the lane front with both lanes recognized by the system, and there is no steep steering made by the driver, the LFA system changes into steering assist mode. The indicator light will come on green, and the system helps the vehicle stay in line by controlling the steering wheel. When the steering wheel is not OCDW059157 controlled temporarily, the indicator 3. Move the lever down (to SET- light will flash green and changes to ), and release it at the desired white. speed. The set speed and vehicle Once the LFA system recognizes to vehicle distance on the screen the lanes, the color of the lane on will illuminate. the screen will change from gray to 4. Release the accelerator pedal. The white.
Page 450: Lfa System Malfunction
Type A OCDW059161 If you keep your hands off the wheel OCDW059103 while driving with the LFA system Type B assisting the steering, the hands-off warning will be triggered. If the driver keeps hands off the wheel even with the hands-off warning on, the steering assist is temporarily released automatically. If you put your hands back on the wheel with the LFA system released, the steering assist will restart. OCDW059104 CAUTION The warning message popped up • Hands-off warnings may be (turned off after a certain period delayed depending on road of time)means a problem with the conditions. Always keep your LFA system. In this case, have the hands on the steering wheel while system checked by a professional driving. workshop. Kia recommends to visit • Hold the steering wheel tight. an authorized Kia dealer/service Otherwise, the LFA system could partner. misjudge that the driver hands CAUTION off the wheel, and a hands-off warning may occur. 6 123...
Page 451: Limitation Of The System
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • It is the driver’s responsibility to • When the ESC or VSM is activated, operate the steering wheel while the system does not assist driving. steering. • With the LFA system on, The • When driving on a curved road at driver can steer the vehicle by a high speed, steering assist mode operating the wheel on his own. may not work. • We recommend that the driver • When driving at a speed faster turns off the LFA system and than 180km/h, steering assist operates the steering wheel by mode may not work. himself in the following cases • When sudden steering is made, - bad weather the system could be temporarily - bad road conditions deactivated.
Page 452 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • When the driver cannot see the as when entering or exiting the lane due to rain, snow, dust, sand, tunnel or passing under the bridge oil, puddles, etc • If the vehicle’s headlights are not • When roads are set or the colors used at night or in the tunnel, or of the lane and road are not the brightness of the headlights is distinctive too weak • If there is a sign other than the • If there are boundary structures lane near the lane or a mark such as tollgate booths and similar to the lane sidewalk blocks • When the lane is not clear or • If it is difficult to distinguish lanes damaged due to the reflection on the wet • If the road is covered in the road made by sunlight, streetlight, shadows of objects around the...
Page 453: Lane Keeping Assist (Lka) System (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system product are covered with dust, Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) fingerprints, or tinting system (if equipped) • If the clock doesn’t work properly The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) due to bad weather such as fog, system detects the lane markers heavy rain or heavy snow. and road edge on the road with • If moisture is not completely a front view camera at the front removed from the windscreen. windshield, and assists the driver’s • When placing an object on the steering to help keep the vehicle in crash pad, etc. the lanes. OCDW059009 OCDW059021 When the system detects the vehicle straying from its lane or road, it alerts the driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a slight counter-steering torque, trying to prevent the vehicle from moving out of its lane or road.
Page 454 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Kia dealer and have the system WARNING checked to need a calibration. • The system detects lane markers • Driver is responsible for being and road edge and controls the aware of surroundings and steering wheel by a front view steering the vehicle for safe camera, therefore, if the lane driving practices. markers are hard to detect, the • Do not steer the steering wheel system may not work properly. suddenly when the steering wheel Always be cautious when using is being assisted by the system. the system. • LKA system helps prevent the • When the lane markers and road driver from moving out of the edge are hard to detect, please lane or road unintentionally by refer to “DRIVER’S ATTENTION” on assisting the driver’s steering.
Page 455: Lka System Operation
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • If you attach objects to the • Green: Sensor detects the lane steering wheel, the system may marker or road edge and system not assist steering. is able to control the steering. • If you attach objects to the steering wheel, hands off alarm LKA system activation may not work properly. • To see the LKA system screen on the LCD display in the cluster, Tab to the ASSIST mode ( LKA system operation • For further details, refer to “User settings mode” on page 4-75, [crash pad]. • After LKA system is activated, if both lane markers or road edge are detected, vehicle speed is over 64km/h (40mph) and all the activation conditions are satisfied,...
Page 456 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Warning Lane undetected Left lane OCD058079 Lane detected OCD058081 Right lane OCD058080 If the speed of the vehicle is over OCD058082 60 km/h (37 mph) and the system If the vehicle leaves a lane or road detects lane markers, the color edge, the lane marker or road edge changes from gray to white. you cross will blink on the LCD display and the warning sound is If LKA can assist steering, a green provided. steering wheel indicator will illuminate. * Haptic specification If the vehicle leaves a lane, the lane marker you cross will blink on the LCD display with steering wheel vibration warning. 6 129...
Page 457 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 - In bad road condition - When the steering wheel needs to be controlled by the driver frequently. - When towing a vehicle or trailer. • The steering wheel may feel heavier when the steering wheel is assisted by the system than when it is not. OCDW059161 If the driver takes hands off the NOTICE steering wheel for several seconds • Even though the steering is while the LKA is activated, the assisted by the system, the driver system will warn the driver. may control the steering. • The steering wheel may feel WARNING heavier when the steering wheel is • The warning message may appear assisted by the system than when late according to road conditions. it is not. Therefore, always have your hands on the steering wheel while driving.
Page 458 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 When lane and road condition is • The control of ESC (Electronic poor Stability Control) or VSM (Vehicle • It is difficult to distinguish the lane Stability Management) is marker or road edge from road activated. when the lane marker or road • The steering will not be assisted edge is covered with dust or sand. when your drive fast on a sharp • It is difficult to distinguish the curve. color of the lane marker from • The steering will not be assisted road. when vehicle speed is below 60 • There is something looks like a km/h (37 mph) and over 180km/h lane marker (125 mph).
Page 459: Lka System Malfunction
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • The lane marker or road edge in • The windshield is fogged by humid a tunnel is covered with dirt or oil air in the vehicle. and etc. • Putting something on the crash • The lane is very wide or narrow. pad and etc. WARNING When external condition is intervened The Lane Keeping Assist System is • The brightness of outside changes a system to help prevent the driver suddenly when entering/existing a from leaving the lane. However, tunnel or passing under a bridge. the driver should not solely rely on • The headlamps are not on at night the system but always take the or in a tunnel, or light level is low.
Page 460: Lka System Function Change
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 is not working properly. In this vehicle is about to deviate from the case, have the system checked lanes. by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Lane Departure Warning Kia dealer/service partner. LDW alerts the driver with a visual and acoustic warning when the When there is a problem with the system detects the vehicle leaving system do one of the following: the lane. In this mode, the steering • Turn the system on after turning wheel will not be controlled. When...
Page 461: Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist-Lane-Change Oncoming Function (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Forward collision-avoidance assist-lane-change oncoming function Forward collision-avoidance Warning message and function control assist-lane-change oncoming function (if equipped) The Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist-Lane-Change Oncoming function detects the oncoming vehicle with a front view camera at the front wihdshield. And it assists the driver’s steering to help avoiding the collision to oncoming vehicle and keeping the vehicle in the lanes, when the vehicle drives over the OCDW059102 centerline. • After FCA is on, vehicle speed is • This function is only a over 60 km/h and if the vehicle supplemental system. So, it does crosses the centerline with an not replace the need for extreme oncoming vehicle approaching, this care and attention of the driver.
Page 462: Limitations
Driving your vehicle Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) road condition and surroundings. Blind-spot Collision Warning Always be cautious when driving. (BCW) (if equipped) • Never drive deliberately and The BCW (Blind-Spot Collision dangerously to activate the Warning) system uses a radar system. sensor to alert the driver while driving. Limitations • Refer to “The system will be canceled when:” on page 6-130. • Refer to “Recognizing vehicles” on page 6-69, “Recognizing vehicles” on page 6-79. OCDW059132 It senses the rear side territory of the vehicle and provides information to the driver. • BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) 1. Blind Spot Area Warning range is dependent on your vehicle speed. However, if the speed of your vehicle is faster by 10km/h or more than other nearby vehicles, the...
Page 463: Bcw (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Distance from the approaching BCW (Blind-Spot Collision Warning) (if equipped) vehicle can be seen differently according to the relative speed. 3. RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Operating conditions Collision Warning) When your vehicle moves backward, the sensor detects approaching vehicles to the left or right side direction and warning is operated. Distance from the approaching vehicle can be seen differently according to the relative speed. WARNING OCDW059023 • The indicator on the switch will • Always check the road condition illuminate when the BCW (Blind- while driving for unexpected Spot Collision Warning) system situations even though the BCW switch is pressed with the ignition (Blind-Spot Collision Warning)
Page 464 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 switch to the ON position and by Spot Collision Warning System selecting “User Settings → Driver (BCW) is operating. assistance → Blind-spot safety” • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning - The BCW turns on and gets System (BCW) is a supplemental ready to be activated when system to assist you. Do not ‘Warning only’ is selected. Then, entirely rely on the system. if a vehicle approaches the Always pay attention, while driver’s blind spot area a warning driving, for your safety. sounds. • The Blind-Spot Collision Warning - The system is deactivated and System (BCW) is not a substitute the indicator on the BCW button for proper and safe driving. is extinguished when ‘Off‘ is Always drive safely and use selected. caution when changing lanes or • If you press BCW button while backing the vehicle up. The Blind- ‘Warning only’ is selected Spot Collision Warning System...
Page 465 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 2nd stage The alarm function helps alert the driver. Deactivate this function only when it is necessary. WARNING • The warning light on the outside rearview mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is detected at the rear side by the system. To avoid accidents, do not focus only ODEEV078092NR on the warning light and neglect to see the surrounding of the vehicle. • Drive safely even though the vehicle is equipped with a Blind- Spot Collision Warning System (BCW). Do not solely rely on the system but check your surrounding before changing lanes or backing the vehicle up. • The system may not alert the ODEEV078093NR driver in some conditions so The second stage alarm will activate always check your surroundings when: while driving.
Page 466 Type A • The system may turn off due to strong electro-magnetic waves. • Always keep the sensors clean. • NEVER arbitrarily disassemble the sensor component nor apply any impact on the sensor component. • Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of proper alignment, the system OCDW059024 may not operate correctly. In this Type B case, a warning message may not be displayed. Take your vehicle to a professional workshop and have the system checked. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Do not apply foreign objects such as a bumper sticker or a bumper guard near the radar sensor or apply paint to the sensor area. Doing so may adversely affect the OCDW059123 performance of the sensor. Always keep the rear bumper clean for the system to work properly. CAUTION 6 139...
Page 467 This message may also activate during heavy rain or due to road spray. In this case, the vehicle does not need service. When the cargo area or other equipment is being used, turn all OJF058433L functions of the system [OFF]. The message will appear to notify Type A the driver if there are foreign substances on the surface or inside the rear bumper or it is hot near the rear bumper. The light on the switch and the system will be turned off automatically. Remove the foreign substance on the rear bumper. After the foreign substance is removed, if you drive for OJF058434L approximately 10 minutes, the Type B system will work normally. If the system does not work normally even though the foreign substance, trailer or carrier, or other equipment is removed, take your vehicle to a professional workshop and have the system checked. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. It is possible to get the message with no foreign substance on the OJF058435L rear bumper, for example, when 6 140...
Page 468 If the system does not work • When the sensors are blocked by properly, a warning message will other vehicles, walls or parkinglot appear and the light on the switch pillars. will turn off. The system will turn off • The vehicle drives on a curved automatically. road. • The vehicle drives through a In this case, have the system tollgate. checked by a professional • The road pavement (or the workshop. Kia recommends to visit peripheral ground) abnormally an authorized Kia dealer/service contains metallic components partner. (i.e. possibly due to subway construction). Limitations of the system • There is a fixed object near the vehicle, such as a guardrail. The driver must be cautious in • While going down or up a steep the below situations, because the road where the height of the lane system may not detect other is different.
Page 469 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • When the vehicle in the next lane “Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system moves two lanes away from you (if equipped)” on page 6-126. OR when the vehicle two lanes away moves to the next lane from Driving on a curve you. • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. • A flat trailer is near. • If there are small objects in the detecting area such as a shopping cart or a baby stroller. • If there is a low height vehicle such as a sports car. • The brake pedal is depressed. • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is activated. OCDW059114 • ESC (Electronic Stability Control) The BCW systems may not operate malfunctions.
Page 470 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 may recognize a vehicle in the same Always pay attention to road and lane. driving conditions, while driving. Always pay attention to road and Driving where the heights of the driving conditions, while driving. lanes are different Driving where the road is merging/ dividing The BCW systems may not operate properly when driving where the road is merging/dividing. In certain instances the system may not detect the vehicle in the next lane. Always pay attention to road and driving conditions, while driving. OCDW059111 The BCW systems may not operate Driving on a slope...
Page 471 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Driving where there is a structure RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision beside the road Warning) OCDW059110 OCDW059155 [A]: noise barrier, [B]: guardrail When your vehicle moves backwards from a parking position, the sensor The BCW systems may not operate detects approaching vehicles to the properly when driving where there is left or right side direction and gives structure beside the road. information to the driver. In certain instances, the system may wrongly recognize the structures Operating conditions (noise barriers, guardrail, double • Select RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic guardrail, median strip, bollard,...
Page 472 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • The RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) detection range is approximately 0.5m~20m based on side direction. If an approaching vehicle speed is 8 km/h~36 km/h in detection range, The warning is on. However, the system sensing range is different based on conditions. Always pay attention to surrounding. OCDW059090 • If an approaching vehicle detected Warning type by sensors, the warning is chime and the warning light will blink on the outside rearview mirror. • If the detected vehicle is out of detection range, moving away in the opposite direction or moving slow, or if the vehicle is right behind your vehicle, if the direction of the other vehicle is not heading towards your vehicle, the warning is canceled. OCDW059137 • The system may not be operating properly due to other factors or circumstances, so always pay...
Page 473 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Traffic Collision Warning includes the the vehicle, whether or not the following: warning light on the outside • Normal: rearview mirror illuminates or When this condition is selected, there is a warning alarm. the initial Rear Cross-Traffic • Playing the vehicle audio system Collision Warning is activated at high volume may offset the normally. If this setting feels too system’s warning sounds. sensitive change the option to • The warning of the Rear Cross- ‘late’. Traffic Collision Warning System The warning activation time may may not sound while other feel late if the side/rear vehicle system’s warning sounds. abruptly accelerates. • Later: WARNING Select this warning activation time when the traffic is light • When the BCW system is being...
Page 474 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 and safe driving practices. Always Type B drive safely and use caution when changing lanes or backing up your vehicle. The Blind-Spot Collision Warning system (BCW) may not detect every object alongside the vehicle. • The driver is responsible for accurate brake control. • Always pay extreme caution while driving. The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning System and Rear OCDW059123 Always keep the rear bumper clean Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance for the system to work properly. Assist System may not operate properly or unnecessarily operate CAUTION in accordance with your driving situations. • The system may not work properly when the bumper has been damaged, or if the rear Detecting sensor bumper has been replaced or repaired.
Page 475 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 In this case, a warning message approximately 10 minutes, the may not be displayed. Take your system will work normally. vehicle to a professional workshop If the system does not work and have the system checked. Kia normally even though the foreign recommends to visit an authorized substance, trailer or carrier, or other Kia dealer/service partner. equipment is removed, take your • Do not apply foreign objects such vehicle to a professional workshop as a bumper sticker or a bumper and have the system checked. Kia guard near the radar sensor or recommends to visit an authorized apply paint to the sensor area. Kia dealer/service partner. Doing so may adversely affect the It is possible to get the message performance of the sensor. with no foreign substance on the rear bumper, for example, when driving in sparse rural or open area, Warning message such as desert, where there is insufficient data for operation.
Page 476 OJF058435L • The window is covered with If the system does not work debris. properly, a warning message will • The windows are severely tinted. appear and the light on the switch will turn off. The system will turn off Limitations of the system automatically. The driver must be cautious in In this case, have the system the below situations, because the checked by a professional system may not detect other workshop. Kia recommends to visit vehicles or objects in certain an authorized Kia dealer/service circumstances. partner. • When a trailer or carrier is installed. CAUTION • The vehicle drives in inclement • The system may not work weather such as heavy rain or properly if the bumper has been snow. replaced or if a repair work has • The sensor is polluted with rain, been done near the sensor.
Page 477 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • The vehicle height gets lower or • If the vehicle has started at the higher due to heavy loading in a same time as the vehicle next to trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc. you and has accelerated. • When the temperature of the rear • When the vehicle in the next lane bumper is high. moves two lanes away from you • When the sensors are blocked by OR when the vehicle two lanes other vehicles, walls or parkinglot away moves to the next lane from pillars. you. • The vehicle drives on a curved • A motorcycle or bicycle is near. road. • A flat trailer is near. • The road pavement (or the • If there are small objects in the peripheral ground) abnormally detecting area such as a shopping...
Page 478 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Driving where there is a vehicle or The system may not operate structure near properly when the vehicle is in a complex parking environment. In certain instances, the system may not be able to exactly determine the risk of collision for the vehicles which are parking or pulling out near your vehicle (e.g. a vehicle escaping beside your vehicle, a vehicle parking or pulling out in the rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a turn, etc.). OCDW059115 [A]: Structure In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly. The system may not operate properly when driving where there is a vehicle or structure near. When the vehicle is parked diagonally In certain instances, the system may not detect the vehicle approaching...
Page 479 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Pulling into the parking space approaching from the rear left/ where there is a structure right of your vehicle. In this case, the warning or brake may not operate properly. Always pay attention to your surrounding while driving. When the vehicle is on/near a slope OCDW059119 [A]: Structure, [B]: Wall The system may not operate properly when pulling in the vehicle to the parking space where there is a structure at the back or side of your vehicle.
Page 480: Driver Attention Warning (Daw) (If Equipped)
Driving your vehicle Driver Attention Warning (DAW) When the vehicle is parked Driver Attention Warning (DAW) rearward (if equipped) The Driver Attention Warning (DAW), system is to warn the driver with any hazardous driving situations upon detecting the driver’s fatigue level or inattentive driving practices. System setting and activation System setting • The Driver Attention Warning OCDW059120 If the vehicle is parked rearward system is set to be in the OFF and the sensor detects the another position, when your vehicle is first vehicle in the rear area of the delivered to you from the factory. parking space, the system can • To turn ON the Driver Attention warn or control braking. Always pay Warning system, turn on the...
Page 481 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 maintained, as selected, when the “Last Break time” and level engine is re-started. reflected that. Display of the driver’s attention Take a break level OCDW059093 • The “Consider taking a break” OCDW059092 • The driver can monitor their message appears on the LCD driving conditions on the LCD display and a warning sounds in display. order to suggest the driver to - Select ‘User Settings Mode’ take a break, when the driver’s and then ‘Driver assistance’ attention level is below 1. on the LCD display. (For more • The Driver Attention Warning information, refer to “LCD system does not suggest the...
Page 482: Resetting The System
• The last break time is set to 00:00 and the driver’s attention level is set to 5 (very attentive) when the driver resets the Driver Attention OCDW059095 Warning system. Type B • The driver attention warning system resets in the following situations. - The engine is turned OFF. - The driver unfastens the seat belt and then opens the driver’s door. - Stop lasting more than 10 minutes. • The driver attention warning system operates again, when the OCDW059096 driver restarts driving. When the “Check System” warning message appears, the system is not System disabled working properly. In this case, we recommend you to have the vehicle The Driver Attention Warning inspected by an authorized Kia system enters the ready status and dealer. displays the ‘Disabled’ screen in the following situations. WARNING • The camera sensor keeps failing to detect the lanes. 6 155...
Page 483 (LKA) system (if equipped)” on operation. To keep the camera page 6-126.) sensor in the best condition, you • The vehicle is violently driven or should observe the followings: is abruptly turned for obstacle • Do not disassemble camera avoidance (e.g. construction area, temporarily for tinted window other vehicles, fallen objects, or attaching any types of bumpy road). coatings and accessories. If • Forward drivability of the vehicle is you disassemble a camera and severely undermined (possibly due assemble it again, take your to wide variation in tire pressures, vehicle to an authorized Kia dealer uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/ toe- and have the system checked to out alignment). need a calibration. • The vehicle drives on a curvy road. • Do not locate any reflective • The vehicle drives on a bumpy objects (i.e. white paper, mirror) road. 6 156...
Page 484: Economical Operation
Driving your vehicle Economical operation • The vehicle drives through a windy Economical operation area. Your vehicle’s fuel economy depends • The vehicle is controlled by the mainly on your style of driving, following driving assist systems: where you drive and when you drive. - Lane Keeping Assist System Each of these factors affects how (LKA) many kilometers (miles) you can - Forward collision-avoidance get from a liter (gallon) of fuel. To assist (FCA) System operate your vehicle as economically - Smart Cruise Control (SCC) as possible, use the following driving System suggestions to help save money in both fuel and repairs: • Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderate rate. Don’t make “jack-rabbit” starts or full- throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising speed. Don’t race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to the traffic so you don’t have to change speeds unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever possible. Always maintain a safe distance from other vehicles so you can avoid unnecessary braking. This...
Page 485 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 brake pedal may cause the brakes not be allowed to accumulate to overheat, which reduces their on the underside of the car. effectiveness and may lead to This extra weight can result in more serious consequences. increased fuel consumption and • Take care of your tires. Keep them also contribute to corrosion. inflated to the recommended • Travel lightly. Don’t carry pressure. Incorrect inflation, either unnecessary weight in your car. too much or too little, results Weight reduces fuel economy. in unnecessary tire wear. Check • Don’t let the engine idle longer the tire pressures at least once a than necessary. If you are waiting month. (and not in traffic), turn off your • Be sure that the wheels are engine and restart only when aligned correctly. Improper you’re ready to go.
Page 486: Special Driving Conditions
Hazardous driving conditions driving in these conditions. When hazardous driving conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating are encountered such as water, condition is important both for snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar economy and safety. Therefore, hazards, follow these suggestions: have the system serviced by a • Drive cautiously and allow extra professional workshop. distance for braking. • Avoid sudden braking or steering. Kia recommends to visit an • When braking with non-ABS authorized Kia dealer/service brakes pump the brake pedal with partner. a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle is stopped. WARNING Engine off during motion WARNING Never turn the engine off to coast down hills or anytime the vehicle Do not pump the brake pedal on a is in motion. The power steering vehicle equipped with ABS. and power brakes will not function properly without the engine running.
Page 487: Smooth Cornering
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 a manual transmission. Do not race vehicle. During the rocking operation the engine, and spin the wheels as the vehicle may suddenly move little as possible. If you are still stuck forward of backward as it becomes after a few tries, have the vehicle unstuck, causing injury or damage to pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid nearby people or objects. engine overheating and possible damage to the transmission. Smooth cornering CAUTION Prolonged rocking may cause engine over-heating, transmission damage or failure, and tire damage. WARNING Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 56 km/h OCDW059025 (35 mph). Spinning the wheels at Avoid braking or gear changing in high speeds when the vehicle is corners, especially when roads are stationary could cause a tire to wet. Ideally, corners should always overheat which could result in tire be taken under gentle acceleration.
Page 488: Driving In The Rain
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Because night driving presents more Driving in the rain hazards than driving in the daylight, here are some important tips to remember: • Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street lights. • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare from other driver’s OCDW059027 Rain and wet roads can make driving headlights. dangerous, especially if you’re not • Keep your headlights clean and prepared for the slick pavement. properly aimed on vehicles not Here are a few things to consider equipped with the automatic when driving in the rain: headlight aiming feature. Dirty or • A heavy rainfall will make it improperly aimed headlights will...
Page 489: Driving In Flooded Areas
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 • If you believe you may have Highway driving gotten your brakes wet, apply them lightly while driving until Tires normal braking operation returns. Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance because brake performance may be affected. OCDW059029 After driving through water, dry Adjust the tire inflation pressures the brakes by gently applying them to specification. Low tire inflation several times while the vehicle is pressures will result in overheating moving slowly. and possible failure of the tires. Avoid using worn or damaged tires Driving off-road which may result in reduced traction or tire failure.
Page 490: Winter Driving
Driving your vehicle Winter driving wheels (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting Winter driving brake)” on page 9-6, “Tires and wheels (CUV)” on page 9-7. • Driving on tires with no or insufficient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss of vehicle control, collisions, injury, and even death. Worn-out tires should be replaced as soon as possible and should never be used for driving. Always check the tire tread before driving your car. For OCDW059028 further information and tread More severe weather conditions of limits, refer to “Tires and wheels winter result in greater wear and (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake)” other problems. To minimize winter on page 9-6, “Tires and wheels driving problem, you should follow (CUV)” on page 9-7. these suggestions: * S now tires and tire chains for the national language (Icelandic, Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil Bulgarian) see the Appendix to chapter 10.
Page 491 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 During deceleration, use engine Snow tires should be equivalent braking to the fullest extent. Sudden in size and type to the vehicle’s brake applications on snowy or icy standard tires. Otherwise, the safety roads may cause skids to occur. You and handling of your vehicle may be need to keep sufficient distance adversely affected. between the vehicle in operation in front and your vehicle. Also, apply Do not install studded tires without the brake gently. It should be noted first checking local, state and that installing tire chains on the tire municipal regulations for possible will provide a greater driving force, restrictions against their use. but will not prevent side skids. Tire chains NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all countries. Check the country laws before fitting tire chains. Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range OCDW059030...
Page 492 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 use is not covered by your vehicle Chain installation manufacturers warranty. When installing chains, follow the Install tire chains only on the front manufacturer’s instructions and tires. mount them as tightly as you can. Drive slowly with chains installed. If CAUTION you hear the chains contacting the • Make sure the snow chains are body or chassis, stop and tighten the correct size and type for them. If they still make contact, your tires. Incorrect snow chains slow down until it stops. Remove the can cause damage to the vehicle chains as soon as you begin driving body and suspension and may on cleared roads. not be covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty. Also, WARNING the snow chain connecting hooks Mounting chains may be damaged from contacting When mounting snow chains, park vehicle components causing the...
Page 493: Use High Quality Ethylene Glycol Coolant
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 hazards, which may cause the Check battery and cables vehicle to bounce. Winter puts additional burdens • Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel on the battery system. Visually braking. inspect the battery and cables as described in section 8. Have the level of charge in your battery checked CAUTION by a professional workshop. Kia Tire chains recommends to visit an authorized • Chains that are the wrong size Kia dealer/service partner. or improperly installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines, Change to “winter weight” oil if suspension, body and wheels. necessary • Stop driving and retighten the In some climates it is recommended chains any time you hear them that a lower viscosity “winter...
Page 494: Use Approved Window Washer Anti-Freeze In System
Use approved window washer periodically check underneath the anti-freeze in system car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering To keep the water in the window components is not obstructed. washer system from freezing, add an approved window washer anti-freeze solution in accordance Carry emergency equipment with instructions on the container. Depending on the severity of Window washer anti-freeze is the weather, you should carry available from an authorized Kia appropriate emergency equipment. dealer/service partner and most Some of the items you may want to auto parts outlets. Do not use carry include tire chains, tow straps engine coolant or other types of or chains, flashlight, emergency anti-freeze as these may damage flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, the paint finish. window scraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc. Don’t let your parking brake freeze Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most...
Page 495: Trailer Towing (For Europe)
Trailer towing (For europe) NOTICE If you are considering towing with • The technically permissible your car, you should first check with maximum load on the rear axle(s) your country’s Department of Motor may be exceeded by not more Vehicles to determine their legal than 15 % and the technically requirements. permissible maximum laden mass Since laws vary the requirements of the vehicle may be exceeded for towing trailers, cars, or other by not more than 10 % or 100 types of vehicles or apparatus kg (220.4 lbs), whichever value is may differ. Kia recommends to ask lower. In this case, do not exceed an authorized Kia dealer/service 100 km/h (62.1 mph) for vehicle partner. of category M1 or 80 km/h (49.7 mph) for vehicle of category N1. WARNING • When towing a trailer, the additional load imposed at the Towing a trailer trailer coupling device may cause If you don’t use the correct the rear tire maximum load equipment and drive improperly, ratings to be exceeded, but not by you can lose control when you pull a more than 15%. In such a case, do trailer.
Page 496: Hitches
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 “Weight of the trailer” on page 6-177 Type A that appears later in this section. Remember that trailering is different than just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering requires correct equipment, and it has to be used properly. This section contains many OCDW059121 timetested, important trailering tips Type B and safety rules. Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers. Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer. Load-pulling components such as the engine, transmission, wheel assemblies, and tires are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight. The engine is required OCDW059124 to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads. This NOTICE additional burden generates extra Location of trailer mounting heat. The trailer also considerably...
Page 497: Safety Chains
If your trailer weighs more than the • The bumpers on your vehicle are maximum trailer weight without not intended for hitches. Do not trailer brakes loaded, then it needs attach rental hitches or other its own brakes and they must be bumper-type hitches. Use only a adequate. Be sure to read and frame-mounted hitch that does follow the instructions for the trailer not attach to the bumper. brakes so you’ll be able to install, • Kia trailer hitch accessary is adjust and maintain them properly. available at an authorized Kia • Don’t tap into your vehicle’s brake dealer/service partner. system. WARNING Safety chains Trailer brakes You should always attach chains Do not use a trailer with its own between your vehicle and your brakes unless you are absolutely trailer. Cross the safety chains under certain that you have properly the tongue of the trailer so that the set up the brake system. This is tongue will not drop to the road if it not a task for amateurs. Use an...
Page 498 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Acquaint yourself with the feel of much farther beyond the passed handling and braking with the added vehicle before you can return to weight of the trailer. And always your lane. keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer Backing up and not nearly so responsive as your Hold the bottom of the steering vehicle is by itself. wheel with one hand. Then, to move Before you start, check the trailer the trailer to the left, just move your hitch and platform, safety chains, hand to the left. To move the trailer electrical connector(s), lights, tires to the right, move your hand to the and mirror adjustment. If the trailer right. Always back up slowly and, if has electric brakes, start your possible, have someone guide you. vehicle and trailer moving and then apply the trailer brake controller Making turns by hand to be sure the brakes are When you’re turning with a trailer, working. This lets you check your make wider turns than normal.
Page 499 Do not connect a trailer lighting temperature gauge to ensure the system directly to your vehicle’s engine does not overheat. If the lighting system. Use only an needle of the coolant temperature approved trailer wiring harness. gauge moves across the dial Have yourself assisted by a towards “H (HOT) (or 130°C / professional workshop in installing 260°F)”, pull over and stop as soon the wiring harness. as it is safe to do so, and allow the Kia recommends to visit an engine to idle until it cools down. authorized Kia dealer/service You may proceed once the engine partner. has cooled sufficiently. • You must decide the driving WARNING speed depending on trailer weight and uphill grade to reduce Failure to use an approved trailer the possibility of engine and wiring harness could result in transmission overheating. damage to the vehicle electrical system and/or personal injury. Parking on hills Driving on grades...
Page 500: Maintenance When Trailer Towing
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Parking on a hill It can be dangerous to get out of Parking your vehicle on a hill with a your vehicle if the parking brake is trailer attached could cause serious not firmly set. injury or death, should the trailer If you have left the engine running, break loose. the vehicle can move suddenly. You or others could be seriously or fatally injured. However, if you ever have to park your trailer on a hill, here’s how to do it: When you are ready to leave after 1. Pull the vehicle into the parking parking on a hill space. Turn the steering wheel in 1. With the manual transmission in the direction of the curb (right if...
Page 501: If You Do Decide To Pull A Trailer
Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Don’t forget to also maintain to heed this caution may result your trailer and hitch. Follow in serious engine or transmission the maintenance schedule that damage. accompanied your trailer and check • When towing a trailer, Kia it periodically. Preferably, conduct recommends that you consult the check at the start of each day’s an authorized Kia dealer/ driving. Most importantly, all hitch service partner on additional nuts and bolts should be tight. requirements such as a towing kit, etc. CAUTION • Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 100 • Due to higher load during trailer km/h (60 mph)). usage, overheating might occur in • On a long uphill grade, do not hot days or during uphill driving.
Page 502 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 G1.0 T-GDI G1.4 T-GDI G1.4 T-GDI G1.4 MPI 7DCT Fuel Standard Standard economy package package package Item Fuel Stan- Fuel Standard Standard Standard Standard economy dard economy package package package package package package package package package...
Page 503 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 G1.6 MPI G1.6 MPI G1.6 T-GDI G1.6 T-GDI 6M/T 7DCT Item Standard Standard Standard Standard package package package package 5 Door 880 (34.6) Recom- mended Wagon 1,170 (46.1) distance from Shoo- rear wheel ting 1,145 (45.1) center to brake coupling point mm (inch) 915 (36.0) D1.6...
Page 504 Driving your vehicle Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2 Distance 1 Weight of the trailer Weight of the trailer tongue OUM076210L OUM076211L A: Tongue Load A: Gross Axle Weight B: Total Trailer Weight B: Gross Vehicle Weight What is the maximum safe weight The tongue load of any trailer is of a trailer? It should never weigh an important weight to measure more than the maximum trailer because it affects the total gross weight with trailer brakes. But even vehicle weight (GVW) of your vehicle. that can be too heavy. This weight includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo you may It depends on how you plan to use carry in it, and the people who will your trailer. For example, speed, be riding in the vehicle. And if you altitude, road grades, outside tow a trailer, you must add the...
Page 505: Vehicle Weight
Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight simply by moving some items Vehicle weight around in the trailer. This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle, to WARNING keep your loaded vehicle weight Trailer within its design rating capability. • Never load a trailer with more Properly loading your vehicle will weight in the rear than in the provide maximum return of the front. The front should be loaded vehicle design performance. Before with approximately 60% of the loading your vehicle, familiarize total trailer load; the rear should yourself with the following terms be loaded with approximately 40% for determining your vehicle’s of the total trailer load. weight ratings, from the vehicle’s • Never exceed the maximum specifications and the certification weight limits of the trailer label: or trailer towing equipment. Improper loading can result in Base curb weight damage to your vehicle and/or This is the weight of the vehicle personal injury. Check weights and...
Page 506: Gaw (Gross Axle Weight)
Driving your vehicle Vehicle weight GAW (Gross axle weight) (GVWR) for your vehicle are on the certification label attached to the This is the total weight placed on driver’s (or front passenger’s) door. each axle (front and rear) - including Exceeding these ratings can cause vehicle curb weight and all payload. an accident or vehicle damage. You can calculate the weight of your load GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) by weighing the items (and people) before putting them in the vehicle. This is the maximum allowable Be careful not to overload your weight that can be carried by a vehicle. single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the certification label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR. GVW (Gross vehicle weight) This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
Page 507 What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING ................7-3 • Hazard warning flasher ............7-3 IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING ......7-4 • If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing ..... 7-4 • If you have a flat tire while driving ......... 7-4 • If engine stalls while driving ............. 7-4 IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START ..........7-5 • If engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly ....7-5 • If engine turns over normally but does not start ....7-5 EMERGENCY STARTING ...............
Page 508 What to do in an emergency • Removing and storing the spare tire ........7-22 • Changing tires ................7-22 • Important - use of compact spare tire (if equipped) ..7-26 • Jack label ..................7-28 • EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack .........7-29 IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT ) ................7-30 , IF EQUIPPED • Introduction ................7-31 • Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) ......7-33 • Using the Tire Mobility Kit ............7-34 • Distributing the sealant ............7-35 • Checking the tire inflation pressure ........7-35 • Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit ....7-36 • Technical Data .
Page 509: What To Do In An Emergency
What to do in an emergency ROAD WARNING WHAT TO DO IN AN It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made EMERGENCY or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway. ROAD WARNING Depress the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. Hazard warning flasher The flasher switch is located in Type A the center console switch panel. All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously. • The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on. • Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher while the vehicle is being towed.
Page 510: In Case Of An Emergency While Driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually, move forward by shifting to the keeping a straight line. Move 2 (second) or 3 (third) gear and cautiously off the road to a safe then turning the starter without place. depressing the clutch pedal. 2. Turn on your emergency flashers. 3. Try to start the engine again. If you have a flat tire while driving If your vehicle does not start, If a tire goes flat while you are consult a professional workshop. driving: Kia recommends to consult an 1. Take your foot off the accelerator authorized Kia dealer/service pedal and let the vehicle slow partner. down while driving straight ahead. Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road as this may cause a loss of control. When the vehicle has slowed down to such a speed that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off the road as far as possible and park on a firm level ground. If you are on a divided highway, do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes.
Page 511: If The Engine Will Not Start
What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START 4. If the engine still does not start, call a professional workshop. Kia recommends to call an authorized If engine doesn’t turn over or turns Kia dealer/service partner. over slowly 1. Check the battery connections to be sure they are clean and tight. 2. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged. 3. Check the starter connections to be sure they are securely tightened.
Page 512: Emergency Starting
What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY STARTING EMERGENCY STARTING Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this may cause the battery to rupture or explode causing serious injury. WARNING Battery • Keep all flames or sparks away from the battery. The battery produces hydrogen gas which ODEEV088002NR Connect cables in numerical order may explode if exposed to flame and disconnect in reverse order. or sparks. If these instructions are not followed exactly, serious personal injury and damage to the Jump starting vehicle may occur! If you are not Jump starting can be dangerous if sure how to follow this procedure, done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid seek qualified assistance. harm to yourself or damage to your Automobile batteries contain vehicle or battery, follow the jump sulfuric acid. This is poisonous starting procedures. If in doubt, we and highly corrosive. When jump strongly recommend that you have starting, wear protective glasses...
Page 513: Push-Starting
4. Connect the jumper cables in the the battery. exact sequence shown in the 5. Start the engine of the vehicle illustration. First connect one end with the booster battery and let of a jumper cable to the positive it run at 2,000 rpm, then start terminal of the discharged battery the engine of the vehicle with the (1), then connect the other end discharged battery. to the positive terminal on the booster battery (2). If the cause of your battery Proceed to connect one end of discharging is not apparent, have the the other jumper cable to the system checked by a professional negative terminal of the booster workshop. Kia recommends to visit battery (3), then the other end to an authorized Kia dealer/service a solid, stationary, metallic point partner. (for example, the engine lifting bracket) away from the battery Push-starting (4). Do not connect it to or near Your manual transmission-equipped any part that moves when the vehicle should not be push-started engine is cranked. because it might damage the Do not allow the jumper cables emission control system. to contact anything except the correct battery terminals or Vehicles equipped with automatic the correct ground. Do not lean...
Page 514: If The Engine Overheats
What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS Never tow a vehicle to start it IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS because the sudden surge forward If your temperature gauge indicates when the engine starts could cause overheating, you will experience a a collision with the tow vehicle. loss of power, or hear loud pinging or knocking, the engine is probably too hot. If this happens, you should: 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as it is safe to do so. 2. Place the shift lever in P (automatic transmission) or neutral (manual transmission) and set the parking brake. If the air conditioning is on, turn it off. 3. If engine coolant is running out under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the engine. Do not open the hood until the coolant has stopped running or the steaming has stopped. If there is no visible loss of engine coolant and no steam, leave the engine running and check to be sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the engine off.
Page 515 What to do in an emergency IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS While the engine is running, keep system. In this case, have the hair, hands and clothing away from system checked by a professional moving parts such as the fan and workshop. Kia recommends to drive belts to prevent injury. visit an authorized Kia dealer/ service partner. 5. If the water pump drive belt is • When the engine overheats from broken or engine coolant is leaking low engine coolant, suddenly out, stop the engine immediately adding engine coolant may cause and call a professional workshop. cracks in the engine. To prevent Kia recommends to call an damage, add engine coolant slowly authorized Kia dealer/service in small quantities. partner. WARNING Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. This can allow coolant to blow out of the opening and cause serious burns. 6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been...
Page 516: Tire Pressure Monitoring System (Tpms) (Type A) (If Equipped)
What to do in an emergency Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (Type A) Tire pressure monitoring • If tire pressure is not displayed when the vehicle is stopped, “Drive system (TPMS) (Type A) to display” message displays. (if equipped) After driving, check the tire pressure. • You can change the tire pressure unit in the user settings mode on the cluster. - psi, kpa, bar (Refer to “User settings mode” in chapter 4). Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to OCDW069002 the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.
Page 517: Low Tire Pressure Telltale
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (Type A) also reduces fuel efficiency and tire on your vehicle to ensure that the tread life, and may affect the vehicle replacement or alternate tires and ‘s handling and stopping ability. wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire NOTICE maintenance, and it is the driver’s If any of the below happens, responsibility to maintain correct have the system checked by tire pressure, even if under-inflation a professional workshop. Kia has not reached the level to trigger recommends to visit an authorized illumination of the TPMS low tire Kia dealer/service partner. pressure telltale. 1. The low tire pressure telltale/ Your vehicle has also been equipped TPMS malfunction indicator do not with a TPMS malfunction indicator illuminate for 3 seconds when the to indicate when the system is ignition switch is turned to the ON not operating properly. The TPMS position or engine is running. malfunction indicator is combined 2. The TPMS malfunction indicator with the low tire pressure telltale.
Page 518 What to do in an emergency Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (Type A) When the tire pressure monitoring • The TPMS malfunction indicator system warning indicators are will remain continuously illuminated and warning massage illuminated while driving because displayed on the cluster LCD the TPMS sensor is not mounted display, one or more of your tires is on the spare wheel. (changed tire significantly under-inflated. The low equipped with a sensor in the tire pressure position telltale light vehicle) will indicate which tire is significantly CAUTION under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light. • In winter or cold weather, the low tire pressure telltale may If either telltale illuminates, illuminate if the tire pressure was immediately reduce your speed, adjusted to the recommended avoid hard cornering and anticipate tire inflation pressure in warm increased stopping distances. You weather. It does not mean your...
Page 519: Tpms (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Malfunction Indicator
1 minute and then remain The TPMS malfunction indicator continuously illuminated if will illuminate after it blinks for snow chains are used or some approximately one minute when separate electronic devices such there is a problem with the Tire as notebook computer, mobile Pressure Monitoring System. charger, remote starter or In this case, have the system navigation etc., are used in the checked by a professional workshop vehicle. to determine the cause of the This can interfere with normal problem. Kia recommends to visit operation of the Tire Pressure an authorized Kia dealer/service Monitoring System (TPMS). partner. NOTICE Changing a tire with TPMS If there is a malfunction with If you have a flat tire, the low Tire the TPMS, the low tire pressure Pressure and Position telltales will position telltale will not be displayed come on. In this case, have the even though the vehicle has an system checked by a professional underinflated tire. workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
Page 520 What to do in an emergency Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (Type A) We recommend that you use the Always use a good quality tire sealant approved by Kia. pressure gauge to measure the The sealant on the tire pressure tire’s inflation pressure. Please note sensor and wheel shall be that a tire that is hot (from being eleminated when you replace the driven) will have a higher pressure tire with a new one. measurement than a tire that is cold (from sitting stationary for at least 3 hours and driven less than 1 mile Each wheel is equipped with a tire (1.6 km) during that 3 hour period). pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. You must Allow the tire to cool before use TPMS specific wheels. Have measuring the inflation pressure. your tires serviced by a professional Always be sure the tire is cold before workshop. Kia recommends to visit inflating to the recommended an authorized Kia dealer/service pressure.
Page 521 WARNING - New model vehicle : Nov. 1, 2012~ Protecting TPMS - Current model vehicle : Nov. Tampering with, modifying, 1, 2014~ (Based on vehicle or disabling the Tire Pressure registrations) Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the system’s ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/ or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle. WARNING For EUROPE • Do not modify the vehicle, it may interfere with the TPMS function. • The wheels on the market do not have a TPMS sensor. For your safety, use parts for replacement from a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • If you use the wheels on the market, use a TPMS sensor approved by an authorized Kia dealer. If your vehicle is not equipped with a TPMS sensor or TPMS does not work properly, you may fail the periodic vehicle...
Page 522: Tire Pressure Monitoring System (Tpms) (Type B) (If Equipped)
What to do in an emergency Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (Type B) Tire pressure monitoring You should reset the system by pushing the TPMS SET button system (TPMS) (Type B) according to the procedure and store (if equipped) the current tire pressure. After that, if one or more tires are significantly under-inflated, the low tire pressure indicator illuminates and a message is shown on the cluster. Also, if there is a malfunction with the TPMS, the TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate. OCDW069040 TPMS reset procedure You should reset TPMS in below situations. • After repairing or replacing tires (or wheels) • After rotating tires...
Page 523: Tire Pressure Monitoring System
What to do in an emergency Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (Type B) The reset process completes • The TPMS may not function automatically. properly if you do not reset TPMS although the TPMS needs to be reset. • If you push the TPMS reset button while driving, the TPMS reset process is not activated. You must push the TPMS reset button while the vehicle is at a complete stop. • Tire pressure should be checked and inflated while the tires are cold. A cold tire means the vehicle has OCDW069039 4. Then check that the low tire been sitting for 3 hours and driven pressure indicator turns off after for less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in blinking for four seconds. In case that 3 hour period. of supervision cluster, check that “Tire pressures stored” message is shown on the cluster.
Page 524 Always check the TPMS malfunction lead to tire failure. telltale after replacing one or more Under-inflation also reduces fuel tires or wheels on your vehicle to efficiency and tire tread life, and ensure that the replacement or may affect the vehicle’s handling alternate tires and wheels allow and stopping ability. the TPMS to continue to function properly. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire NOTICE maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct If any of the below happens, tire pressure, even if under-inflation have the system checked by an has not reached the level to trigger authorized Kia dealer/service illumination of the TPMS low tire partner. pressure telltale. 1. The Low Tire Pressure Telltale/ TPMS Malfunction Indicator does Your vehicle has also been equipped not illuminate for 3 seconds when with a TPMS malfunction indicator the ignition switch is placed to the to indicate when the system is ON position or engine is running. not operating properly. The TPMS 2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator malfunction indicator is combined remains illuminated after blinking with the low tire pressure telltale. for approximately 1 minute. When the system detects a...
Page 525: Low Tire Pressure Telltale
What to do in an emergency Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) (Type B) 3. The Low Tire Pressure Position side center pillar outer panel. Then, Telltale remains illuminated. reset TPMS according TPMS reset procedure. If you cannot reach a service station Low tire pressure telltale or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air, replace the low pressure Low tire pressure position telltale tire with the spare tire. and tire pressure telltale The Low Tire Pressure Telltale will remain on and the TPMS Malfunction Indicator may blink for one minute and then remain illuminated until you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle.
Page 526: If You Have A Flat Tire
What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) • You do not reset TPMS properly. IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH • You do not use original tires. SPARE TIRE , IF EQUIPPED ) • You drive on snowy or slippery roads. Jack and tools • You rapidly accelerate, decelerate 5 Door or turn the steering wheel.
Page 527 What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) Shooting Brake To prevent the jack from “rattling” while the vehicle is in motion, store it properly. Follow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury. WARNING Changing tires • Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway. OCDW069035 • Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire. The jack should be used on firm level ground. If you cannot find a firm level place off the road, call a towing service company for assistance. • Be sure to use the correct front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for...
Page 528: Removing And Storing The Spare Tire
What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) Removing and storing the spare Changing tires tire 1VQA4022 1. Park on a level surface and apply OSK3068040NR Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt the parking brake firmly. counterclockwise to remove. Store 2. Shift the shift lever into the tire in the reverse order of R (Reverse) with manual removal. transmission. 3. Activate the hazard warning To prevent the spare tire and tools flasher. from “rattling” while the vehicle is in motion, store them properly. WARNING Ensure the spare tire retainer is properly aligned with the center of the spare tire to prevent the spare...
Page 529 What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) Changing a tire • To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire, always set the parking brake fully, and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed. • We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked, and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked. OCDW069021 7. Place the jack at the front(1) or rear(2) jacking position closest to the tire you are changing. Place the jack at the designated locations under the frame. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot to index with the jack. WARNING OCDW069019 Jack location 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts To reduce the possibility of injury,...
Page 530 What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) the wheel nuts could come loose and cause the loss of a wheel. Loss of a wheel may result in loss of control of the vehicle. This may cause serious injury or death. 10. T o reinstall the wheel, hold it on the studs, put the wheel nuts on the studs and tighten them finger tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is completely seated, OCDW069022 9. Loosen the wheel nuts and then tighten the nuts as much remove them with your fingers. as possible with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and again. lay it flat so it cannot roll away. 11. L ower the vehicle to the ground To put the wheel on the hub, pick by turning the wheel nut wrench up the spare tire, line up the holes counterclockwise.
Page 531 What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) check each nut for tightness. same chamfer configuration are After changing wheels, have used. Installation of a non-metric the system checked by a thread nut on a metric stud or professional workshop. Kia viceversa will not secure the wheel recommends to visit an to the hub properly and will damage authorized Kia dealer/service the stud so that it must be replaced. partner. Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads. Be sure to use Wheel nut tightening torque: extreme care in checking for thread Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel: style before installing aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. If in doubt, 11~13 kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft) consult a professional workshop.
Page 532: Important - Use Of Compact Spare Tire (If Equipped)
What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) Shooting brake)” on page 9-6, “Tires CAUTION and wheels (CUV)” on page 9-7. Check the inflation pressure after installing the spare tire. Adjust it to Important - use of compact spare the specified pressure, as necessary. tire (if equipped) When using a compact spare tire, Your vehicle is equipped with a observe the following precautions: compact spare tire. This compact • Under no circumstances should spare tire takes up less space than a you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); a regular- size tire. This tire is smaller higher speed could damage the than a conventional tire and is tire.
Page 533 What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) will not fit properly. This could damage the vehicle and result in loss of the chain. • Temporary compact tire should not be installed on the front axle if the vehicle must be driven in snow or on ice. • Do not use the temporary compact tire on any other vehicle because this tire has been designed especially for your vehicle. • The temporary compact tire tread life is shorter than a regular tire. Inspect your temporary compact tire regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size and design, mounted on the same wheel. • The temporary compact tire should not be used on any other wheels, nor should standard tires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim rings be used with the temporary...
Page 534: Jack Label
What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) Jack label Type A OSK3068044NR Type B OSK3068043NR Type C OSK3068045NR * T he actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack. 1. Model Name 2. Maximum allowable load 3. When using the jack, set your parking brake. 4. When using the jack, stop the engine. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. 6. The designated locations under the frame 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point. 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles with manual transmission. 9. The jack should be used on firm level ground.
Page 535: Ec Declaration Of Conformity For Jack
What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE) 10. J ack manufacturer 11. P roduction date 12. R epresentative company and address EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack OUM074110L...
Page 536: If You Have A Flat Tire
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT) IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH Shooting Brake TIRE MOBILITY KIT , IF EQUIPPED 5 Door OCDW069031 OCDW069004 Wagon OCDW069041 Please read the instructions before using the Tire Mobility Kit. 1. Compressor OCDW068004 2. Sealant bottle The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary fix to the tire and have the tire inspected by a professional workshop as soon as possible. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. CAUTION One sealant for one tire...
Page 537: Introduction
Have your tire repaired as soon a tire puncture. as possible. The tire may lose air pressure at any time after inflating The system of compressor and with the Tire Mobility Kit. sealing compound effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a passenger car tire caused by nails CAUTION or similar objects and reinflates the • When replacing or repairing the tire. tire after using tire sealant, make After you ensured that the tire certain to remove the sealant is properly sealed you can drive attached to the inner part of the cautiously on the tire (up to 200 km tire and wheel. If the sealant is not (120 miles)) at a max. speed of 80 removed, noise and vibration may km/h (50 mph) in order to reach a occur. vehicle or tire dealer to have the tire • We recommend use original Kia replaced. manufactured sealant. • If the TPMS warning light It is possible that some tires, illuminates after using the TMK, especially with larger punctures or have your vehicle inspected damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed completely. by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to contact an...
Page 538 What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT) Air pressure loss in the tire may adversely affect tire performance. For this reason, you should avoid abrupt steering or other driving maneuvers, especially if the vehicle is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in use. The TMK is not designed or intended as a permanent tire repair method and is to be used for one tire only. This instruction shows you step by step how to temporarily seal the puncture simply and reliably. Read the section “Notes on the safe use of the TMK”. WARNING Do not use the TMK if a tire is severely damaged by driving run flat or with insufficient air pressure. Only punctured areas located within the tread region of the tire can be sealed using the TMK.
Page 539: Components Of The Tire Mobility Kit (Tmk)
What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT) Components of the Tire Mobility Kit (TMK) ODE066039L 1. Speed restriction label 2. Sealant bottle and label with speed restriction 3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to wheel 4. Connectors and cable for the power outlet direct connection 5. Holder for the sealant bottle 6. Compressor 7. On/off switch 8. Pressure gauge for displaying the tire inflation pressure 9. Button for reducing tire inflation pressure Connectors, cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing.
Page 540: Using The Tire Mobility Kit
What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT) 5. Ensure that button (9) on the WARNING compressor is not pressed. 6. Unscrew the valve cap from the Before using the Tire Mobility valve of the defective wheel Kit, follow the instructions on the and screw filling hose (3) of the sealant bottle. sealant bottle onto the valve. Remove the label with the speed 7. Insert the sealant bottle into the restriction from the sealant bottle housing of the compressor so that and apply it to the steering wheel. the bottle is upright (B). Please note the expiry date on the sealant bottle. Using the Tire Mobility Kit 1. Detach the speed restriction label (1) from the sealant bottle (2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle such as on...
Page 541: Distributing The Sealant
When you use the Tire Mobility for approximately 3 minutes Kit, the wheel may be stained to fill the sealant. The inflation by sealant. Therefore, remove pressure of the tire after filling is the wheel stained by sealant unimportant. and have the vehicle inspected 11. S witch off the compressor. at a professional workshop. Kia 12. D etach the hose from the recommends to visit an authorized sealant bottle connector and Kia dealer/service partner. from the tire valve. Distributing the sealant Checking the tire inflation pressure • Immediately drive approximately 1. After driving approximately 7~10km (4~6miles or, about 7~10 km (4~6 miles or about 10min) to evenly distribute the 10 minutes), stop at a suitable sealant in the tire.
Page 542: Notes On The Safe Use Of The Tire Mobility Kit
• Do not remove any foreign objects tire inflation pressure” on page 7-35. such as nails or screws - that have Then repeat steps 1 to 4. penetrated the tire. Use of the TMK may be ineffectual • Before using the TMK, read the for tire damage larger than precautionary advice printed on approximately 4 mm (0.16 in). the sealant bottle! Contact a professional workshop if • Provided the car is outdoors, leave the tire cannot be made roadworthy the engine running. Otherwise with the Tire Mobility Kit. Kia operating the compressor may recommends to visit an authorized eventually drain the car battery. Kia dealer/service partner. • Never leave the TMK unattended while it is being used. • Do not leave the compressor WARNING running for more than 10 min. at a The tire inflation pressure must be time or it may overheat. at least 200 kPa (29 psi). If it is not, • Do not use the TMK if the ambient do not continue driving. Call for road temperature is below -30°C side service or towing.
Page 543: Technical Data
What to do in an emergency IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT) Technical Data - Sealant volume: 300 ml (18.3 cu. in.) For 15/16 inch tire (except for * S ealant and spare parts can CUV) be obtained and replaced at an • System voltage: DC 12 V authorized vehicle or tire dealer. • Working voltage: DC 10 - 15 V Empty sealant bottles may be • Amperage rating: max. 10 A disposed of at home. Liquid • Suitable for use at temperatures: residue from the sealant should be -30 ~ +70°C (-22 ~ +158°F)
Page 544: Towing
What to do in an emergency TOWING TOWING When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used, the front of the vehicle should Towing service always be lifted, not the rear. OCDW069008 OCDW069009 CAUTION OCDW069007 • Do not tow the vehicle backwards If emergency towing is necessary, with the front wheels on the we recommend having it done ground as this may cause damage by an authorized Kia dealer or a to the vehicle. commercial tow-truck service. • Do not tow with sling-type Proper lifting and towing procedures equipment. Use wheel lift or are necessary to prevent damage to flatbed equipment. the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies (1) or flatbed is recommended. When towing your vehicle in an It is acceptable to tow the vehicle emergency without wheel dollies : with the rear wheels on the ground 1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC (without dollies) and the front position.
Page 545: Removable Towing Hook (If Equipped)
What to do in an emergency TOWING Failure to place the transmission Rear (For Wagon) shift lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transmission. Removable towing hook (if equipped) Front OCDW069047 Rear (For Shooting Brake) OCDW069010 Rear (For 5 Door) OCDW069036 Rear (For CUV) OCDW069012 OCDW069032 1. Open the tailgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool case.
Page 546: Emergency Towing
What to do in an emergency TOWING 2. Remove the hole cover pressing Rear (For Shooting Brake) the upper (front) or lower (rear) part of the cover on the bumper. 3. Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured. 4. Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use. Emergency towing Front OCDW069037 Rear (For Wagon) OCDW069011 Rear (For 5 Door) OCDW069029 Rear (For CUV) OCDW069017 OCDW069033 If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done...
Page 547 What to do in an emergency TOWING by an authorized Kia dealer or a towing vehicles. Securely fasten commercial tow truck service. the cable or chain to the towing hook provided. If towing service is not available in • Accelerate or decelerate the an emergency, your vehicle may vehicle in a slow and gradual be temporarily towed using a cable manner while maintaining tension or chain secured to the emergency on the tow rope or chain to start towing hook under the front (or or drive the vehicle, otherwise rear) of the vehicle. Use extreme tow hooks and the vehicle may be caution when towing the vehicle. A damaged. driver must be in the vehicle to steer it and operate the brakes. • Before emergency towing, check...
Page 548 What to do in an emergency TOWING dealer or a commercial tow truck operations when the vehicle is service for assistance. towed and passengers other than • Tow the vehicle as straight ahead the driver must not be allowed to as possible. be on board. • Keep away from the vehicle during towing. Emergency towing precautions • Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the steering wheel isn’t locked. • Place the transmission shift lever in N (Neutral). • Release the parking bake. • The vehicle should be towed at a speed of 25 km/h (16 mph) or less within the distance of 20 km (12 miles). • Press the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will OCDW069013 have reduced brake performance. • More steering effort will be required because the power steering system will be disabled.
Page 549: Emergency Commodity (If Equipped)
What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY COMMODITY must be in the towed vehicle to EMERGENCY COMMODITY operate the steering and brakes. (IF EQUIPPED) • To avoid serious damage to the There are some emergency automatic transmission / dual commodities in the vehicle to help clutch transmission, limit the you respond to the emergency vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) situation. and drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing. Fire extinguisher (if equipped) • Before towing, check the automatic transmission / dual If there is small fire and you know clutch transmission for fluid how to use the fire extinguisher, leaks under your vehicle. If the take the following steps carefully. automatic transmission / dual 1. Pull the pin at the top of the clutch transmission fluid is leaking, extinguisher that keeps the handle flatbed equipment or a towing from being accidentally pressed.
Page 550: Tire Pressure Gauge (If Equipped)
What to do in an emergency EMERGENCY COMMODITY during emergencies, such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to any problems. Tire pressure gauge (If equipped) Tires normally lose some air in dayto- day use, and you may have to add a few pounds of air periodically and it is not usually a sign of a leaking tire, but of normal wear. Always check tire pressure when the tires are cold because tire pressure increases with temperature. To check the tire pressure, take the following steps; 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap that is located on the rim of the tire. 2. Press and hold the gauge against the tire valve. Some air will escape as you begin and more will escape if you don’t press the gauge in firmly. 3. A firm non-leaking push will activate the gauge. 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge to know whether the tire pressure is low or high. 5. Adjust the tire pressures to the specified pressure. Refer to “Tires and wheels (5 Door, Wagon,...
Page 551: Maintenance
Maintenance Engine compartment ..............8-2 Maintenance services ..............8-5 • Owner’s responsibility ............... 8-5 • Owner maintenance precautions ........... 8-5 Owner maintenance ..............8-7 • Owner maintenance schedule ..........8-7 Scheduled maintenance service ..........8-8 • Scheduled maintenance service precaution ......8-8 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ....8-26 • Engine oil and filter ..............8-26 • Drive belts .................8-26 • Fuel filter cartridge (for diesel) ..........8-26 • Fuel filter (for gasoline) ............8-26 • Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections .
Page 552 Maintenance • Suspension mounting bolts ...........8-29 • Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint 8-29 • Drive shafts and boots ............8-29 • Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped) ......8-29 Engine oil (gasoline) ..............8-30 • Checking the engine oil level ..........8-30 • Changing the engine oil and filter .........8-32 Engine oil (diesel) ...............8-33 • Checking the engine oil level ..........8-33 • Changing the engine oil and filter ........8-34 Engine coolant ................8-34 • Checking the coolant level ............8-34 • Changing the coolant ..............8-38 Brake/clutch fluid ..........8-38 (if equipped) • Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ........8-38 Washer fluid ................8-40 • Checking the washer fluid level ..........8-40 Parking brake ................8-41 • Checking the parking brake .
Page 553 Maintenance • Blade inspection................8-45 • Blade replacement ..............8-46 Battery ..................8-48 • For best battery service ............8-48 • Battery capacity label ............8-49 • Battery recharging ..............8-50 • Reset items ................8-51 Tires and wheels ................8-51 • Tire care ..................8-51 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ......8-51 • Checking tire inflation pressure ..........8-53 • Tire rotation ................8-54 • Wheel alignment and tire balance ........8-54 • Tire replacement ..............8-55 • Wheel replacement ..............8-56 • Tire traction ................8-57 • Tire maintenance ..............8-57 • Tire sidewall labeling ..............8-57 • Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) ........8-60 Fuses ....................8-62 • Inner panel fuse replacement ..........8-64 • Engine compartment fuse replacement ......8-65 • Fuse/relay panel description ..........8-67 Light bulbs ..................8-79 • Bulb replacement precaution .
Page 554 Maintenance • Headlamp (Low beam) bulb replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type A, B) (if equipped) ..8-86 • Headlamp (High beam) bulb replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type A, B) (if equipped) ..8-87 • Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type A, B) ..8-88 • Position lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type A) ......8-88 • Position lamp / Day time running lamp (LED type) replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type B)..................8-89 • Headlamp (LED type) replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type C), CUV ........8-89 • DRL Lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - 5 Door, Wagon ..8-90 • Front fog lamp bulb replacement ........8-90 • Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ....8-91 • Side repeater lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ...8-91 • Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type A, B), Wagon (type A) ..8-92 • Rear turn signal lamp (LED) ...........8-93 • Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type A), Wagon (type A) ..8-94 • Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type A, B) ......8-95 • Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for wagon (type A, B), CUV ....8-95 • Back up lamp (LED type) bulb replacement - Rear...
Page 555 Maintenance combination lamp for shooting brake ........8-96 • Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type A), Wagon (type A) ..8-96 • Rear fog lamp (bulb type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type A), Wagon (type A, B) ..8-97 • Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type B), Wagon (type B), Shooting brake, CUV ..............8-98 • Rear turn signal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for wagon (type B), CUV .......8-99 • Rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type B), shooting brake 8-100 • High mounted stop lamp (LED type) bulb replacement 8 -101 • License plate lamp bulb replacement ......8-101 • Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ......8-102 • Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement ......8-102 • Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement ....... 8-103 • Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement (if equipped) ..8-103 • Vanity mirror lamp bulb replacement ....... 8-104 • Glove box lamp replacement ..........8-104 • Luggage lamp bulb replacement ........8-105 • Headlamp and front fog lamp aiming (for Europe) .
Page 556 Maintenance • Selective Catalytic Reduction (if equipped) ...... 8-129...
Page 557: Engine Compartment
Maintenance Engine compartment MAINTENANCE Engine compartment Kappa 1.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) OCDW079001 Kappa 1.4L MPI Engine (Gasoline) OCD078079 * The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 9. Radiator cap 2. Engine oil filler cap 10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick...
Page 558 Maintenance Engine compartment Kappa 1.4L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) OCD078080 Gamma 1.6L MPI Engine (Gasoline) OCD078081 * The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Radiator cap 10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir...
Page 559 Maintenance Engine compartment Gamma 1.6L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) OCD078100 SmartStream D 1.6 Engine (Diesel) OCDW079002 * The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. 1. Engine coolant reservoir 2. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake / clutch fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 5. Fuse box 6. Negative battery terminal 7. Positive battery terminal 8. Engine oil dipstick 9. Radiator cap 10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir...
Page 560: Maintenance Services
Improper or incomplete service may injury. result in problems. This section gives instructions only for the maintenance items that are easy to Owner’s responsibility perform. NOTICE NOTICE Maintenance Service and Record Improper owner maintenance during Retention are the owner’s the warranty period may affect responsibility. warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Warranty & Have your vehicle serviced by Maintenance book provided with a professional workshop. Kia the vehicle. If you’re unsure about recommends to visit an authorized any servicing or maintenance Kia dealer/service partner. procedure, have the system serviced You should retain documents that by a professional workshop. Kia show proper maintenance has recommends to visit an authorized been performed on your vehicle Kia dealer/service partner. in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the following pages. WARNING Maintenance work You need this information to • Performing maintenance work establish your compliance with on a vehicle can be dangerous.
Page 561 Maintenance Maintenance services procedures. If you lack sufficient • Do not drive long time with knowledge and experience or the the engine cover (if equipped) proper tools and equipment to removed. do the work, have the system • When checking the engine room, serviced by a professional do not go near fire. Fuel, washer workshop. fluid, etc. are flammable oils that Kia recommends to visit an may cause fire. authorized Kia dealer/service • Before touching the battery, partner. ignition cables and electrical • Working under the hood with the wiring, you should disconnect the engine running is dangerous. It battery “-” terminal. You may get becomes even more dangerous an electric shock from the electric when you wear jewelry or loose current. clothing. These can become • When you remove the interior entangled in moving parts and trim cover with a flat bed (-) result in injury. driver, be careful not to damage Therefore, if you must run the the cover.
Page 562: Owner Maintenance
Maintenance Owner maintenance While operating your vehicle: Owner maintenance • Note any changes in the sound The following lists are vehicle of the exhaust or any smell of checks and inspections that should exhaust fumes in the vehicle. be performed at the frequencies • Check for vibrations in the indicated to help ensure safe, steering wheel. Notice any dependable operation of your increased steering effort or vehicle. looseness in the steering wheel, Any adverse conditions should be or change in its straightahead brought to the attention of your position. dealer as soon as possible. • Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or “pulls” to one side These Owner Maintenance Checks when traveling on smooth, level are generally not covered by road. warranties and you may be charged • When stopping, listen and check for labor, parts and lubricants used. for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel Owner maintenance schedule...
Page 563: Scheduled Maintenance Service
Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service • Check the inflation pressures of all Scheduled maintenance service tires including the spare for tires that are worn, show uneven wear, Scheduled maintenance service or are damaged. precaution • Check for loose wheel lug nuts. Follow the Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually At least twice a year (i.e., every operated where none of the Spring and Fall): following conditions apply. If any of • Check the radiator, heater and the following conditions apply, follow air conditioning hoses for leaks or the Maintenance Under Severe damage. Usage Conditions. • Check the windshield washer • Repeated driving short distance spray and wiper operation. Clean of less than 8 km (5 miles) in...
Page 564 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Schedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
Page 565 Engine oil and engine oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by filter (For Diesel Engine, warranty. Europe) • This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel <”EN590 or equivalent”>. If the diesel fuel specifications don’t meet the EN590, it must be replaced according to the severe maintenance schedule. When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at Coolant (Engine) the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. • Adjust alternator, water pump and air conditioner drive belt. Inspect and if necessary repair or replace. Drive belts (Engine) • Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace. Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. In this case, have the system checked by a Valve clearance professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval Spark plug when you do maintenance of other items. Manual transmission Manual transmission fluid should be changed anytime it has fluid been submerged in water. Dual clutch Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid should be changed anytime transmission (DCT) it has been submerged in water. fluid...
Page 566 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service ITEM REMARK Kia recommends that you use unleaded gasoline which has an octane rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher (for Europe) or Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher (except Europe). For customers who do not use good quality gasolines including fuel additives regularly, and have problems starting or the engine Fuel additives does not run smoothly, one bottle of additives should be added (Gasoline) to the fuel tank at every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) (for Europe, Australia and New Zealand)/10,000 km( 6,500 miles) (except Europe, Australia and New Zealand, China, Brazil)/ 5,000 km (3,000 miles) (for China, Brazil). Additives are available from a professional workshop along with information on how to use them. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Do not mix other additives. This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel <”EN590 or equivalent”>. If the diesel fuel specifications don’t meet the EN590, it must be replaced more frequently. If there are some Fuel filter cartridge * 10 important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, (Diesel) loss of power, hard starting problem etc., replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult a professional workshop for more details. Kia recommends to consult an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. I: I nspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R: R eplace or change.
Page 567 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Europe (Except Russia) Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first MAINTENANCE INTERVALS / Months 48 72 120 144 168 192 MAINTENANCE ITEM Milesx1,000 40 60 100 120 140 160 Kmx1,000 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 At first, Replace 210,000 km (140,000 miles) Coolant (Engine) *3 Gasoline, Diesel or 120 months after that, Replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months At first, Inspect 90,000 km(60,000 miles) or Drive belts (Engine) Gasoline, Diesel 48 months after that, Inspect every 30,000 km (20,000miles) or 24 months SmartStream D Timing belt...
Page 568 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Europe (Except Russia) Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first MAINTENANCE INTERVALS / Months 48 72 120 144 168 192 MAINTENANCE ITEM Milesx1,000 40 60 100 120 140 160 Kmx1,000 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 Fuel tank air filter Gasoline (Gasoline) Vapor hose and fuel Gasoline filler cap (Gasoline) Fuel filler cap (Diesel) Diesel Urea solution line & connections (if Diesel equipped) Urea solution filler...
Page 569 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service Normal Maintenance Schedule - For Europe (Except Russia) Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first MAINTENANCE INTERVALS / Months 48 72 120 144 168 192 MAINTENANCE ITEM Milesx1,000 40 60 100 120 140 160 Kmx1,000 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 Battery (12V) Gasoline, Diesel condition Pan-European eCall system battery (if equipped) Replace every 3 years.
Page 570 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service Maintenance under severe usage conditions - for Europe (Except Russia) Maintenance operation I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R: Replace or change. MAINTE- DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM NANCE MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION OPERATION Kappa Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or Gasoline 1.4L MPI 6 months Gamma Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or Gasoline 1.6L MPI 6 months A, B, C, D, Engine oil and E, F, G, H, T-GDI Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or engine oil filter Gasoline I, J, K 6 months...
Page 571 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service MAINTE- DRIVING MAINTENANCE ITEM NANCE MAINTENANCE INTERVALS CONDITION OPERATION Steering gear Inspect more frequently rack, linkage and Gasoline, Diesel C, D, E, F, G depending on the condition boots Suspension ball Inspect more frequently Gasoline, Diesel C, D, E, F, G joints depending on the condition Severe driving conditions A: Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5miles) in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature. B: Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances. C: Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads. D: Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weather E: Driving in heavy dust condition. F: Driving in heavy traffic area.
Page 572 Engine oil and engine oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered by filter (For Diesel Engine, warranty. Europe) • This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel <”EN590 or equivalent”>. If the diesel fuel specifications don’t meet the EN590, it must be replaced according to the severe maintenance schedule. When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at Coolant (Engine) the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. • Adjust alternator, water pump and air conditioner drive belt. Inspect and if necessary repair or replace. Drive belts (Engine) • Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace. Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. In this case, have the system checked by a Valve clearance professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval Spark plug when you do maintenance of other items. Manual transmission Manual transmission fluid should be changed anytime it has fluid been submerged in water. Dual clutch Dual clutch transmission (DCT) fluid should be changed anytime transmission (DCT) it has been submerged in water. fluid...
Page 573 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service ITEM REMARK Kia recommends that you use unleaded gasoline which has an octane rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher (for Europe) or Octane Rating of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti- Knock Index) 87 or higher (except Europe). For customers who do not use good quality gasolines including fuel additives regularly, and have problems starting or the engine Fuel additives does not run smoothly, one bottle of additives should be added (Gasoline) to the fuel tank at every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) (for Europe, Australia and New Zealand)/10,000 km (6,500 miles) (except Europe, Australia and New Zealand, China, Brazil)/5,000 km (3,000 miles) (for China, Brazil). Additives are available from a professional workshop along with information on how to use them. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Do not mix other additives. This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel <”EN590 or equivalent”>. If the diesel fuel specifications don’t meet the EN590, it must be replaced more frequently. If there are some Fuel filter cartridge * 10 important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, (Diesel) loss of power, hard starting problem etc., replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult a professional workshop for more details. Kia recommends to consult an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. I: I nspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R: R eplace or change.
Page 574 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - EXCEPT EUROPE (INCLUDING RUSSIA) MAINTE- Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first NANCE INTERVALS Months 12 24 / MAINTE- Milesx1,000 10 20 NANCE ITEM Kmx1,000 15 30 105 120 Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 Except China Kappa months Gasoline 1.0L Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 T-GDI For China months Except Middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or Tunisia, Sudan, 12 months Egypt, Iran, Brazil, Central & South America, China Engine oil Kappa...
Page 575 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - EXCEPT EUROPE (INCLUDING RUSSIA) MAINTE- Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first NANCE INTERVALS Months 12 24 / MAINTE- Milesx1,000 10 20 NANCE ITEM Kmx1,000 15 30 105 120 Except Middle East, India, Libia, Gamma Algeria, Morocco, Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 1.6L Tunisia, Sudan, 12 months Egypt, Iran, Brazil, Central & South America, China Gamma Gasoline For Middle East, 1.6L India, Libia, Algeria, T-GDI Morocco, Tunisia, Replace every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 Engine oil ALL,...
Page 576 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - EXCEPT EUROPE (INCLUDING RUSSIA) MAINTE- Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first NANCE INTERVALS Months 12 24 / MAINTE- Milesx1,000 10 20 NANCE ITEM Kmx1,000 15 30 105 120 Timing belt system (Timing Diesel SmartStream D 1.6 Replace every 240,000 km (160,000 miles) belt, Oil belt, Tensioner, Idler) Kappa 1.0L T-GDI Valve Gasoline clearance *5 Gamma 1.6L ALL Vacuum hoses and crankcase Gasoline ventilation hoses Kappa...
Page 577 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - EXCEPT EUROPE (INCLUDING RUSSIA) MAINTE- Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first NANCE INTERVALS Months 12 24 / MAINTE- Milesx1,000 10 20 NANCE ITEM Kmx1,000 15 30 105 120 Dual clutch transmission Gasoline, Diesel (DCT) fluid (if equipped) *8 Drive shaft Gasoline, Diesel and boots For Australia and New Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 Zealand months Fuel Except Australia and New Add every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 6 additives Gasoline Zealand, China, Brazil months (Gasoline) *9 Add every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6...
Page 578 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - EXCEPT EUROPE (INCLUDING RUSSIA) MAINTE- Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first NANCE INTERVALS Months 12 24 / MAINTE- Milesx1,000 10 20 NANCE ITEM Kmx1,000 15 30 105 120 Except China, India, Middle Air cleaner Gasoline, East filter Diesel For China, India, Middle East Intercooler, in/out hose, Inspect every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 Gasoline T-GDI ALL air intake months hose Exhaust Gasoline, Diesel system Cooling Gasoline, Diesel system...
Page 579 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - EXCEPT EUROPE (INCLUDING RUSSIA) MAINTE- Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first NANCE INTERVALS Months 12 24 / MAINTE- Milesx1,000 10 20 NANCE ITEM Kmx1,000 15 30 105 120 Except Middle East Battery Gasoline, (12V) Inspect every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 6 Diesel For Middle East condition months ERA-GLONASS system battery (if equipped) Replace every 3 years.
Page 580 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service Maintenance under severe usage conditions - except Europe (Including Russia) Maintenance operation I: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace. R: Replace or change. MAINTE- DRIVING MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM NANCE CONDI- INTERVALS OPERATION TION Except Middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Every 7,500 km Sudan, Egypt, Iran, (5,000 miles) or 6 Brazil, Central & months South America, Kappa A, B, C, D, Ga- China 1.4L E, F, G, H, soline I, J, K...
Page 581 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service MAINTE- DRIVING MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM NANCE CONDI- INTERVALS OPERATION TION Except Middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Every 7,500 km Sudan, Egypt, Iran, (5,000 miles) or 6 Brazil, Central & months South America, China Gamma Ga- For Middle East, 1.6L soline India, Libia, Algeria, Every 5,000 km Morocco, Tunisia, (3,000 miles) or 6 Engine oil A, B, C, D, Sudan, Egypt, Iran, months and engine E, F, G, H, Brazil, Central & oil filter I, J, K South America Every 5,000 km...
Page 582 Maintenance Scheduled maintenance service MAINTE- DRIVING MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE ITEM NANCE CONDI- INTERVALS OPERATION TION Replace more Air cleaner Gasoline, Diesel frequently depending C, E filter on the condition Climate Replace more control air Gasoline, Diesel frequently depending C, E, G filter on the condition Brake discs Inspect more and pads, C, D, E, Gasoline, Diesel frequently depending calipers and G, H on the condition rotors Parking Inspect more brake Gasoline, Diesel frequently depending...
Page 583: Explanation Of Scheduled Maintenance Items
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items Explanation of scheduled After installing a new filter, run the engine for several minutes, and maintenance items check for leaks at the connections. Have the fuel filter replaced by Engine oil and filter a professional workshop. Kia The engine oil and filter should be recommends to visit an authorized changed at the intervals specified Kia dealer/service partner. in the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in severe Fuel filter (for gasoline) conditions, more frequent oil and Kia gasoline vehicle is equipped a filter changes are required. lifetime fuel filter that integrated with the fuel tank. Regular Drive belts maintenance or replacement is not Inspect all drive belts for evidence needed but depends on fuel quality.
Page 584: Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation Hoses (If Equipped)
Rail system produce considerable magnetic fields. Air cleaner filter Have the air cleaner filter replaced Vapor hose (for gasoline engine) by a professional workshop. Kia and fuel filler cap recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should be inspected at Spark plugs (for gasoline engine) those intervals specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure Make sure to install new spark plugs that a new vapor hose or fuel filler of the correct heat range. cap is correctly replaced. WARNING...
Page 585: Cooling System
Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items Valve clearance Automatic transmission fluid (if equipped) Inspect for excessive valve noise Automatic transmission fluid should and/or engine vibration and adjust not be checked under normal usage if necessary. In this case, have the conditions. Have the automatic system serviced by a professional transmission fluid changed by a workshop. Kia recommends to visit professional workshop according an authorized Kia dealer/service to the maintenance schedule. Kia partner. recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Cooling system Check the cooling system NOTICE components, such as the radiator, Automatic transmission fluid color is coolant reservoir, hoses and basically red. connections for leakage and damage. As the vehicle is driven, the Replace any damaged parts. automatic transmission fluid will begin to look darker. It is normal...
Page 586: Brake/Clutch Fluid (If Equipped)
Drive shafts and boots Parking brake Check the drive shafts, boots and Inspect the parking brake system clamps for cracks, deterioration, or including the parking brake lever (or damage. Replace any damaged parts pedal) and cables. and, if necessary, repack the grease. Brake discs, pads, calipers and Air conditioning refrigerant (if rotors. equipped) Check the pads for excessive wear, Check the air conditioning lines and discs for run out and wear, and connections for leakage and damage. calipers for fluid leakage. For more information on checking the pads or lining wear limit, we recommend to refer to the Kia web site. (www.kia-hotline.com) Suspension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage. Retighten to the specified torque.
Page 587: Engine Oil (Gasoline)
Maintenance Engine oil (gasoline) Engine oil (gasoline) Kappa 1.4L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) Checking the engine oil level Kappa 1.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) OCDW079083 Gamma 1.6L MPI Engine (Gasoline) OCDW079003 Kappa 1.4L MPI Engine (Gasoline) OCDW079084 Gamma 1.6L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) OCDW079082 OBD078124L 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
Page 588 Maintenance Engine oil (gasoline) 2. Start the engine and allow Kappa 1.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) it to reach normal operating temperature. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and re-insert it fully. WARNING Radiator hose OCDW079004 Be very careful not to touch the Kappa 1.4L MPI Engine (Gasoline) radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you. 5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should be between F (Full) and L (Low). CAUTION • Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine. OCDW079085 • Do not spill engine oil, when adding If it is near or at L (Low), add enough or changing engine oil. If you drop oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do the engine oil on the engine room, not overfill. wipe it off immediately. • When you wipe the oil level gauge, you should wipe it with a clean cloth. When mixed with debris, it can cause engine damage.
Page 589: Changing The Engine Oil And Filter
Engine oil (gasoline) Kappa 1.4L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine components. Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” on page 9-11.) Changing the engine oil and filter Have the engine oil and filter replaced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit OCDW079086 an authorized Kia dealer/service Gamma 1.6L MPI Engine (Gasoline) partner. WARNING Used engine oil may cause skin irritation or cancer if left in contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Used engine oil contains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals. Always protect...
Page 590: Engine Oil (Diesel)
Maintenance Engine oil (diesel) Engine oil (diesel) enough engine oil to bring the level up to the C range. Checking the engine oil level Required action according to Figure SmartStream D 1.6 Engine (Diesel) the respective engine oil level Contact an authorized Kia Range (A) dealer/service partner. Range (B) Do not refill oil. Normal. You may add oil as long as Range (C) the oil level does not go above C-range. You must add oil and make Range (D) sure that the oil level is in the C-Range. CAUTION OCDW079005 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level • Do not spill engine oil, when adding ground. or changing engine oil. If you drop 2. Start the engine and allow...
Page 591: Changing The Engine Oil And Filter
The high-pressure cooling system not overfill. has a reservoir filled with year round Use only the specified engine oil. antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is (Refer to “Recommended lubricants filled at the factory. and capacities” on page 9-11.) Check the antifreeze protection and coolant level at least once a year, at Changing the engine oil and filter the beginning of the winter season, and before traveling to a colder Have the engine oil and filter climate. replaced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit CAUTION an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly WARNING adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent Used engine oil may cause skin damage, add engine coolant slowly irritation or cancer if left in contact in small quantities. with the skin for prolonged periods • Do not drive with no engine of time. Used engine oil contains coolant. It may cause water pump...
Page 592 Maintenance Engine coolant Turn the engine off and wait until it disconnect the negative battery cools down. Use extreme care when cable. removing the radiator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it Kappa 1.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) / Kappa 1.4L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) counterclockwise slowly to the first stop. Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it. Even if the engine is not operating, do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug while the engine and OCDW079007 radiator are hot. Hot coolant and Kappa 1.4L MPI Engine (Gasoline) / steam may still blow out under Gamma 1.6L MPI Engine (Gasoline) pressure, causing serious injury. WARNING The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not OCDW079108 running. Use extreme caution when working near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a rotating fan blades. As the engine coolant temperature decreases, the electric motor will...
Page 593 D 1.6 Engine (Diesel) OCDW079009 Check the condition and connections of all cooling system hoses and OCDW079116 heater hoses. Replace any swollen or 2. Make sure that the tiny deteriorated hoses. protrusions inside the coolant cap are securely interlocked. The coolant level should be filled Engine room rear view - SmartStream between MAX and MIN (F and L) D1.6 Engine (Diesel) / Gamma 1.6L marks on the side of the coolant T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) or soft water. Bring the level to MAX (F), but do not overfill. If frequent additions are required, have the system inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OCDW079010 NOTICE Recommended engine coolant • When adding coolant, use only Make sure the coolant cap is deionized water or soft water properly closed after refill of coolant. for your vehicle and never mix Otherwise the engine could be hard water in the coolant filled at overheated while driving.
Page 594 Maintenance Engine coolant the factory. An improper coolant Mixture Percentage (volume) Ambient mix-ture can result in serious Temperature Antifreeze Water malfunction or engine damage. -15°C (5°F) • The engine in your vehicle has -25°C (-13°F) aluminum engine parts and must -35°C (-31°F) be protected by an ethylene- glycol with phosphate based -45°C (-49°F) coolant to prevent corrosion and Kappa 1.0L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) / freezing. Kappa 1.4L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant. • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution. For mixture percentage, refer to the following table. OCDW079008 Kappa 1.4L MPI Engine (Gasoline) / Gamma 1.6L MPI Engine (Gasoline) OCDW079109...
Page 595: Changing The Coolant
Engine coolant SmartStream D1.6 Engine (Diesel) / overflowing into engine parts such Gamma 1.6L T-GDI Engine (Gasoline) as the alternator. WARNING Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss OCDW079114 of vehicle control or damage the paint and body trim. WARNING Radiator cap Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pressure causing serious injury. Changing the coolant Have the coolant replaced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. CAUTION Put a thick cloth around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from...
Page 596: Brake/Clutch Fluid (If Equipped)
Brake/clutch fluid (if equipped) Use only the specified brake fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” on page 9-11.) Checking the brake/clutch fluid level Never mix different types of fluid. Check the fluid level in the reservoir WARNING periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX and MIN marks on the Loss of brake/clutch fluid side of the reservoir. In the event the brake/clutch system requires frequent additions of fluid, have the system inspected by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. WARNING Brake/clutch fluid When changing and adding brake/ clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do OCDW079011 1. Before removing the reservoir not let it come in contact with your cap and adding brake/clutch eyes. If brake/clutch fluid should fluid, clean the area around come in contact with your eyes, the reservoir cap thoroughly immediately flush them with a large to prevent brake/clutch fluid quantity of fresh tap water. Have...
Page 597: Washer Fluid
Maintenance Washer fluid wrong kind of fluid. A few drops of Washer fluid mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake/clutch system can Checking the washer fluid level damage brake/clutch system parts. The reservoir is translucent so that you can check the level with a quick visual inspection. OCDW079012 • Check the fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing. WARNING Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim.
Page 598: Parking Brake
Checking the parking brake certain circumstances. Do not allow sparks or flame to contact the washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir. Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur. • Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals. Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer fluid. Serious injury or death could occur. OCDW059130 • Check the stroke of the parking brake by counting the number of “clicks” heard while fully applying it from the released position. Also, the parking brake alone should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the stroke is more or less than specified, have the system serviced by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Stroke : 5~7 “clicks” at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).
Page 599: Fuel Filter (For Diesel)
Fuel Filter (for diesel) Fuel filter cartridge replacement Draining water from the fuel filter The fuel filter for diesel engine plays an important role of separating water from fuel and accumulating the water in its bottom. If water accumulates in the fuel filter, the warning light comes on when the ignition switch is in the ON position. OCDW079013 If this warning light NOTICE illuminates, take your car to When replacing the fuel filter a professional workshop and cartridge, use parts for replacement have drain the water and from a professional workshop. Kia check the system. Kia recommends recommends to visit an authorized to visit an authorized Kia dealer/ Kia dealer/service partner. service partner. CAUTION If the water accumulated in the fuel filter is not drained at proper times, damages to the major parts such as the fuel system can be caused by water permeation in the fuel filter.
Page 600: Air Cleaner
Maintenance Air cleaner Air cleaner Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, and should not be washed. OCDW079016 2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. 3. Replace the air cleaner filter. 4. Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips. NOTICE OCDW079014 You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element. Clean the filter by using compressed air. OBD078068 Insert the hinge (1) and engage the clips when mounting the air cleaner cover. OCDW079015 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover Replace the filter according to the attaching clips and open the cover. Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than...
Page 601: Climate Control Air Filter
(Refer to “Maintenance under severe usage conditions - for Europe Filter inspection (Except Russia)” on page 8-20, The climate control air filter should “Maintenance under severe usage be replaced according to the conditions - except Europe (Including maintenance schedule. If the vehicle Russia)” on page 8-30.) is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a CAUTION long period, it should be inspected • Do not drive with the air cleaner more frequently and replaced removed; this will result in earlier. When you replace the excessive engine wear. climate control air filter, replace it • When removing the air cleaner performing the following procedure, filter, be careful that dust or dirt and be careful to avoid damaging does not enter the air intake, or other components. damage may result. 1. Open the glove box and remove • Use parts for replacement from the stoppers on both sides. a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OCDW079017 2. With the glove box open, pull the support strap (1).
Page 602 Maintenance Climate control air filter 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly. NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly. Otherwise, the system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced. OCDW079018 3. Remove the climate control air filter cover by pulling out both sides of the cover. OCDW079019 4. Replace the climate control air filter. OCDW079115...
Page 603: Wiper Blades
Maintenance Wiper blades Wiper blades To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, paint thinner, or other Blade inspection solvents on or near them. Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement. CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper ODEEV098012NR arms or other components, do NOTICE not attempt to move the wipers manually. Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to make the windshield CAUTION difficult to clean. The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper Contamination of either the malfunction and failure. windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield Front windshield wiper blade wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If...
Page 604 Maintenance Wiper blades For your convenience, move the windshield wiper blades to the service position as follows; After turning off the engine, move the wiper switch to the single wiping (MIST) position within 20 seconds and hold the switch more than 2 seconds until the wiper blade is in the fully up position. ODEEV098017NR CAUTION 3. Install the new blade assembly. 4. Return the wiper arm on the Do not allow the wiper arm to fall windshield. against the windshield, since it may 5. Turn ignition to the ON position chip or crack the windshield. and wiper arms will return to the 1. Raise the wiper arm. normal operating position. Rear window wiper blade 1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the wiper blade assembly. ODEEV098016NR 2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then pull down the blade assembly and remove it. OCDW079117 2. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place.
Page 605: Battery
Maintenance Battery Battery For best battery service OCDW079118 3. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. OCDW079020 To prevent damage to the wiper • Keep the battery securely arms or other components, mounted. have the wiper blade replaced • Keep the battery top clean and by a professional workshop. Kia dry. recommends to visit an authorized • Keep the terminals and Kia dealer/service partner. connections clean, tight, and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the battery immediately with a solution of water and baking soda. • If the vehicle is not going to be used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables. NOTICE Basically equipped battery is maintenance free type. If your...
Page 606 If electrolyte gets on your skin, (Never add sulfuric acid or other thoroughly wash the contacted area. electrolyte). When refill, be careful If you feel pain or burning sensation, not to splash the battery and get medical attention immediately. adjacent components. And do not Wear eye protection when overfill the battery cells. It can cause charging or working near a corrosion on other parts. Make sure battery. Always provide that the cell caps are tightened. ventilation when working Contact a professional workshop. Kia in an enclosed space. recommends to visit an authorized An inappropriately Kia dealer/service partner. disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human WARNING health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) or Battery dangers regulation. Always read the following The battery contains lead. instructions carefully when Do not dispose of it after handling a battery. use. Contact a professional Keep lighted cigarettes and workshop. Kia...
Page 607: Battery Capacity Label
• If the battery gradually discharges the battery may be discharged. because of high electric load while Never use unauthorized devices. the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours. Battery capacity label WARNING Example Recharging battery When recharging the battery, observe the following precautions: • The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an OCDW079120 area with good ventilation. * T he actual battery label in the • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, or vehicle may differ from the flame near the battery. illustration. • Watch the battery during 1. AGM90L-DIN: The Kia model name charging, and stop or reduce the of battery charging rate if the battery cells 2. 90Ah(20HR): The nominal capacity begin gassing (boiling) violently (in Ampere hours) or if the temperature of the 3. 170RC: The nominal reserve capacity (in min.)
Page 608: Reset Items
Maintenance Battery electrolyte of any cell exceeds visit an authorized Kia dealer/ 49℃ (120℉). service partner. • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during CAUTION charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in AGM battery (if equipped) the following order. • Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM) 1. Turn off the battery charger batteries are maintenance main switch. free and have the AGM battery 2. Unhook the negative clamp serviced by a professional from the negative battery workshop. Kia recommends to terminal. visit an authorized Kia dealer/ 3. Unhook the positive clamp from service partner. For charging the positive battery terminal. your AGM battery, use only fully automatic battery chargers that are specially developed for AGM WARNING batteries. • Before performing maintenance • When replacing the AGM battery,...
Page 609: Tires And Wheels
Maintenance Tires and wheels • Audio Tires and wheels Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the load limits and weight distribution recommended for your vehicle. Recommended cold tire inflation pressures All tire pressures (including the spare) should be checked when the tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three hours or driven less than 1.6 km (one mile). Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to “Tires and wheels (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake)” on page 9-6, “Tires and wheels (CUV)” on page 9-7.
Page 610 Maintenance Tires and wheels recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Overinflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the center of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards. CAUTION OUB071018 • Warm tires normally exceed All specifications (sizes and recommended cold tire pressures pressures) can be found on a label by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do attached to the vehicle. not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires WARNING will be underinflated. Tire underinflation • Be sure to reinstall the tire Severe underinflation (70 kPa (10 inflation valve caps. Without psi) or more) can lead to severe heat the valve cap, dirt or moisture build-up, causing blowouts, tread could get into the valve core and separation and other tire failures cause air leakage. If a valve cap is that can result in the loss of vehicle missing, install a new one as soon control leading to severe injury or as possible.
Page 611: Checking Tire Inflation Pressure
Maintenance Tires and wheels • Check tire pressure when the tires or driven no more than 1.6 km (1 are cold. (After vehicle has been mile). parked for at least three hours or • Remove the valve cap from the hasn’t been driven more than 1.6 tire valve stem. Press the tire km (one mile) since startup.) gauge firmly onto the valve to • Check the pressure of your spare get a pressure measurement. If tire each time you check the the cold tire inflation pressure pressure of other tires. matches the recommended • Never overload your vehicle. Be pressure on the tire and loading careful not to overload a vehicle information label, no further luggage rack if your vehicle is adjustment is necessary. If the equipped with one. pressure is low, add air until you • Worn, old tires can cause reach the recommended amount. accidents. If your tread is badly If you overfill the tire, release air worn, or if your tires have been by pushing on the metal stem in damaged, replace them. the center of the tire valve.
Page 612: Tire Rotation
Maintenance Tires and wheels • Worn tires can cause accidents. 6, “Tires and wheels (CUV)” on page Replace tires that are worn, show 9-7. uneven wear, or are damaged. Without a spare tire • Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire. Kia recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your ODEEV098029NR vehicle. Directional tires (if equipped) Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated every 10,000 km (6,500 CBGQ0707A Disc brake pads should be inspected miles) or sooner if irregular wear for wear whenever tires are rotated. develops. During rotation, check the tires for NOTICE correct balance. Rotate radial tires that have an When rotating tires, check for asymmetric tread pattern only from uneven wear and damage. Abnormal front to rear and not from right to wear is usually caused by incorrect left.
Page 613: Wheel Alignment And Tire Balance
We recommend that when replacing or the other, the alignment may tires, use the same originally need to be reset. supplied with the vehicles. ALWAYS If you notice your vehicle vibrating use tires with the same type, size, when driving on a smooth road, your brand, construction and tread wheels may need to be rebalanced. pattern for all four wheels. If not, that affects driving CAUTION performance. Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use CAUTION only approved wheel weights. When replacing the tires, recheck and tighten the wheel nuts after Tire replacement driving about 50 km (31 miles) and recheck after driving about 1,000 If the tire is worn evenly, a tread km (620 miles). If the steering wheel wear Indicator will appear as a solid shakes or the vehicle vibrates while band across the tread. driving, the tire is out of balance. Align the tire balance. If the problem Tread wear indicator is not solved, contact a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. WARNING Replacing tires ODEEV098030NR...
Page 614: Wheel Replacement
• It is best to replace all four tires The replacement compact spare tire at the same time. If that is not should be the same size and design possible, or necessary, then tire as the one provided with your replace the two front or two rear new vehicle and should be mounted tires as a pair. on the same compact spare tire Replacing just one tire can wheel. The compact spare tire is seriously affect your vehicle’s not designed to be mounted on a handling. regular size wheel, and the compact • Using tires and wheels other spare tire wheel is not designed for than the recommended sizes mounting a regular size tire. could cause unusual handling characteristics and poor vehicle Wheel replacement control, resulting in a serious accident. When replacing the metal wheels • Wheels that do not meet Kia’s for any reason, make sure the new specifications may fit poorly and wheels are equivalent to the original result in damage to the vehicle or factory units in diameter, rim width unusual handling and poor vehicle and offset. control.
Page 615: Tire Traction
ODEEV098031NR control of the vehicle. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall. Tire maintenance 1. Manufacturer or brand name In addition to proper inflation, correct wheel alignment helps Manufacturer or Brand name is to decrease tire wear. If you find shown. a tire is worn unevenly, have a professional workshop check the 2. Tire size designation wheel alignment. Kia recommends to A tire’s sidewall is marked with a visit an authorized Kia dealer/service tire size designation. You will need partner. this information when selecting When you have new tires installed, replacement tires for your vehicle. make sure they are balanced. This The following explains what the will increase vehicle ride comfort and...
Page 616 Maintenance Tires and wheels letters and numbers in the tire size 16 - Rim diameter in inches. designation mean. Tire speed ratings Example tire size designation: The chart below lists many of the (These numbers are provided as different speed ratings currently an example only; your tire size being used for passenger car tires. designator could vary depending on The speed rating is part of the tire your vehicle.) size designation on the sidewall of the tire. This symbol corresponds to 205/55R16 or 205/60R16 108T that tire’s designed maximum safe 205 - Tire width in millimeters. operating speed. 55 or 60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section height as a percentage of its Speed Rating Maximum Speed Symbol width. 180 km/h (112 R - Tire construction code (Radial). mph) 16 - Rim diameter in inches. 190 km/h (118 mph) 108 - Load Index, a numerical code associated with the maximum load 210 km/h (130...
Page 617 Maintenance Tires and wheels 4. Tire ply composition and The DOT Code is a series of numbers material on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufacturing The number of layers or plies of date is designated by the last four rubber-coated fabric in the tire. digits (characters) of the DOT code. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire, DOT: XXXX XXXX OOOO which include steel, nylon, polyester, The front part of the DOT means and others. The letter “R” means a plant code number, tire size and radial ply construction; the letter tread pattern and the last four “D” means diagonal or bias ply numbers indicate week and year construction; and the letter “B” manufactured. means belted-bias ply construction. For example: 5. Maximum permissible inflation DOT XXXX XXXX 1619 represents pressure that the tire was produced in the 16th week of 2019.
Page 618 Maintenance Tires and wheels For example: of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction TREADWEAR 200 performance. TRACTION AA Temperature -A, B & C TEMPERATURE A The temperature grades are A (the Tread wear highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation The tread wear grade is a of heat and its ability to dissipate comparative rating based on the heat when tested under controlled wear rate of the tire when tested conditions on a specified indoor under controlled conditions on a laboratory test wheel. specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 Sustained high temperature can would wear one-and-a-half times cause the material of the tire to (1½) as well on the government degenerate and reduce tire life, course as a tire graded 100. and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grades The relative performance of tires B and A represent higher levels of depends upon the actual conditions performance on the laboratory test...
Page 619: Low Aspect Ratio Tire (If Equipped)
Maintenance Tires and wheels excessive loading, either separately recommends to visit an authorized or in combination, can cause heat Kia dealer/service partner. build-up and possible sudden tire • To prevent damage to the tire, failure. This can cause loss of vehicle inspect the tire condition and control and serious injury or death. pressure every 3,000 km. CAUTION Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped) • It is not easy to recognize the tire Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect damage with your own eyes. But ratio is lower than 50, are provided if there is the slightest hint of tire for sporty looks. damage, even though you cannot Because the low aspect ratio see the tire damage with your tires are optimized for handling own eyes, have the tire checked or and braking, it may be more replaced because the tire damage uncomfortable to ride in and there may cause air leakage from the is more noise compare with normal tire.
Page 620: Fuses
ODEEV098032NR the fuse will melt. Cartridge type If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver’s side fuse panel. Before replacing a blown fuse, disconnect the negative battery cable. ODEEV098077NR Always replace a blown fuse with Multi fuse one of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using the system involved and immediately consult a professional workshop. Kia recommends to ODEEV098078NR consult an authorized Kia dealer/ BFT service partner. Three kinds of fuses are used: blade type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings. WARNING ODEEV098079NR * L eft side: Normal, Right side: Blown Fuse replacement • Never replace a fuse with anything A vehicle’s electrical system is but another fuse of the same protected from electrical overload rating.
Page 621 Maintenance Fuses • A higher capacity fuse could cause bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays damage and possibly a fire. and terminals may be fastened • Never install a wire or aluminum incompletely, and it may cause foil instead of the proper fuse a possible fire. If fuses, relays even as a temporary repair. It may and terminals fastened with cause extensive wiring damage bolts or nuts are blown, consult and a possible fire. a professional workshop. Kia • Do not arbitrarily modify or addon recommends to consult an electric wiring of the vehicle. authorized Kia dealer/service partner. • Do not input any other objects CAUTION except fuses or relays into fuse/ relay terminals such as a driver Do not use a screwdriver or any or wiring. It may cause contact other metal object to remove fuses failure and system malfunction. because it may cause a short circuit • Do not plug in screwdrivers or and damage the system. aftermarket wiring into the terminal originally designed for NOTICE fuse and relays only. The electrical...
Page 622: Inner Panel Fuse Replacement
Maintenance Fuses ed electrical devices(lamp, black NOTICE box, electrical equipment, diagnostic device, communication device, etc.). Random wiring prohibited when It might cause malfunction of the retrofitting equipment vehicle, battery discharge, damage Use of random wiring in the on wiring or connectors, or even fire. vehicle might cause danger due to failure and damage of the vehicle’s performance. NOTICE Using random wires especially when retrofitting AVN or theft alarm Window tinting precaution system, remote engine control, car Window tint (especially metallic phone or radio might damage the film) might cause communication vehicle or cause fire. disorder or poor radio reception, and malfunction of the automatic lighting system due to excessive NOTICE change of illumination inside the vehicle. Remodeling Prohibited The solution used might also flow Do not try remodeling the vehicle in into electric, electronic devices any way. It is illegal, and may affect causing disorder and failure.
Page 623: Engine Compartment Fuse Replacement
Maintenance Fuses 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight not work and the fuses are OK, out. Use the removal tool provided consult a professional workshop. in the main fuse box in the engine Kia recommends to consult an compartment. authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Engine compartment fuse replacement 1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off. 2. Remove the fuse panel cover by pressing the tab and pulling the cover up. OCDW079022 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse panel (or in the engine compartment fuse panel). 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. OCDW079023 When the blade type fuse is If it fits loosely, consult a disconnected, remove it by using professional workshop. Kia the clip designed for changing recommends to consult an fuses located in the engine room authorized Kia dealer/service fuse box. Upon removal, securely partner.
Page 624 Maintenance Fuses consult a professional workshop. NOTICE Kia recommends to consult an authorized Kia dealer/service If the multi fuse is blown, consult partner. a professional workshop. Kia recommends to consult an CAUTION authorized Kia dealer/service partner. After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover through the Main fuse audible clicking sound. If not, electrical failures may occur from water contact. Multi fuse OCDW079025 If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Turn off the engine. 2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. OCDW079024 3. Remove the nuts shown in the If the multi fuse is blown, it must be picture above. removed as follows: 4. Replace the fuse with a new one 1. Disconnect the negative battery of the same rating. cable. 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of 2. Remove the nuts shown in the removal.
Page 625: Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Maintenance Fuses blown. The main fuse is connected Fuse/relay panel description with other parts and system. Driver’s side fuse panel Contact a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Battery fuse OCDW079027 Engine compartment fuse panel OCDW079026 NOTICE If the battery fuse is blown, consult a professional workshop. Kia recommends to consult an authorized Kia dealer/service OCDW079028 partner. Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover) CAUTION Visually inspect the battery cap for secure closing. If the battery cap is not securely latched, the electrical system may be damaged to due influx of moisture into the system. OCDW079029...
Page 626 Maintenance Fuses Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay name and capacity. NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
Page 627 Maintenance Fuses Driver’s side fuse panel OCDW079031 Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel) Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module, Air MEMORY 1 MEMORY Conditioner Control Module, Power Tail Gate Module Active Air Flap, Data Link Connector, Instrument Cluster, Hazard Switch, ICM (Integrated Circuit Module) Relay MODULE 1 Box (Outside Mirror Folding/Unfolding Relay), Auto MODULE Light & Photo Sensor, Console Switch, Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle TAIL GATE Tail Gate Relay Power Window Right Handle side Relay, Driver/ POWER Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety WINDOW RH Power Window Module Right Handle side Power Window Left Handle side Relay, Driver/ POWER Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Safety WINDOW LH Power Window Module Left Handle side...
Page 628 Maintenance Fuses Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected POWER SEAT Driver IMS (Integrated memory system) Module, Driver DRIVER Seat Manual Switch Smart Parking Assist Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), Lane Keeping Assist-Line Unit, Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit Left MODULE 4 7.5A MODULE Handle side/Right Handle side, Electric Parking Brake Switch, Dosing Control Module, Active Air Flap, Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Unit E-CALL MTS (Mozen Telematics System) E-Call Module E-CALL SEAT HEATER REAR Rear Seat Warmer Control Module REAR Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Air Conditioner HEATED Control Module, ECM (Engine Control Module)/PCM MIRROR (Power train Control Module) SEAT HEATER Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air FRONT Ventilation Seat Control Module Low DC (Direct Current)-DC (Direct Current) Converter (AMP (Amplifier)), AMP (Amplifier) Low DC (Direct Current)-DC (Direct Current) Converter MULTI MULTI MEDIA (Audio/AMP (Amplifier)), Audio, Audio/Video &...
Page 629 Maintenance Fuses Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected Engine Room Junction Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), Front Wiper Motor, IBU (Integrated Body Control Unit), LO/HI WIPER ECM (Engine Control Module)/PCM (Power train Control Module) AIR Engine Room Junction Block (COOLING FAN 3 Relay, PTC CONDITIONER 7.5A HEATER 2 Relay, BLOWER Relay, PTC HEATER 1 Relay, PTC HEATER 3 Relay), Air Conditioner Control Module AIR BAG 2 SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Control Module WASHER Multifunction Switch MDPS 7.5A MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit Rear Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Seat Warmer Control Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Control MODULE 7 7.5A Module, Nozzle Heater, Engine Room Junction Block MODULE (HEAD LAMP HIGH Relay, DCU (Dosing Control Unit) Relay), Cooling Fan Motor SUNROOF 2 Panorama Sunroof Motor SUNROOF 1 Panorama Sunroof Motor CLUSTER CLUSTER 7.5A Instrument Cluster MODULE 3 7.5A...
Page 630 Maintenance Fuses Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected Engine Room Junction Block (BLOWER Relay), Air AIR Conditioner Control Module, Blower Resistor, Blower CONDITIONER Motor, ECM (Engine Control Module)/PCM (Power train Control Module) Audio, Audio/Video & Navigation Head Unit, Instrument Cluster, Air Conditioner Control Module, Low DC (Direct LDC (B+) (B+) Current)-DC (Direct Current) Converter (Audio/AMP (Amplifier)) POWER POWER Front Power Outlet, Power Outlet Left Handle side OUTLET OUTLET...
Page 631 Maintenance Fuses Engine compartment fuse panel OCDW079032...
Page 632 Maintenance Fuses Engine compartment fuse panel (Battery terminal cover) OCDW079033 Engine room compartment fuse panel Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected Fuse : BURGLAR ALARM, HEAD LAMP HIGH, ABS1, 150 ALTERNATOR ABS2, DCU1, POWER TAIL GATE MODULE, POWER (180/200)A OUTLET1, Alternator MDPS 1 MDPS (Motor Driven Power Steering) Unit Fuse: COOLING FAN1, REAR HEATED, PTC HEATER2, BATTERY 5 PTC HEATER3, FUEL HEATER, Engine Control Relay BATTERY 2 Instrument Panel Junction Block BATTERY 3 Instrument Panel Junction Block Instrument Panel Junction Block (Fuse : TAIL GATE, POWER WINDOW RH, POWER WINDOW LH, POWER BATTERY 4 SEAT DRIVER, SEAT HEATER FRONT, AMP, POWER SEAT PASSENGER, SUNROOF2, SUNROOF1) COOLING FAN 1 60(50)A COOLING FAN 2 Relay, COOLING FAN 1 Relay...
Page 633 Maintenance Fuses Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected REAR HEATED REAR HEATED Relay BLOWER BLOWER Relay Ignition Switch, PDM 3 (IG1) Relay, PDM 2 (ACC) Relay Ignition Switch, START Relay, PDM 4 (IG2) Relay GLOW Glow Unit PTC HEATER 1 PTC HEATER 1 Relay HEATER PTC HEATER 2 PTC HEATER 2 Relay HEATER PTC HEATER 3 PTC HEATER 3 Relay HEATER FUEL HEATER FUEL HEATER Relay POWER POWER Rear Power Outlet OUTLET OUTLET 3 POWER POWER Front Power Outlet, Power Outlet Right Handle side OUTLET OUTLET 2 DCU 2 Dosing Control Module TCU 1 TCM (Transmission Control Module) VACUUM VACUUM PUMP Vacuum Pump PUMP...
Page 634 Maintenance Fuses Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected DCU 4 Dosing Control Module DCU 3 Dosing Control Module [Kappa 1.4L MPI] Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, COOLING FAN 3 Relay, COOLING FAN 2 Relay, Oil Control Valve (Intake/Exhaust) [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] Air Conditioner Compressor Relay, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, COOLING FAN 1 Relay, Oil Control Valve (Intake/ Exhaust) [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] Air Conditioner Compressor Relay, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid SENSOR 2 Valve, COOLING FAN 1 Relay, Oil Control Valve (Intake/ Exhaust) [Gamma 1.6L MPI] Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, COOLING FAN 3 Relay, COOLING FAN 2 Relay, Oil Control Valve (Intake/Exhaust) [Gamma 1.6L TGI Engine] Oil Control Valve #1/#2, CCV, Cooling Fan 2 Relay, PCSV, RCV [SmartStream D 1.6] Air Conditioner Compressor Relay, PTC HEATER 1 Relay, PM Sensor, Electronic VGT Actuator, Oil Level Switch [Kappa 1.4L MPI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) ECU 2 [Gamma 1.6L MPI] ECM (Engine Control Module)/PCM (Power train Control Module) [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.4L MPI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) ECU 1 [Gamma 1.6L MPI] ECM (Engine Control Module)/PCM (Power train Control Module)
Page 635 Maintenance Fuses Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected [Kappa 1.4L MPI] Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down) [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down) [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down) SENSOR 1 [Gamma 1.6L MPI] Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down) [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module), Oxygen Sensor (UP/Down) [SmartStream D 1.6] Lambda Sensor (Up/Down), Air Flow Sensor, Oil Pressure Solenoid Valve [Kappa 1.4L MPI] Ignition Coil #1~#4, Condenser [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] Ignition Coil #1~#3 [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] Ignition Coil #1~#4 IGNITION COIL COIL [Gamma 1.6L MPI] Ignition Coil #1~#4, Condenser [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] Ignition Coil #1~#4, Condenser [SmartStream D 1.6] Front/Rear Nox Sensor [Kappa 1.4L MPI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) ECU 3 [Gamma 1.6L MPI] ECM (Engine Control Module)/PCM (Power train Control Module) [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [SmartStream D 1.6] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] Air Conditioner Compressor AIR [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] Air Conditioner Compressor CONDITIONER [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] Air Conditioner Compressor [SmartStream D 1.6] Air Conditioner Compressor [Kappa 1.4L MPI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module)
Page 636 Maintenance Fuses Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rating Circuit Protected [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] Electric Vacuum Pump [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transmission Range Switch [Gamma 1.6L MPI] Transmission Range Switch TCU 2 [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] Vehicle Speed Sensor, Transmission Range Switch, TCM (Transmission Control Module) [SmartStream D 1.6] TCM (Transmission Control Module), Transmission Range Switch [Kappa 1.4L MPI] FUEL PUMP Relay [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] FUEL PUMP Relay [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] FUEL PUMP Relay SENSOR 3 [Gamma 1.6L MPI] FUEL PUMP Relay [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] FUEL PUMP Relay [SmartStream D 1.6] FUEL PUMP Relay, FUEL HEATER Relay [Kappa 1.0L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Kappa 1.4L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [Gamma 1.6L MPI] ECM (Engine Control Module)/PCM ECU 4 (Power train Control Module) [Gamma 1.6L T-GDI] ECM (Engine Control Module) [SmartStream D 1.6] ECM (Engine Control Module) WIPER [ALL] Wiper Relay HORN [ALL] Wiper Relay Relay Relay Name Symbol Type Relay Name Symbol Type BLOWER Relay...
Page 637: Light Bulbs
Maintenance Light bulbs Light bulbs If you don’t have necessary tools, the correct bulbs and the expertise, consult a professional workshop. Bulb replacement precaution Kia recommends to consult an Please prepare bulbs with authorized Kia dealer/service appropriate standards in case partner. of emergencies. Refer to “Bulb In many cases, it is difficult to wattage” on page 9-5. replace vehicle light bulbs because other parts of the vehicle must When changing bulbs and sorts, first be removed before you can get to turn off the engine at a safe place, the bulb. This is especially true if firmly apply the side brake and you have to remove the headlight take out the battery’s negative (-) assembly to get to the bulb(s). terminal. Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to WARNING the vehicle. Working on the lights Prior to working on the light, firmly CAUTION apply the parking brake, ensure that • If unauthentic parts or...
Page 638 Maintenance Light bulbs when the taillight or for light switch Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) in is turned ON. This may be cause by the fuse box. network failure or vehicle electrical • It is normal for an operating lamp control system malfunction. may blink temporarily. Since this If there is a problem, have the occurrence is due stabilization system serviced by a professional function of the vehicle’s electronic workshop. Kia recommends to visit control device, if the lamp lights up an authorized Kia dealer/service normally after temporary blinking, partner. there is no problem in the vehicle. However, if the lamp continues to blink several times or turn off Lamp part malfunction due completely, there may be an error to electrical control system in the vehicle’s electronic control stabilization device. In this case, have the A normally functioning lamp vehicle checked by a professional may flicker momentarily. This workshop immediately. Kia...
Page 639: Light Bulb Position (Front)
Maintenance Light bulbs (ex. automatic change system, Light bulb position (Front) adhesive sheet, down aiming). Head lamp - 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting This headlamps are designed not brake (type A) to dazzle opposite drivers. So, you need not change your headlamps in a country with opposite traffic direction. NOTICE After driving in heavy rain or washing, headlamp and taillamp lenses could appear frosty. This condition is caused by the OCDW079034 temperature difference between Head lamp - 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting the lamp inside and outside. This brake (type B) is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain and doesn’t indicate a problem with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, have the vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OCDW079035...
Page 640 Maintenance Light bulbs Head lamp - 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting Front fog and cornering lamp - 5 Door, brake (type C) Wagon OCDW079036 OCDW079038 Head lamp - CUV Front fog lamp - 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (GT-line) OCDW079071 OCDW079039 DRL Lamp - 5 Door, Wagon Front fog and cornering lamp - CUV OCDW079037 OCDW079122...
Page 641: Light Bulb Position (Rear)
Maintenance Light bulbs 1. Headlamp (Low) (Bulb type) Rear combination lamp - 5 Door (type 2. Headlamp (High) (Bulb type) 3. Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) 4. Position lamp (Bulb type) 5. Day time running lamp / Position lamp (LED type) 6. Headlamp (Low/High) (LED type) 7. Front turn signal lamp (LED type) 8. Day time running lamp (Bulb type) 9. Front fog lamp & cornering lamp (Bulb type) 10. F ront fog lamp (Bulb type) OCDW079041 Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type Light bulb position (Rear) Rear combination lamp - 5 Door (type OCD078090 OCDW079040...
Page 642 Maintenance Light bulbs Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type Rear fog lamp - CUV OCD078091 Back up lamp - wagon Rear combination lamp - Shooting brake OCDW079099 Back up lamp - CUV OCD078101 Rear combination lamp - CUV OCDW079123 OCDW079072...
Page 643: Light Bulb Position (Side)
Maintenance Light bulbs License plate lamp 1. Back up lamp (Bulb/LED type) (5 Door, Wagon, CUV: Bulb, Shooting brake (passenger’s side): LED) 2. Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb type) 3. Tail lamp (Bulb type) 4. Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) 5. Rear fog lamp (Bulb type) 6. Tail lamp (LED type) 7. Stop and tail lamp (LED type) 8. Stop lamp (LED type) 9. R ear fog lamp (LED type) (Shooting brake and CUV: driver’s OCDW079042 side lamp) High mounted stop lamp - 5 Door, Wagon, CUV 10. R ear turn signal lamp (LED type) 11. L icense plate lamp (Bulb type) 12. H igh mounted stop lamp (LED type) Light bulb position (Side) Type A OCDW079043 High mounted stop lamp - Shooting brake OCDW079111 1. Side repeater lamp (LED type) OCDW079105...
Page 644: Maintenance
Maintenance Light bulbs Type B 4. Remove the bulb from bulb- socket by pulling it out. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the bulb-socket. 6. Install the bulb-socket in the headlamp assembly by aligning the tabs on the bulb-socket with the slots in the headlamp assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the headlamp assembly and turn the bulb-socket clockwise. OCDW079112 2. Side repeater lamp (bulb type) 7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise. Headlamp (Low beam) bulb Headlamp bulb replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type A, B) (if equipped) OSK3078081NR WARNING OCDW079044...
Page 645: Headlamp (High Beam) Bulb Replacement - Head Lamp For
Maintenance Light bulbs cause the bulb to overheat and 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it burst when lit. into the bulb-socket. A bulb should be operated only 6. Install the bulb-socket in the when installed in a headlight. headlamp assembly by aligning • If a bulb becomes damaged or the tabs on the bulb-socket cracked, replace it immediately with the slots in the headlamp and carefully dispose of it. assembly. • Wear eye protection when Push the bulb-socket into the changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to headlamp assembly and turn the cool down before handling it. bulb-socket clockwise. 7. Install the headlamp bulb cover by turning it clockwise. Headlamp (High beam) bulb Headlamp bulb replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type A, B) (if equipped) OSK3078081NR WARNING...
Page 646: Front Turn Signal Lamp (Bulb Type) Bulb Replacement - Head
Maintenance Light bulbs A bulb should be operated only Pull the bulb out of the bulb- when installed in a headlight. socket. • If a bulb becomes damaged or 4. Insert a new bulb by inserting it cracked, replace it immediately into the bulb-socket and rotating and carefully dispose of it. it until it locks into place. • Wear eye protection when 5. Install the socket in the headlamp changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to assembly by aligning the tabs on cool down before handling it. the bulb-socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the bulb-socket into the Front turn signal lamp (Bulb type) headlamp assembly and turn the bulb replacement - Head lamp for socket clockwise. 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type A, B) Position lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Head lamp for 5...
Page 647: Position Lamp / Day Time Running Lamp (Led Type) Replacement - Head Lamp For 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting Brake (Type B)
Position lamp / Day time running lamp (LED type) replacement - Head lamp for 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (type B) OCDW079049 Head lamp - CUV OCDW079048 If the position lamp + DRL (LED) (1) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. The LED lamp cannot be replaced OCDW079073 as a single unit because it is an If the Low/High beam lamp(1), integrated unit. The LED lamp has to Front turn signal lamp(2), Day time be replaced with the unit. running lamp/Position lamp(3) does not operate, have your vehicle A skilled technician should check or checked by a professional workshop.
Page 648: Drl Lamp (Bulb Type) Bulb Replacement - 5 Door, Wagon
Maintenance Light bulbs The LED lamp cannot be replaced Front fog lamp bulb replacement as a single unit because it is an 5 Door, Wagon integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the head lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. DRL Lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement - 5 Door, Wagon OCD078051 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (GT Line) OCDW079050 If the DRL Lamp (Bulb type) (1) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit OCD078052 an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OCDW079124...
Page 649: Side Repeater Lamp (Led Type) Bulb Replacement
Maintenance Light bulbs If the front fog lamp (1) does not Side repeater lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement operate, have your vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Side repeater lamp (LED type) bulb replacement OCDW079119 1. Remove the lamp assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out. 2. Disconnect the bulb electrical connector. 3. Separate the socket and the OCDW079111 lens parts by turning the socket If the side repeater lamp (LED), counterclockwise until the tabs on does not operate, have your vehicle the socket align with the slots on checked by a professional workshop. the lens part. Kia recommends to visit an 4. Remove the bulb by pulling it authorized Kia dealer/service straight out.
Page 650: Rear Turn Signal Lamp (Bulb Type) Bulb Replacement - Rear
Maintenance Light bulbs Rear turn signal lamp (Bulb Rear combination lamp - 5 Door (type type) bulb replacement - Rear A, B) combination lamp for 5 Door (type A, B), Wagon (type A) OCDW079055 Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type OCDW079053 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Open the service cover. 3. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screw driver. OCDW079093 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. OCDW079054 4. Remove the rear combination 7. Remove the bulb from the socket...
Page 651: Rear Turn Signal Lamp (Led)
Maintenance Light bulbs 8. Insert a new bulb by inserting it Rear combination lamp - Shooting brake into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 9. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 10. I nstall the rear combination lamp assembly to the body of the vehicle. 11. Install the service cover. OCDW079101 Rear combination lamp - CUV Rear turn signal lamp (LED) Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type OCDW079132 If the rear turn signal lamp (1) does not operate, have your OCDW079091 vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
Page 652: Stop And Tail Lamp (Bulb Type) Bulb Replacement - Rear Combination Lamp For 5 Door (Type A), Wagon (Type A)
Maintenance Light bulbs Stop and tail lamp (Bulb type) bulb Type A replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type A), Wagon (type A) OCDW079056 Type C OCDW079053 1. Open the tailgate. 2. Open the service cover. 3. Loosen the light assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screw driver. OCDW079094 6. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly. 7. Remove the bulb from the socket OCDW079054 by pressing it in and rotating it 4. Remove the rear combination counterclockwise until the tabs on...
Page 653: Back Up Lamp (Bulb Type) Bulb Replacement - Rear Combination Lamp For 5 Door (Type A, B)
Maintenance Light bulbs 9. Install the socket in the assembly 3. Remove the socket from the by aligning the tabs on the socket assembly by turning the socket with the slots in the assembly. counterclockwise until the tabs on Push the socket into the assembly the socket align with the slots on and turn the socket clockwise. the assembly. 10. I nstall the rear combination lamp 4. Remove the bulb from bulb- assembly to the body of the socket by pulling it out. vehicle. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it 11. Install the service cover. into the bulb-socket. 6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket Back up lamp (Bulb type) bulb with the slots in the assembly. replacement - Rear combination Push the socket into the assembly lamp for 5 Door (type A, B) and turn the socket clockwise.
Page 654: Back Up Lamp (Led Type) Bulb Replacement - Rear
Tail lamp (inside) (Bulb type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type A), Wagon OCDW079123 (type A) If the rear Back up lamp (1) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Back up lamp (LED type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for shooting brake OCDW079057 1. Open the tailgate.
Page 655: Rear Fog Lamp (Bulb Type) Bulb Replacement - Rear
Maintenance Light bulbs Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type Rear fog lamp (bulb type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type A), Wagon (type A, B) OCDW079097 3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket OCDW079057 counterclockwise until the tabs on 1. Open the tailgate. the socket align with the slots on 2. Open the service cover. the assembly. Rear combination lamp - 5 Door (type 4. Remove the bulb from bulb- socket by pulling it out. 5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the bulb-socket. 6. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly.
Page 656: Stop And Tail Lamp (Led Type) Bulb Replacement - Rear Combination Lamp For 5 Door (Type B), Wagon (Type B), Shooting Brake, Cuv
Maintenance Light bulbs Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 7. Install the service cover by putting it into the service hole. Stop and tail lamp (LED type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type B), Wagon (type B), Shooting brake, CUV Rear combination lamp - 5 Door (type OCDW079095 Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type OCD078061 Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type OCDW079096 3. Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly.
Page 657: Rear Turn Signal Lamp (Led Type) Bulb Replacement - Rear Combination Lamp For Wagon (Type B), Cuv
Rear combination lamp - CUV for it may damage related parts of the vehicle. Rear turn signal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement - Rear combination lamp for wagon (type B), CUV Rear combination lamp - Wagon (type OCDW079074 Rear combination lamp - Shooting brake OCDW079076 Rear combination lamp - CUV OCD078102 If the stop and tail lamp (LED) (1,2) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. OCDW079075 The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the stop and tail lamp (LED),...
Page 658: Rear Fog Lamp (Led Type) Bulb Replacement - Rear Combination Lamp For 5 Door (Type B), Shooting Brake
Maintenance Light bulbs Rear fog lamp (LED type) bulb Rear fog lamp - CUV replacement - Rear combination lamp for 5 Door (type B), shooting brake Rear combination lamp - 5 Door (type OCDW079134 If the rear fog lamp (LED) (1) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an OCD078062 authorized Kia dealer/service Rear combination lamp - Shooting partner. brake The LED lamp cannot be replaced as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced with the unit. A skilled technician should check or repair the rear fog lamp (LED), for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Page 659: High Mounted Stop Lamp (Led Type) Bulb Replacement
High mounted stop lamp (LED A skilled technician should check or type) bulb replacement repair the high mounted stop lamp (LED), for it may damage related 5 Door, Wagon, CUV parts of the vehicle. License plate lamp bulb replacement 5 Door, Shooting brake OCDW079063 Shooting brake OCDW079064 Wagon, CUV OCDW079106 If the high mounted stop lamp (LED) (1) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by a professional workshop. Kia recommends to visit an OCDW079107 1. Remove the lamp assembly by authorized Kia dealer/service using a screwdriver. partner. 2. Remove the socket from the The LED lamp cannot be replaced assembly by turning the socket as a single unit because it is an counterclockwise until the tabs on integrated unit. The LED lamp has to the socket align with the slots on be replaced with the unit. the assembly.
Page 660: Map Lamp (Bulb Type) Bulb Replacement
Push the socket into the assembly housings. and turn the socket clockwise. 6. Install the lamp assembly to the lamp housing. Map lamp (LED type) bulb replacement Map lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement OSK3078085NR If the map lamp (LED) (1), does not operate, have your vehicle checked OSK3078084NR by a professional workshop. WARNING Kia recommends to visit an Prior to working on the Interior authorized Kia dealer/service lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button partner. is depressed to avoid burning your The LED lamp cannot be replaced fingers or receiving an electric shock. as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamp has to 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, be replaced with the unit. gently pry the lens cover from lamp housing. A skilled technician should check or 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it repair the map lamp (LED), for it straight out.
Page 661: Room Lamp (Bulb Type) Bulb Replacement
Maintenance Light bulbs may damage related parts of the Personal lamp (LED type) bulb replacement (if equipped) vehicle. Room lamp (Bulb type) bulb replacement OCDW079065 If the personal lamp (LED) (1) does not operate, have your vehicle checked by a professional workshop. ODEEV098066NR Kia recommends to visit an WARNING authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Prior to working on the Interior lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button The LED lamp cannot be replaced is depressed to avoid burning your as a single unit because it is an fingers or receiving an electric shock. integrated unit. The LED lamp has to be replaced with the unit. 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lens cover from A skilled technician should check or lamp housing.
Page 662: Vanity Mirror Lamp Bulb Replacement
Maintenance Light bulbs Vanity mirror lamp bulb Glove box lamp replacement replacement OCDW079066 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, ODEEV098065NR gently pry the lamp assembly WARNING from interior. 2. Remove the cover from the lamp Prior to working on the Interior assembly. lamps, ensure that the “OFF” button 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it is depressed to avoid burning your straight out. fingers or receiving an electric shock. 4. Install a new bulb in the socket. 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, 5. Install the cover to the lamp assembly. gently pry the lamp assembly 6. Install the lamp assembly to from interior. interior. 2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. CAUTION 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Install the lamp assembly to Be careful not to dirty or damage interior.
Page 663: Luggage Lamp Bulb Replacement
Maintenance Light bulbs Luggage lamp bulb replacement Headlamp and front fog lamp aiming (for Europe) Headlamp aiming Halogen (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake) OCDW079067 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently pry the lamp assembly from interior. 2. Remove the cover from the lamp assembly. OCDW079068 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it LED (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake) straight out. 4. Install a new bulb in the socket. 5. Install the cover to the lamp assembly. 6. Install the lamp assembly to interior. CAUTION Be careful not to dirty or damage the lens, lens tab, and plastic housings. OCDW079069...
Page 664 Maintenance Light bulbs Front fog lamp aiming LED (CUV) 5 Door, Wagon OCDW079126 1. Inflate the tires to the specified OCDW079125 pressure and remove any loads from the vehicle except the driver, 5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake (GT- spare tire, and tools. Line) 2. The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor. 3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical lines passing through respective head lamp centers) and a horizontal line (Horizontal line passing through center of head lamps) on the screen. 4. With the head lamp and battery in normal condition, aim the head lamps so the brightest portion OCDW079113 falls on the horizontal and vertical lines. 5. To aim the low and high beams left or right, turn the driver (1) clockwise or counterclockwise. To aim the low and high beams up or down, turn the driver (2) clockwise or counterclockwise. OCDW079133...
Page 665 Maintenance Light bulbs • The front fog lamp can be aimed as the same manner of the head lamps aiming. • With the front fog lamps and battery normal condition, aim the front fog lamps. • To aim the front fog lamp up or down, turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise.
Page 666 Maintenance Light bulbs Aiming point 5 Door, Wagon (standard model) OCD078072 OCD078073 * A: Screen 5door, Wagon (GT-Line model) OCD078074...
Page 667 Maintenance Light bulbs OCD078076 * A: Screen Shooting brake (GT-Line model) OCDW079127 OCDW079128...
Page 668 Maintenance Light bulbs 5 Door (GT model) OCD078076 OCD078077 * A: Screen Shooting brake (GT model) OCDW079129...
Page 669 Maintenance Light bulbs OCDW079130 CUV (16/18 inch tire) OCDW079131...
Page 670 Maintenance Light bulbs 5 Door (standard model) Head lamp (Halogen type) Head lamp (LED type) Distance between Distance Ground Height Ground Height lamps between lamps Vehicle condition Low High Low High Low/High beam Low/High beam beam beam beam beam Without driver 706 684 1,344 1,112 712 (28) 1,354 (53.3) [mm (in)] (27.8) (26.9) (52.9) (43.8) With driver 700 678...
Page 671 Maintenance Light bulbs Front Fog lamp (Bulb type) Vehicle condition Ground Height Distance between lamps With driver 449 (17.7) 1,478 (58.2) [mm (in)] Shooting brake (GT-Line model) Front Fog lamp (Bulb type) Vehicle condition Ground Height Distance between lamps Without driver 450 (17.7) 1.478 (58.2) [mm (in)] With driver 444 (17.5) 1.478 (58.2) [mm (in)] 5 Door (GT model) Head lamp (Halogen type) Head lamp (LED type) Distance between Distance Ground Height Ground Height...
Page 672 Maintenance Light bulbs Head lamp (Halogen type) Head lamp (LED type) Distance between Distance Ground Height Ground Height lamps between lamps Vehicle condition Low High Low High Low/High beam Low/High beam beam beam beam beam With driver 691 669 1,344 1,112 698 (27.5) 1,354 (53.3) [mm (in)] (27.2) (26.3) (52.9) (43.8) CUV (16 in tire) Head lamp (LED type) Front Fog lamp (Bulb type) Distance between...
Page 673 Maintenance Light bulbs Head lamp low beam (LHD Vehicle) Based on 10m screen OJF075107L A: Vehicle axis B: Vertical line of the left head lamp bulb center C: Vertical line of the right head lamp bulb center D: Horizontal line of head lamp bulb center E: Ground F: Cut-Off line 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If head lamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions.
Page 674 Maintenance Light bulbs Head lamp low beam (RHD Vehicle) Based on 10m screen OJF075108L A: Vehicle axis B: Vertical line of the left head lamp bulb center C: Vertical line of the right head lamp bulb center D: Horizontal line of head lamp bulb center E: Ground F: Cut-Off line 1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture. 3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming. 4. If head lamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions.
Page 675 Maintenance Light bulbs Front fog lamp Based on 10m screen OYB076080 A: Vehicle axis B: Vertical line of the left fog lamp bulb center C: Vertical line of the right fog lamp bulb center D: Horizontal line of fog lamp bulb center E: Ground F: Cut-Off line G: Upper limit 1. Turn the front fog lamp on without the driver aboard. 2. The cut-off line should be projected in the allowable range (shaded region).
Page 676: Appearance Care
Maintenance Appearance care Appearance care be used. After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do not allow soap to dry Exterior care on the finish. Exterior general caution CAUTION It is very important to follow the • Do not use strong soap, chemical label directions when using any detergents or hot water, and do chemical cleaner or polish. Read all not wash the vehicle in direct warning and caution statements sunlight or when the body of the that appear on the label. vehicle is warm. • Be careful when washing the Finish maintenance side windows of your vehicle. Especially, with high-pressure Washing water, water may leak through the windows and wet the interior. To help protect your vehicle’s finish • To prevent damage to the plastic from rust and deterioration, wash it parts and lamps, do not clean thoroughly and frequently at least with chemical solvents or strong once a month with lukewarm or cold...
Page 677 Maintenance Appearance care Insufficient clearance or excessive Waxing pressure can lead to component Wax the vehicle when water will no damage or water penetration. longer bead on the paint. • Do not spray the camera, sensors Always wash and dry the vehicle or its surrounding area directly before waxing. Use a good quality with a high pressure washer. liquid or paste wax, and follow the Shock applied from high pressure manufacturer’s instructions. Wax water may cause the device to not all metal trim to protect it and to operate normally. maintain its luster. • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or plastic covers) Removing oil, tar, and similar or connectors as they may be materials with a spot remover will damaged if they come into usually strip the wax from the finish. contact with high pressure water. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need waxing. Do not apply wax on embossed unpainted unit, as it may tarnish the unit. CAUTION • Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish.
Page 678 Maintenance Appearance care promptly. Exposed metal will quickly system, even though they have been rust and may develop into a major treated with rust protection. repair expense. Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings NOTICE with lukewarm or cold water once a If your vehicle is damaged and month, after off-road driving and at requires any metal repair or the end of each winter. Pay special replacement, be sure the body shop attention to these areas because applies anti-corrosion materials to it is difficult to see all the mud and the parts repaired or replaced. dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of the Bright-metal maintenance doors, rocker panels, and frame • To remove road tar and insects, members have drain holes that use a tar remover, not a scraper should not clog with dirt; trapped or other sharp object. water in these areas can cause • To protect the surfaces of rusting. brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a coating of wax or chrome WARNING preservative and rub to a high After washing the vehicle, test the luster.
Page 679 Maintenance Appearance care • Clean the wheel when it has • Removal of paint or protective cooled. coatings by stones, gravel, • Use only a mild soap or neutral abrasion or minor scrapes and detergent, and rinse thoroughly dents which leave unprotected with water. Also, be sure to metal exposed to corrosion. clean the wheels after driving on High-corrosion areas salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion. If you live in an area where your • Avoid washing the wheels with vehicle is regularly exposed to high-speed car wash brushes. corrosive materials, corrosion • Do not use any alkaline or acid protection is particularly important. detergent. It may damage and Some of the common causes of corrode the aluminum wheels accelerated corrosion are road salts, coated with a clear protective dust control chemicals, ocean air and finish. industrial pollution. Moisture breeds corrosion Corrosion protection Moisture creates the conditions Protecting your vehicle from...
Page 680 Maintenance Appearance care For all these reasons, it is corrosion rather than prevent it. particularly important to keep your Water under high pressure and vehicle clean and free of mud or steam are particularly effective in accumulations of other materials. removing accumulated mud and This applies not only to the visible corrosive materials. surfaces but particularly to the • When cleaning lower door underside of the vehicle. panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes To help prevent corrosion are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped You can help prevent corrosion from inside to accelerate corrosion. getting started by observing the following: Keep your garage dry Keep your vehicle clean Don’t park your vehicle in a damp, poorly ventilated garage. This The best way to prevent corrosion is creates a favorable environment for to keep your vehicle clean and free corrosion. This is particularly true if...
Page 681: Interior Care
Maintenance Appearance care painted surfaces in just a few hours. electronic components inside the Always remove bird droppings as vehicle as this may damage them. soon as possible. CAUTION Don’t neglect the interior When cleaning leather products Moisture can collect under the (steering wheel, seats etc.), use floor mats and carpeting and cause neutral detergents or low alcohol corrosion. Check under the mats content solutions. If you use high periodically to be sure the carpeting alcohol content solutions or acid/ is dry. Use particular care if you alkaline detergents, the color of the carry fertilizers, cleaning materials leather may fade or the surface may or chemicals in the vehicle. get stripped off. These should be carried only in proper containers and any spills or Taking care of leather seats leaks should be cleaned up, flushed • Vacuum the seat periodically to with clean water and thoroughly dried. remove dust and sand on the seat.
Page 682 Maintenance Appearance care Cleaning the leather seats pressure using a soft sponge or • Remove all contaminations microfiber cloth. instantly. Refer to instructions Velcro closures on clothing or sharp below for removal of each objects may cause snagging or contaminant. scratches on the surface of the • Cosmetic products(sunscreen, seats. Make sure not to rub such foundation, etc.) objects against the surface. - Apply cleansing cream on a cloth and wipe the contaminated Cleaning the upholstery and point. Wipe off the cream with interior trim a wet cloth and remove water with a dry cloth. Vinyl • Beverages(coffee, soft drink, etc.) Remove dust and loose dirt from - Apply a small amount of neutral vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum detergent and wipe until cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a contaminations do not smear.
Page 683: Emission Control System (If Equipped)
Do not scrape or scratch the inside function of the emission control of the rear window. This may result systems, have your vehicle inspected in damage of the rear window and maintained by a professional defroster grid. workshop in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual. Kia recommends to visit an authorized Kia dealer/service partner. Caution for the Inspection and Maintenance Test (With Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system) • To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system off...
Page 684 Maintenance Emission control system • After dynamometer testing is coolant temperature is low during completed, turn the ESC system idling, the PCSV closes so that back on by pressing the ESC evaporated fuel is not taken into the switch again. engine. After the engine warms up during ordinary driving, the PCSV 1. Crankcase emission control opens to introduce evaporated fuel system to the engine. The positive crankcase ventilation 3. Exhaust emission control system system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases The Exhaust Emission Control...
Page 685 Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped) engine. Examples of misuse are coasting with the ignition off and WARNING descending steep grades in gear with the ignition off. Fire • Do not operate the engine at high • A hot exhaust system can ignite idle speed for extended periods (5 flammable items under your minutes or more). vehicle. Do not park the vehicle • Do not modify or tamper with any over or near flammable objects, part of the engine or emission such as grass, vegetation, paper, control system. All inspections leaves, etc. and adjustments must be made • The exhaust system and catalytic by a professional workshop. Kia system are very hot while the recommends to visit an authorized engine is running or immediately Kia dealer/service center. after the engine is turned off. • Avoid driving with an extremely Keep away from the exhaust low fuel level. Running out of fuel system and catalytic, you may get burned.
Page 686 Maintenance Emission control system could cause the engine to misfire, exhaust system” pops up even damaging the catalytic converter. after driving at recommended Failure to observe these precautions speed and for recommended hours, could result in damage to the visit a professional workshop and catalytic converter and to your have them check the GPF system. vehicle. Additionally, such actions Constant driving with the GPF could void your warranties. warning light on can damage the GPF system and undermine fuel Gasoline Particulate Filter (if economy. equipped) The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) Diesel Particulate Filter (if is the system that removes the equipped) soot from the exhaust gas. Unlike a The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) disposable air filter, the GPF system system removes the soot in the automatically burns (oxidizes) and exhaust gas. removes the accumulated soot while Unlike a disposable air filter, driving.
Page 687: Lean Nox Trap
NOx reduction performance, please use the regulated automotive diesel If the malfunction indicator light fuel. ) continues to be blinked or the warning massage “Check exhaust Selective Catalytic Reduction (if system” illuminates in spite of equipped) the procedure, visit a professional workshop and check the DPF The Selective Catalytic Reduction system. Kia recommends to visit (SCR) system is to catalytically an authorized Kia dealer/service convert NOx to Nitrogen and Water partner. If you continue to drive by using the reduction agent, the with the malfunction indicator light urea solution. blinking for a long time, the DPF system can be damaged and fuel WARNING consumption can be worsen and • It may be a criminal offence to use engine durability can be worsen by a vehicle that does not consume oil dilution. any urea solution. • Use of, and refilling of, a required...
Page 688 Maintenance Emission control system Urea solution level gauge (if equipped) OBD078108L OBD078106L The urea solution level gauge indicates the approximate amount of remaining urea solution inside the urea solution tank. * T he urea level gauge image pops up, whenever the ENGINE START/STOP button is ON position. Low urea solution warning message (if equipped) OBD078109L OBD078107L OBD078110L The lack warning messages of urea solution appear below urea solution approximately 3.6 L. When the warning message “Low Urea” is displayed with SCR warning lamp ), the urea solution tank needs...
Page 689 Maintenance Emission control system to be refilled. If not refilled for a cases, full replenishment is always considerable mileage, visual warning recommended. system will escalate the intensity by displaying the message “Refill Urea” with SCR warning lamp ( In this case, the urea solution tank soon needs to be refilled. The remaining urea solution in the urea solution tank approaches to too low level the warning message “Refill Urea in 000km or vehicle will not start” with SCR warning lamp ). “xxx km(mile)” represents the remaining travel distance allowed, so do not continue driving to the limit of the remaining travel distance without refilling. Otherwise, the vehicle can’t be restarted once the engine is turned off by the ENGINE START/STOP button. Based on the driving pattern, environmental condition and road profile, the deducted remaining mileage may differ from the actual travel distance. When “Low Urea” or “Refill Urea” message is displayed, a sufficient amount of urea solution must be added. When “Refill Urea in 000 km or vehicle will not start” message is displayed, refill a sufficient amount of urea solution. When “Refill Urea tank or vehicle will not start” message is displayed with SCR warning lamp ( ), the vehicle can’t be restarted once the engine is turned off by the ENGINE...
Page 690 Maintenance Emission control system Malfunction with the SCR system vehicle inspected by a professional (if equipped) workshop. Kia recommends to contact an authorised Kia dealer/ Driving 50 km after detecting a service partner. Upon detecting a malfunction malfunction Urea solution system failure (= no urea solution injection) OBD078111L OBD078114L Incorrect urea solution detected (= abnormal urea solution) OBD078112L OBD078115L Abnormal urea-solution consumption (= post treatment failure) OBD078113L OBD078114L NUMBER SCR system has malfunction due to disconnected electrical components, incorrect urea solution and so on. “xxx km (mile)” represents the remaining travel distance allowed, so do not continue driving to the limit of the remaining travel distance without fixing the source of the malfunction. Otherwise, the vehicle...
Page 691 Maintenance Emission control system Clearing the vehicle-restarting restriction (if equipped) No restart Low urea solution level OBD078110L Urea solution system failure (= no urea solution injection) OBD078117L Incorrect urea solution detected (= abnormal urea solution) OBD078118L Abnormal urea-solution consumption (= post treatment failure) OBD078117L...
Page 692 * N ever use urea solution mixture by a professional workshop. with additives or water. It may Kia recommends to contact an allow foreign substances to enter authorised Kia dealer/service the urea solution tank. If so, it partner. surely applies adverse impact on the vehicle performance, causing various malfunctions. Adding urea solution * U se only the ISO 22241-specified urea solution. Any unauthorised To refill urea solution with a refill urea solution surely applies hose...
Page 693 Maintenance Emission control system 3. Add the ISO 22241-specified urea solution consumption is dependent solution. Fill in a sufficient amount on the road profile, driving pattern of urea solution. and environmental condition) * P ay the great caution not to * I t takes some time to update the add the urea solution into the cluster gauges after the urea fuel tank. If not, it surely applies solution injection. adverse impact on the vehicle performance, ca using various WARNING malfunctions. • Do not apply any external impact * P ay great caution not to overfill on the DPF system. It may the (completely) filled urea damage the catalyst, which is solution tank by force whilst equipped inside the DPF system. refilling urea solution from a • Do not arbitrarily modify or refill bottle. An over-filled urea manipulate the DPF system solution tank will be expanded by redirecting or lengthen the when it becomes frozen and this exhaust pipe. It may adversely...
Page 694 Maintenance Emission control system pump, and DCU) operates for was dampened in cold water. approximately 2 minutes more When urea solution spillage is to eliminate the remaining urea exposed in air for an extended solution inside, even after the period of time, it is crystalized ENGINE START/STOP button in white, damaging the vehicle is pressed to the OFF position. surface. Before the maintenance service, • Urea solution is not a fuel additive. make sure that the urea solution Thus, it should not be injected to system is completely turned OFF. the fuel tank. Otherwise, it may • A urea solution of poor quality damage the engine. or any unauthorized liquids may • Urea solution is an aqueous damage the vehicle components, solution, which is inflammable, including the DPF system. Any nontoxic, colourless and odourless. unverified additives in the urea • Store the urea solution tank only solution may clog the SCR catalyst in well-ventilated locations. When and cause other malfunctions, urea solution is exposed to the which require the expensive DPF hot temperature at approximately system to be replaced.
Page 695 - Water is added to dilute the urea may escape. Ammonia vapours solution. have a pungent smell and • Use only the ISO 22241- or primarily cause irritation of the: DIN70070-specified urea solution. - Skin When any unauthorised urea - Mucous membranes solution is added to the urea - Eyes solution tank, have your vehicle You may experience a burning inspected by a professional sensation in your eyes, nose and workshop. Kia recommends to throat, as well as coughing and contact an authorised Kia dealer/ watering of the eyes. Do not service partner. inhale ammonia vapours. Do not • When any unauthorised impurities allow urea solution to come in enter the urea solution tank, direct contact with your skin. It is it may lead to the following hazardous to your health. Wash problems. any affected areas off with plenty - Increased emission of clean water. If necessary, - Malfunction with the DPF consult a doctor. system • When handling with urea solution...
Page 696 Maintenance Emission control system • When urea solution overflows accumulated to SCR catalyst the vehicle surface, wash out and cause it to get clogged and the surface with clean water to break. After adding incorrect urea prevent any corrosion. solution, please visit the nearby • When replenishing, be careful lest authorized Kia dealer/service the urea solution should overflow. partner as early as possible. • In case the vehicle was parked at • Liquid that are not recommended very low ambient temperature such as diesel, petrol, and alcohol (below -11 degree Celcius) for a shall never be used other than the long time, the urea solution will recommended urea solution that be frozen in the urea solution satisfy ISO22241 or DIN70070. tank. With frozen urea solution, the urea solution tank level may not be detected correctly until the urea solution will be defrosted by activated heater. Incorrect urea solution or diluted urea solution can increase the freezing point, and thus defrosting may not be properly done by the heater which is activated below certain temperatures. This phenomenon...
Page 698 Specifications, Consumer informa- tion and Reporting safety defects Engine ..................... 9-2 Dimensions ..................9-3 Bulb wattage ................. 9-5 Tires and wheels (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake) ....9-6 Tires and wheels (CUV) ............... 9-7 Weight/volume ................9-8 Air conditioning system ............9-10 Recommended lubricants and capacities ......9-11 • Recommended SAE viscosity number .........9-13 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ........9-17...
Page 699: Specifications, Consumer Information And Reporting
Specifications, Consumer information and Engine Reporting safety defects SPECIFICATIONS, CONSUMER INFORMATION AND REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS Engine Smart Gasoline 1.0 Gasoline 1.4 Gasoline 1.4 Gasoline 1.6 Gasoline 1.6 Item stream D T-GDI T-GDI T-GDI Displacement 1,353 1,368 1,591 1,591 1,598 998 (60.90) [cc (cu.in)] (82.57) (83.48) (97.08) (97.08) (97.51) 71.6 x 84 72 x 84 77 x 85.44...
Page 700 Specifications, Consumer information and Dimensions Reporting safety defects Dimensions 5 Door Item mm (in) Overall length 4,310 (169.7) Overall width 1,800 (70.9) Overall height 1,447 (57.0) 195/65R15 1,573 (61.9) 205/55R16 1,565 (61.6) Front tread 225/45R17 1,559 (61.3) 225/40R18 1,555 (61.2) 195/65R15 1,581 (62.2) 205/55R16 1,573 (61.9) Rear tread 225/45R17 1,567 (61.7) 225/40R18 1,563 (61.5) Wheelbase 2,650 (104.3) Wagon Item mm (in) Overall length...
Page 701 Specifications, Consumer information and Dimensions Reporting safety defects Shooting brake Item mm (in) Overall length 4,605 (181.3) Overall width 1,800 (70.9) Overall height 1,422 (56.0) 195/65R15 1,573 (61.9) 205/55R16 1,565 (61.6) Front tread 225/45R17 1,559 (61.3) 225/40R18 1,555 (61.2) 195/65R15 1,581 (62.2) 205/55R16 1,573 (61.9) Rear tread 225/45R17 1,567 (61.7) 225/40R18 1,563 (61.5) Wheelbase 2,650 (104.3) Item mm (in) Overall length 4,395 (173.0) Overall width...
Page 702: Bulb Wattage
Specifications, Consumer information and Bulb wattage Reporting safety defects Bulb wattage Light Bulb Wattage (W) Bulb Type Standard H7 LL Option * LED Headlamp Standard H7 LL High Option * 24.5W Front Daytime running light * P21W or LED 21W or LED Position lamp * W5W or LED 55W or LED Turn signal lamp PY21W or LED 21W or LED Front fog lamp * H8 LL Inside W5W or LED 5W or LED Tail lamp Outside P21/5W or LED 5W or LED...
Page 703: Tires And Wheels (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting Brake)
Specifications, Consumer information and Tires and wheels (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake) Reporting safety defects Tires and wheels (5 Door, Wagon, Shooting brake) Inflation pressure [psi (kPa)] Load Speed Wheel High-speed Capacity capacity Item Tire size Normal load* Maximum load size driving kg SS* km/h Front Rear Front Rear...
Page 704: Tires And Wheels (Cuv)
Specifications, Consumer information and Tires and wheels (CUV) Reporting safety defects Tires and wheels (CUV) Inflation pressure [psi (kPa)] Load Speed Wheel High-speed Capacity capacity Item Tire size Normal load* Maximum load size driving kg SS* km/h Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 205/ 6.5J X...
Page 705: Weight/Volume
Specifications, Consumer information and Weight/volume Reporting safety defects Weight/volume 5 Door Gasoline 1.0 T-GDI Gasoline 1.4 T-GDI Gasoline 1.4MPI Item 7DCT Fuel Fuel Fuel Standard Standard Standard Standard economy economy economy package package package package Gross vehicle package package package weight kg (lbs.) 1,750 1,800 1,770 1,820 1,850 1,720 1,760 (3,858)
Page 706 Specifications, Consumer information and Weight/volume Reporting safety defects Gasoline 1.6MPI Smart stream D 1.6 Item 7DCT Standard Standard Fuel economy Standard Standard Gross vehicle weight package package package package package kg (lbs.) 1,820 (4,012) 1,850 (4,079) 1,870 (4,123) 1,920 (4,233) 1,940 (4,277) 625 (22.1) Luggage volume l (cu ft) 1,694 (59.8) Shooting brake Gasoline Gasoline 1.4 T-GDI Gasoline 1.6 T-GDI Smart stream D 1.6 1.0 T-GDI Item 7DCT 7DCT...
Page 707: Air Conditioning System
Specifications, Consumer information and Air conditioning system Reporting safety defects Air conditioning system ITEM Weight of volume Classification R-1234yf Refrigerant 500 ± 25g R-134a Compressor lubricant 110 ± 10g PAG 30 Please contact a professional workshop for more details. Kia recommends to contact an authorized Kia dealer/service partner.
Page 708: Recommended Lubricants And Capacities
Manual - SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W transmission fluid 1.6 ~ 1.7 l 1.6 MPI (1.7 ~ 1.8 US qt.) - GS MTF HD 70W 1.5 ~ 1.6 l 1.6 T-GDI (1.6 ~ 1.7 US qt.) Diesel 1.5 ~ 1.6 l 1.6L Engine (1.6 ~ 1.7 US qt.) 1.4 T-GDI API Service GL-4 SAE 70W Gasoline - HK SYN DCTF 70W Engine 1.6 T-GDI Dual clutch 1.9 ~ 2.0 l - SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W transmission fluid (2.0 ~ 2.1 US qt.) Diesel DCTF 1.6 L Engine - GS DCTF HD 70W MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK Automatic Gasoline 1.6 MPI 6.7 l (7.1 US qt.) ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP- transmission fluid Engine IV, KIA genuine ATF SP-IV...
Page 709 Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects Lubricant Volume Classification 1.0 T-GDI 5.5 l (5.8 US qt.) 1.4 T-GDI 6.1 l (6.4 US qt.) 1.4 MPI 5.5 l (5.8 US qt.) Gasoline Mixture of antifreeze and Engine 5.5 l (5.8 US qt.) water (Ethylene-glycol 1.6 MPI Coolant 5.4 l (5.7 US qt.) with phosphate based coolant for cooling device) 1.6 T-GDI 5.8 l (6.1 US qt.) Smart Diesel stream D 7.8 l (8.2 US qt.) Engine Brake / clutch fluid Required amount DOT-4 ISO22241 Urea solution 12 l (12.7 US qt.)
Page 710: Recommended Sae Viscosity Number
Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects Recommended SAE viscosity number CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could be damaged. Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in engine damage. When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next...
Page 711 Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects...
Page 712 Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects Diesel 1.6 Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers °C Temperature (°F) 10W-30/40 5W-30/40 Smartstream D1.6 0W-30 0W-20 Kappa 1.0/1.4 T-GDI Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers °C -30 Temperature (°F) For all countries 0W-30, 5W-30...
Page 713 Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects Kappa 1.4 MPI Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers °C -30 Temperature (°F) 20W-50 15W-40 Except Europe* Middle East* 10W-30 5W-20, 5W-30 20W-50 15W-40 For Europe* Middle East 10W-30 5W-20, 5W-30 *1. F or better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20. However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine *2. M iddle East includes Morocco, Sudan and Egypt. IRAN, INDIA, LIBIA, ALGERIA, TUNISIA *3. F or better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30. However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
Page 714 Specifications, Consumer information and Recommended lubricants and capacities Reporting safety defects *1. F or better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (Except Middle East) or 5W-30 (For Middle East). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart. *2. F or better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (ACEA A5/B5). *3. M iddle East includes Libya, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia, Sudan, Egypt and Iran. Gasoline 1.6L T-GDI Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers Tem- °C pera- ture (°F) 20W-50 15W-40 Gasoline 1.6L T-GDI 10W-30 5W-30, 5W-40...
Page 715: Vehicle Identification Number (Vin)
Specifications, Consumer information and Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Reporting safety defects Vehicle Identification Number VIN label (VIN) Type B (if equipped) Type A OCDW089002 The VIN is also on a plate attached OCDW089001 to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle identification number number on the plate can easily be (VIN) is the number used in seen through the windshield from registering your car and in all legal outside. matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. The number is punched on the floor under the passenger seat. To check the number, remove the cover (1).
Page 716: Vehicle Certification Label (If Equipped)
Specifications, Consumer information and Vehicle certification label Reporting safety defects Vehicle certification label Tire specification and pressure label (if equipped) OUB081003 OUB071018 The vehicle certification label The tires supplied on your new attached on the driver’s (or front vehicle are chosen to provide the passenger’s) side center pillar gives best performance for normal driving. the vehicle identification number The tire label located on the driver’s (VIN). side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
Page 717: Engine Number
Specifications, Consumer information and Engine number Reporting safety defects Engine number Gasoline engine (1.4 MPI) OCD088004 Gasoline engine (1.4 T-GDI) OCD088005 Gasoline engine (1.0 T-GDI) OCD088006...
Page 718 Specifications, Consumer information and Engine number Reporting safety defects Gasoline engine (1.6 MPI) The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing. OCD088007 Gasoline engine (1.6 T-GDI) OBD088004L Smart stream D 1.6 OCDW089003...
Page 719: Air Conditioner Compressor Label
Specifications, Consumer information and Air conditioner compressor label Reporting safety defects Air conditioner compressor label Refrigerant label (if equipped) OYB086004 OCDW049077 A compressor label informs you the The refrigerant label is located : type of compressor your vehicle • Type A: The underside of the hood is equipped with such as model, • Type B: The front of the engine supplier part number, production room. number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).
Page 720: Declaration Of Conformity
Declaration of conformity Fuel label (if equipped) Gasoline (Petrol) engine CE0678 The radio frequency components The fuel label is attached on the fuel of the vehicle comply with filler door. requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1995/5/EC. Further information including the manufacturer’s declaration of conformity is available on Kia web site as follows; http://www.kia-hotline.com OTM048455L • A. O ctane rating of unleaded Gasoline (Petrol) 1. RON/ROZ: Research Octane Number 2. (R+M)/2, AKI: Anti Knock Index • B. I dentifiers for Petrol-type fuels * T his symbol means usable fuel. Do not use any other fuel. • C. F or further details, refer to the “Fuel requirements” on page...
Page 721 Specifications, Consumer information and Fuel label Reporting safety defects OTM048456L • A. F uel: Diesel • B. I dentifiers for FAME containing Diesel-type Fuels * T his symbol means usable fuel. Do not use any other fuel. • C. F or further details, refer to the “Fuel requirements” on page 1-2.
Page 722: Abbreviation A
Abbreviation...
Page 723 ABBREVIATION ABBREVIATION Electronic Stability Control Anti-Lock Brake System Emergency Stop Signal Accesory Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist Audio Video Navigation Gross Axle Weight GAWR Blind-spot Collision Warning Gross Axle Weight Rating Cruise Control Gasoline Particulate Filter Child Restraint System Global Positioning System Driver Attention Warning Gross Vehicle Weight...
Page 724 ABBREVIATION Lane Keeping Assist Vehicle Stability Management Malfunction Indicator Lamp Multi Point Injection Odometer Parking Distance Warning RCCW Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning Rear View Monitor Smart Cruise Control Selective Catalytic Reduction Supplemental Restraint System T-GDI Turocharger Gasoline Direct Injection Tire Mobility Kit TPMS...

Kia XCeed 2020 Owner's Manual

Table of Contents

2 Your Vehicle at a Glance

Safety Features of Your Vehicle 3

4 Features of Your Vehicle

Remote Keyless Entry (if Equipped)

Smart Key (if Equipped)

Panorama Sunroof (if Equipped)

LCD Windows (if Equipped)

Parking Distance Warning-Reverse (if Equipped)

Parking Distance Warning (if Equipped)

Parking Assist (if Equipped)

Rear View Monitor (if Equipped)

Manual Climate Control System (if Equipped)

Automatic Climate Control System (if Equipped)

5 Infotainment System

6 Driving Your Vehicle

Quick Links

Chapters

Need help?

Questions and answers

Related Manuals for Kia XCeed 2020

Summary of Contents for Kia XCeed 2020